Você está na página 1de 376

PointSource Ai1515F (MCA) S/M

R
SERVICE
MANUAL
Published in Oct. 98
2AA70761
Revision 1
PointSource
Ai 1515F
P
o
i
n
t
S
o
u
r
c
e
A
i

1
5
1
5
F
CAUTION
DANGER OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS INCORRECTLY RE-
PLACED. REPLACE ONLY WITH THE SAME OR EQUIVALENT
TYPE RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. DISPOSE
OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE MANUFAC-
TURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
ATTENTION
IL Y A DANGER DEXPLOSION SIL Y A REMPLACEMENT IN-
CORRECT DE LA BATTERIE. REMPLACER UNIQUEMENT
AVEC UNE BATTERIE DU MME TYPE OU DUN TYPE REC-
OMMAND PAR LE CONSTRUCTEUR. METTRE AU RBUT
LES BATTERIES USAGES CONFORMMENT AUX INSTRUC-
TIONS DU FABRICANT.
SERVICE
MANUAL
PointSource
Ai 1515F
Safety precautions
This booklet provides safety warnings and precautions for our service
personnel to ensure the safety of their customers, their machines as well
as themselves during maintenance activities. Service personnel are
advised to read this booklet carefully to familiarize themselves with the
warnings and precautions described here before engaging in
maintenance activities.
Safety warnings and precautions
Various symbols are used to protect our service personnel and
customers from physical danger and to prevent damage to their
property. These symbols are described below:
DANGER: High risk of serious bodily injury or death may result from
insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning
messages using this symbol.
WARNING: Serious bodily injury or death may result from insufficient
attention to or incorrect compliance with warning messages
using this symbol.
CAUTION: Bodily injury or damage to property may result from
insufficient attention to or incorrect compliance with warning
messages using this symbol.
Symbols
The triangle ( ) symbol indicates a warning including danger
and caution. The specific point of attention is shown inside
the symbol.
General warning.
Warning of risk of electric shock.
Warning of high temperature.
indicates a prohibited action. The specific prohibition is
shown inside the symbol.
General prohibited action.
Disassembly prohibited.
indicates that action is required. The specific action
required is shown inside the symbol.
General action required.
Remove the power plug from the wall outlet.
Always ground the copier.
1. Installation Precautions
WARNING
Do not use a power supply with a voltage other than that specified.
Avoid multiple connections to one outlet: they may cause fire or electric
shock. When using an extension cable, always check that it is
adequate for the rated current. ...............................................................
Connect the ground wire to a suitable grounding point. Not grounding
the copier may cause fire or electric shock. Connecting the earth wire
to an object not approved for the purpose may cause explosion or
electric shock. Never connect the ground cable to any of the following:
gas pipes, lightning rods, ground cables for telephone lines and water
pipes or faucets not approved by the proper authorities. ........................
CAUTION:
Do not place the copier on an infirm or angled surface: the copier may
tip over, causing injury. ...........................................................................
Do not install the copier in a humid or dusty place. This may cause fire
or electric shock. .....................................................................................
Do not install the copier near a radiator, heater, other heat source or
near flammable material. This may cause fire. .......................................
Allow sufficient space around the copier to allow the ventilation grills to
keep the machine as cool as possible. Insufficient ventilation may
cause heat buildup and poor copying performance. ...............................
Always handle the machine by the correct locations when moving it. ....
Always use anti-toppling and locking devices on copiers so equipped.
Failure to do this may cause the copier to move unexpectedly or
topple, leading to injury. ..........................................................................
Avoid inhaling toner or developer excessively. Protect the eyes. If toner
or developer is accidentally ingested, drink a lot of water to dilute it in
the stomach and obtain medical attention immediately. If it gets into the
eyes, rinse immediately with copious amounts of water and obtain
medical attention. ....................................................................................
Advice customers that they must always follow the safety warnings and
precautions in the copiers instruction handbook. ...................................
2. Precautions for Maintenance
WARNING
Always remove the power plug from the wall outlet before starting
machine disassembly. ............................................................................
Always follow the procedures for maintenance described in the service
manual and other related brochures. ......................................................
Under no circumstances attempt to bypass or disable safety features
including safety mechanisms and protective circuits. .............................
Always use parts having the correct specifications. ...............................
Always use the thermostat or thermal fuse specified in the service
manual or other related brochure when replacing them. Using a piece
of wire, for example, could lead to fire or other serious accident. ...........
When the service manual or other serious brochure specifies a
distance or gap for installation of a part, always use the correct scale
and measure carefully. ...........................................................................
Always check that the copier is correctly connected to an outlet with a
ground connection. .................................................................................
Check that the power cable covering is free of damage. Check that the
power plug is dust-free. If it is dirty, clean it to remove the risk of fire or
electric shock. .........................................................................................
Never attempt to disassemble the optical unit in machines using lasers.
Leaking laser light may damage eyesight. ..............................................
Handle the charger sections with care. They are charged to high
potentials and may cause electric shock if handled improperly. .............
CAUTION
Wear safe clothing. If wearing loose clothing or accessories such as
ties, make sure they are safely secured so they will not be caught in
rotating sections. .....................................................................................
Use utmost caution when working on a powered machine. Keep away
from chains and belts. .............................................................................
Handle the fixing section with care to avoid burns as it can be
extremely hot. .........................................................................................
Check that the fixing unit thermistor, heat and press rollers are clean.
Dirt on them can cause abnormally high temperatures. .........................
Do not remove the ozone filter, if any, from the copier except for
routine replacement. ...............................................................................
Do not pull on the AC power cord or connector wires on high-voltage
components when removing them; always hold the plug itself. ..............
Do not route the power cable where it may be stood on or trapped. If
necessary, protect it with a cable cover or other appropriate item. ........
Treat the ends of the wire carefully when installing a new charger wire
to avoid electric leaks. ............................................................................
Remove toner completely from electronic components. .........................
Run wire harnesses carefully so that wires will not be trapped or
damaged. ................................................................................................
After maintenance, always check that all the parts, screws, connectors
and wires that were removed, have been refitted correctly. Special
attention should be paid to any forgotten connector, trapped wire and
missing screws. ......................................................................................
Check that all the caution labels that should be present on the machine
according to the instruction handbook are clean and not peeling.
Replace with new ones if necessary. ......................................................
Handle greases and solvents with care by following the instructions
below: .....................................................................................................
Use only a small amount of solvent at a time, being careful not to
spill. Wipe spills off completely.
Ventilate the room well while using grease or solvents.
Allow applied solvents to evaporate completely before refitting the
covers or turning the main switch on.
Always wash hands afterwards.
Never dispose of toner or toner bottles in fire. Toner may cause
sparks when exposed directly to fire in a furnace, etc. .........................
Should smoke be seen coming from the copier, remove the power
plug from the wall outlet immediately. ..................................................
3. Miscellaneous
WARNING
Never attempt to heat the drum or expose it to any organic solvents
such as alcohol, other than the specified refiner; it may generate toxic
gas. .........................................................................................................
1-1-1
2AA
CONTENTS
I THEORY AND CONSTRUCTION SECTION
1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ................................................................................ 1-1-1
1-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Handling and storing the imaging unit ........................................... 1-2-1
1-2-2 Storing toner .................................................................................. 1-2-1
1-2-3 Backup RAM error report .............................................................. 1-2-1
1-3 Mechanical Construction
1-3-1 Parts names and their functions .................................................... 1-3-1
1-3-2 Machine cross section ................................................................... 1-3-3
1-3-3 Drive system ................................................................................. 1-3-4
1-3-4 Mechanical construction ................................................................ 1-3-7
II ELECTRICAL SECTION
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .................................................................... 2-1-1
2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ............................................................... 2-2-1
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .............................................. 2-2-2
2-3 Operation of the PCBs
2-3-1 Power source PCB ........................................................................ 2-3-1
2-3-2 Main PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-3
2-3-3 Engine PCB................................................................................... 2-3-4
2-3-4 Motor PCB..................................................................................... 2-3-6
2-3-5 Operation unit PCB ....................................................................... 2-3-7
2-3-6 NCU PCB ...................................................................................... 2-3-8
III SET UP AND ADJUSTMENT SECTION
3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation ............................................................ 3-1-1
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ........................................................... 3-1-16
3-1-3 Installing the ISU heater (option) ................................................. 3-1-17
3-2 Maintenance Mode
3-2-1 Maintenance mode ........................................................................ 3-2-1
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly .................................. 3-3-1
3-3-2 Paper feed section ........................................................................ 3-3-3
3-3-3 Optical section ............................................................................. 3-3-10
3-3-4 Imaging unit section .................................................................... 3-3-26
3-3-5 Transfer section .......................................................................... 3-3-30
3-3-6 Fixing and eject section ............................................................... 3-3-31
3-3-7 DF ............................................................................................... 3-3-38
3-3-8 Others ......................................................................................... 3-3-47
3-4 PCB Initial Settings
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ............................................................... 3-4-1
3-4-2 Upgrading the firmware in the FLASH ROM (main PCB) ............. 3-4-4
1-1-2
2AA-1
3-4-3 Replacing the engine PCB ............................................................ 3-4-7
3-4-4 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) ........................................ 3-4-8
3-4-5 Updating the firmware on the printer board................................... 3-4-9
3-5 Self-Diagnosis
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ................................................................................ 3-5-1
3-6 Troubleshooting
3-6-1 Image formation problems ............................................................ 3-6-1
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ........................................................................... 3-6-15
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ................................................................. 3-6-19
3-6-4 Electrical problems ...................................................................... 3-6-35
3-6-5 Mechanical problems .................................................................. 3-6-44
3-7 Appendixes
Timing chart No. 1 ...................................................................................... 3-7-1
Timing chart No. 2 ...................................................................................... 3-7-2
Timing chart No. 3 ...................................................................................... 3-7-3
Timing chart No. 4 ...................................................................................... 3-7-4
Timing chart No. 5 ...................................................................................... 3-7-5
Power source PCB (120 V area) ................................................................ 3-7-6
Power source PCB (230 V area) ................................................................ 3-7-7
Main PCB 1/29 ........................................................................................... 3-7-8
Main PCB 2/29 ........................................................................................... 3-7-9
Main PCB 3/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-10
Main PCB 4/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-11
Main PCB 5/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-12
Main PCB 6/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-13
Main PCB 7/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-14
Main PCB 8/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-15
Main PCB 9/29 ......................................................................................... 3-7-16
Main PCB 10/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-17
Main PCB 11/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-18
Main PCB 12/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-19
Main PCB 13/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-20
Main PCB 14/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-21
Main PCB 15/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-22
Main PCB 16/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-23
Main PCB 17/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-24
Main PCB 18/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-25
Main PCB 19/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-26
Main PCB 20/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-27
Main PCB 21/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-28
Main PCB 22/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-29
Main PCB 23/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-30
Main PCB 24/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-31
Main PCB 25/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-32
Main PCB 26/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-33
Main PCB 27/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-34
Main PCB 28/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-35
Main PCB 29/29 ....................................................................................... 3-7-36
Engine PCB 1/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-37
Engine PCB 2/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-38
Engine PCB 3/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-39
1-1-3
2AA
Engine PCB 4/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-40
Engine PCB 5/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-41
Engine PCB 6/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-42
Engine PCB 7/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-43
Engine PCB 8/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-44
Engine PCB 9/12 ...................................................................................... 3-7-45
Engine PCB 10/12 .................................................................................... 3-7-46
Engine PCB 11/12 .................................................................................... 3-7-47
Engine PCB 12/12 .................................................................................... 3-7-48
NCU PCB (120 V area) ............................................................................ 3-7-49
NCU PCB (230 V area) ............................................................................ 3-7-50
Operation unit PCB................................................................................... 3-7-51
Connection diagram ................................................................................. 3-7-52
1-1-5
2AA
CONTENTS
1-1 Specifications
1-1-1 Specifications ...................................................................................... 1-1-1
2AA
1-1-1
1-1-1 Specifications
Type Desktop
Copying system Dry indirect electrostatic system
Originals Sheet and books
Maximum size: A3/11" 17"
Original feed system Fixed
Copy paper Plain paper:
80 g/m
2
(metric) for drawer feed
75 g/m
2
(inch) for drawer feed
45 160 g/m
2
(metric) for bypass feed
45 160 g/m
2
(inch) for bypass feed
Special paper:
Inch
Transparencies, recycled paper, colored paper,
letterheads, labels and envelopes (only when used
as a printer)
Metric
Transparencies, recycled paper and envelopes
(only when used as a printer)
Note: Use the bypass for special paper.
Copying sizes Maximum: A3/11" 17"
Minimum: A6R/5
1
/
2
" 8
1
/
2
"
Magnification ratios Manual mode: 50 200%, 1% increments
Auto copy mode: fixed ratios
Metric
1:1 1.0%, 1:2.000/1:1.410/1:0.700/1:0.500
Inch
1:1 1.0%, 1:2.000/1:1.290/1:0.640/1:0.500
Copying speed At 100% magnification:
A4/11" 8
1
/
2
": 15 copies/min.
A3/11" 17": 6 copies/min.
B4 (257 364 mm)/8
1
/
2
" 14": 7 copies/min.
A4R/8
1
/
2
" 11"R: 9 copies/min.
When the sheet-through DF is used (at 100%
magnification)
A4/11" 8
1
/
2
": 13 copies/min.
First copy time 10 s or less (A4/11" 8
1
/
2
", 100% magnification,
drawer, manual copy density control)
Warm-up time 45 s or less (room temperature 20C/68F, 65% RH)
Paper feed system Automatic feed
Capacity
Drawer: 250 sheets
Stack bypass: 50 sheets
1 sheet for A3, B4, folio, 11" 17" or
8
1
/
2
" 14" paper
Multiple copying 1 99 copies
Photoconductor OPC (drum diameter 30 mm)
Charging system Single positive corona charging
Exposure light source Semiconductor laser
Exposure scanning system Polygon mirror
2AA-1
1-1-2
Developing system Dry, reverse developing (magnetic brush)
Developer: 2-component, ferrite carrier and N26T
black toner
Toner density control: toner sensor
Toner replenishment: toner cartridge replacement
Transfer system Transfer roller
Separation system Curvature separation
Fixing system Heat roller
Heat source: halogen heater (850 W)
Control temperature: 165C/329F (at ambient
temperature)
Abnormally high temperature protection devices:
150C/302F and 140C/284F thermostats
Charge erasing system Exposure by cleaning lamp
Cleaning system Cleaning blade
Toner collection system Waste toner tank
Scanning system Flat bed scanning by CCD image sensor
Resolution 600 dpi
Effective scanning width A3: at least 289 mm
11" 17": at least 271 mm
B4 (257 364 mm): at least 249 mm
8
1
/
2
" 14": at least 207 mm
A4R: at least 202 mm
8
1
/
2
" 11"R: at least 207 mm
Light source Fluorescent lamp
Image memory capacity 1.5 MB
Bitmap memory capacity 2 MB
Half tones 128 gradations
Copy density control 5 levels, manual selection
Functions Automatic copy density control, original size detection,
automatic paper selection, error detection, auto clear,
automatic drawer selection, language selection and
negative copying
Power source 120 V AC, 60 Hz, 8.3 A
230 V AC, 50 Hz, 2.3 A
Dimensions 550 (W) 570 (D) 559 (H) mm
21
5
/
8
" (W) 22
7
/
16
" (D) 22" (H)
Rated power consumption (120 V) 950 W
Weight Approx. 45 kg/99 lbs
Floor requirement 752 (W) 570 (D) mm
29
5
/
8
" (W) 22
7
/
16
" (D)
Options Memory board, printer board, network board and
special cassette
2AA
1-1-3
Fax
Line requirement Subscription telephone line
Intercommunication Super Group 3
Communication system Half-duplex
Modulation system QAM/PhM/TCM
Data compression JBIG/MMR/MH/MR
Modem modulation speed 33600/31200/28800/26400/24000/21600/19200/16800/
14400/12000/9600/7200/4800/2400 bps
Scanning line density 8 dots/mm 3.85 lines/mm in normal mode
8 dots/mm 7.7 lines/mm in fine mode
8 dots/mm 15.4 lines/mm in super fine mode
16 dots/mm 15.4 lines/mm in ultra fine mode
Minimum transmission time 10 ms/line in normal mode
5 ms/line in fine mode
Transmission time Approx. 3 s
Options Handset (for 120 V specifications only) and additional
memory (2 MB, 4 MB, 8 MB)
DF
Original feed system Automatic feed
Originals Sheets
Original weight 45 90 g/m
2
Original paper Plain paper, thermal paper, art paper and colored paper
Original sizes A3 A5R, folio/11" 17" 5
1
/
2
" 8
1
/
2
"R
No. of originals Up to 50 sheets (up to 30 sheets for A3, B4, 11" 17"
or 8
1
/
2
" 14")
1 sheet for art paper or thermal paper
1-1-7
2AA
CONTENTS
1-2 Handling Precautions
1-2-1 Handling and storing the imaging unit ................................................. 1-2-1
1-2-2 Storing toner ....................................................................................... 1-2-1
1-2-3 Backup RAM error report .................................................................... 1-2-1
2AA
1-2-1
1-2-1 Handling and storing the imaging unit
Note the following when handling or storing the imaging unit.
When removing the imaging unit, never expose the drum surface to strong direct light.
Keep the unit at an ambient temperature between 20C/4F and 40C/104F and at a
relative humidity not higher than 85% RH. Avoid abrupt changes in temperature and
humidity.
Always store the unit on a level surface to prevent the developer from spilling and image
formation problems. Do not store the unit upside down nor on one end.
Avoid exposure to any substance which is harmful to or may affect the quality of the
drum.
Do not touch the drum surface with any object. Should it be touched by hands or stained
with oil, clean it.
1-2-2 Storing toner
Store the toner cartridge in a cool, dark place. Avoid direct light and high humidity. Always
store the toner cartridge on a level surface.
1-2-3 Backup RAM error report
If any errors occur in the data stored as user settings or for one-touch or speed dialing, the
data is automatically deleted. If this occurs, re-enter the deleted data.
Important: When setting up the copier, a backup RAM error report may be output. If this
occurs, re-enter the necessary data regardless of the contents of the report.
1-1-9
2AA
CONTENTS
1-3 Mechanical Construction
1-3-1 Parts names and their functions ......................................................... 1-3-1
1-3-2 Machine cross section ........................................................................ 1-3-3
1-3-3 Drive system ....................................................................................... 1-3-4
1-3-4 Mechanical construction ..................................................................... 1-3-7
(1) Paper feed section ...................................................................... 1-3-7
(1-1) Paper feed from the drawer .............................................. 1-3-9
(1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table................................... 1-3-10
(2) Main charging section ............................................................... 1-3-11
(3) Optical section ........................................................................... 1-3-13
Original scanning....................................................................... 1-3-14
Image printing............................................................................ 1-3-17
(4) Developing section .................................................................... 1-3-20
Magnetic brush forming ............................................................. 1-3-21
Toner density control ................................................................. 1-3-23
(5) Transfer section......................................................................... 1-3-25
(6) Cleaning section ........................................................................ 1-3-27
(7) Charge erasing section ............................................................. 1-3-28
(8) Fixing and eject section ............................................................. 1-3-30
Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature .................... 1-3-32
Fixing temperature control ......................................................... 1-3-33
Paper separation ....................................................................... 1-3-34
(9) DF.............................................................................................. 1-3-35
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
2AA
1-3-1
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
1-3-1 Parts names and their functions
Figure 1-3-1
1 DF (sheet-through DF)
2 Original table
3 Auxiliary original table
4 Original insert guide
5 DF cover
6 Operation panel
7 Cover plate
8 Main switch
9 Drawer
0 Length guide
! Width guide
@ Eject cover
# Fixing unit felt
$ TEL connector
% LINE connector
^ Contact glass
& Original size indicator
* Bypass table
( Slider
) Support guide
Right side cover
Front cover
Toner cartridge
Toner cartridge handle
Imaging unit
Imaging unit handle
Imaging unit release lever
Main charger cleaning knob
LCD density adjustment dial
$ % 8 0
9
!
#
@
7
6
3 2 4 1 5
&

)
(
*

^
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
1-3-2
2AA
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Figure 1-3-2 Operation panel
1Message display
2Error indicator
3Data indicator
4Memory indicator
5Function key
6PC on-line key
7PC on-line indicator
8Preset R/E key
9Zoom-down key
0Zoom-up key
!Manual key
@Cursor up/original select key
#Cursor down/paper size select key
$Enter/sort copy key
%Stop/clear key
^Start key
&Half tone key
*Half tone indicator
( Copy exposure adjustment keys
) Copy exposure indicators
Numeric keys
Copy/fax select key
Copy mode indicator
Fax mode indicator
All clear/reset key
Memory Tx. key
On-hook key
Pause/redial key
Abbr./directory key
One-touch keys
TAD key
Broadcast key
Delayed Tx. key
Edit delayed Tx. key
Print reports key
Alternate display key
3
7 8 0 @
6 9 *
&
! # ) % ^
( $
4 1
2 5


Cover plate closed Cover plate open
2AA
1-3-3
1-3-2 Machine cross section
Figure 1-3-3 Machine cross section (copier main body and DF)
1Paper feed section (page 1-3-7)
2Main charging section (page 1-3-11)
3Optical section (page 1-3-13)
4Developing section (page 1-3-20)
5Transfer section (page 1-3-25)
6Cleaning section (page 1-3-27)
7Charge erasing section (page 1-3-28)
8Fixing and eject section (page 1-3-30)
9DF (page 1-3-35)
Light path
Paper path
8
6
7
2
5
9
1
4
3
2AA
1-3-4

%
&
*
^

1
2
3
4

!
@
#

8
7
9
(
5
6

As viewed from machine rear


1Drive motor pulley
2Main drive belt
3Idle pulley 110/22
4Idle gear 28/38
5Drum drive gear 39/24/17
6Joint gear 28
7Registration gear 24/35
8Registration clutch gear
9Bypass gear 27/47
0Bypass paper feed clutch gear
!Developing idle gear 21
@Developing drive gear 23/34
#Paper feed drive gear 18/34
$Paper feed clutch gear
%Eject pulley
^Eject belt
&Joint gear 51
* Joint idle gear 27
( Fixing idle gear 22
) Heat roller gear
Registration gear 15
Right registration roller gear
Transfer gear
Toner feed motor gear
Hopper joint gear
Scanner motor pulley
Scanner drive belt
Scanner drive pulley
Scanner wire drum
Scanner wire
Scanner wire pulley
Scanner wire pulley
Scanner wire pulley
Figure 1-3-4 Drive system (copier main body)
1-3-3 Drive system
2AA
1-3-5
1
2
3
4
5
As viewed from machine front
1 Left developing spiral gear
2 Middle developing spiral gear
3 Cleaning idle gear
4 Cleaning spiral gear
5 Front drum gear
Figure 1-3-5 Drive system (front side of the imaging unit)
1
2
3
4
5
As viewed from machine rear
1 Rear drum gear
2 Developing roller gear
3 Developing idle gear
4 Right developing spiral gear
5 IU joint gear
Figure 1-3-6 Drive system (rear side of the imaging unit)
2AA
1-3-6
Figure 1-3-7 Drive system (DF)
1 DF motor gear
2 Gear 15/21/40
3 Gear 15/29
4 Original feed gear 31
5 Original feed pulley gear
6 Idle gear 14
7 3 6 5 4
2
!
9
9
0 9
8
1
As viewed from machine rear
7Forwarding pulley gear
8Eject gear 28
9DF pulleys 16
0DF belt
!DF tension pulley
2AA
1-3-7
1-3-4 Mechanical construction
(1) Paper feed section
Figure 1-3-8 Paper feed section
1 Bypass table
2 Bypass lift
3 Bypass paper feed pulley
4 Bypass lift cam
5 Bypass lift stopper
6 Upper bypass guide
7 Lower bypass guide
8 Drawer lift
9 Drawer spring
0 Paper feed pulley
! Lower paper feed guide
@ Paper feed housing
# Pre-registration guide
$ Right registration roller
% Left registration roller
^ Registration spring
& Pre-transfer guide
* Transfer roller
( Post-transfer guide
) Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL)
Paper feed clutch (PFCL)
Registration clutch (RCL)
Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW)
Bypass paper size switch (BYPPSSW)
Paper switch (PSW)
Paper size switch 1 (PSSW1)
Paper size switch 2 (PSSW2)
Paper size switch 3 (PSSW3)
Paper size switch 4 (PSSW4)
Registration switch (RSW)

8 9!7652

4
1

)
3
#
^
&
*
(
$
%
@ 0

2AA
1-3-8
The paper feed section consists of the primary feed and secondary feed subsections.
Primary feed conveys paper from the drawer or bypass table to the right and left registra-
tion rollers, at which point secondary feed takes place and the paper travels to the transfer
section in sync with the printing timing.
Figure 1-3-9 Paper feed section block diagram
CN5-11
CN5-2
CN5-6
EPCB
RSW
RCL
PFCL
BYPPFCL
CN5-4
2AA
1-3-9
(1-1) Paper feed from the drawer
The drawer consists of the drawer lift and drawer spring. The drawer can hold up to 250
sheets of paper.
Paper is fed from the drawer by the rotation of the paper feed pulley.
Timing chart 1-3-1 Paper feed from the drawer
A After the start key is pressed and 500 ms after the drive motor (DM) is turned on, the
paper feed clutch (PFCL) turns on for 150 ms and the paper feed pulley rotates to start
primary paper feed.
B 300 ms after the leading edge of the paper has turned the registration switch (RSW)
on, the registration clutch (RCL) turns on for 100 ms, creating slack in the paper before
registration.
C 130 to 190 ms after the PVSYNC signal and print signal turn on, the registration clutch
(RCL) turns on to start secondary paper feed and the paper is conveyed by the right
and left registration rollers.
D 500 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the
registration clutch (RCL) turns off to complete secondary paper feed.
Start key
PVSYNC signal
Print signal: on
RSW
130 190 ms
DM
PFCL
RCL
A B C D
500 ms
150 ms
300 ms
500 ms
100 ms
2AA
1-3-10
(1-2) Paper feed from the bypass table
The bypass table can hold up to 50 sheets of paper.
When the start key is pressed, the bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns on and the
bypass paper feed pulley rotates to convey the paper on the bypass table to the second-
ary paper feed section.
The bypass lift cam, which is on the same shaft as the bypass paper feed pulley, raises
and lowers the bypass lift as the paper feed pulley rotates, and this prevents multiple
sheets from being fed at one time.
Timing chart 1-3-2 Paper feed from the bypass table
A After the start key is pressed and 500 ms after the drive motor (DM) turns on, the
bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns on for 150 ms and the paper feed pulley
rotates to start primary paper feed.
B 300 ms after the leading edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) on, the
registration clutch (RCL) turns on for 230 ms, creating slack in the paper before
registration.
C 230 to 290 ms after the PVSYNC signal and print signal turn on, the registration clutch
(RSW) turns on to start secondary paper feed and the paper is conveyed by the right
and left registration rollers.
D 500 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off, the
registration clutch (RCL) turns off to complete secondary paper feed.
Start key
PVSYNC signal
Print signal: on
RSW
230 290 ms
DM
BYPPFCL
RCL
A B C D
500 ms
150 ms
300 ms
500 ms
230 ms
2AA
1-3-11
(2) Main charging section
The main charging section consists of the drum and main charger.
The main charger charges the drum so that a latent image is formed on the surface, the
charger grid ensuring that the charge is applied uniformly.
Figure 1-3-10 Main charging section
Main charger
Main charger grid
Main charger wire
Drum
CN8-7
CN8-12
24 V DC
MC REM
GRID CONT
HVTPCB
MC
CN8-5
EPCB
CN1-9
CN1-4
CN8-14
MC ALM
CN1-2
CN1-11
Grid
Drum
Figure 1-3-11 Main charging section block diagram
2AA
1-3-12
Timing chart 1-3-3 Main charging
A At least 500 ms after the drive motor (DM) is turned on by pressing the start key and
after the laser diode is turned on, main charging (MC REM) starts. The grid voltage
(GRID CONT) and developing bias voltage (DB CONT) are increased incrementally to
raise the electric potential on the drum surface gradually.
B 3800 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the eject switch (ESW) off, the grid
voltage (GRID CONT) and developing bias voltage (DB CONT) are decreased incre-
mentally to reduce the electric potential on the drum surface gradually.
C 150 ms after the incremental control of the developing bias (DB CONT) is completed,
main charging (MC REM) ends.
Start key
DM
MC REM
GRID CONT
DB CONT
ESW
100 ms
100 ms
150 ms
150 ms
3800 ms
100 ms
100 ms
100 ms
At least 500 ms and after the laser diode is turned on.
A B C
2AA-1
1-3-13
(3) Optical section
The optical section consists of the scanner, mirror frame and image scanning unit for
scanning and the laser scanner unit (LSU) for printing.
Figure 1-3-12 Optical section
1 Scanner
2 Mirror frame
3 Mirror 1
4 Mirror 2
5 Mirror 3
6 Exposure lamp (EL)
7 Reflector
8 Image scanning unit
9 Lens
0 Optical rail
! Laser scanner unit (LSU)
@ CCD PCB (CCDPCB)
# Scanner motor (SM)
$ Scanner home position switch (SHPSW)
#
0 @ 8 9 !
1 73 5
4 $ 6
2
2AA
1-3-14
Original scanning
The original image is illuminated by the exposure lamp (EL) and scanned by the CCD
PCB (CCDPCB) in the image scanning unit via the three mirrors, the reflected light being
converted to an electrical signal.
The scanner and mirror frame travel on the optical rails on the front and rear of the
machine unit to scan from side to side. The speed of the mirror frame is half the speed of
the scanner. When the sheet-through DF is used, the scanner and mirror frame stop at the
scanning start position and then scan the original from the DF.
Figure 1-3-13 Optical section block diagram
SM
E
L

R
E
M
1
INPCB
EPCB
LSU
MOTPCB
EL
SHPSW
CCDPCB
CN2-1
CN2-4
C
N
1
-
1
E
L

R
E
M
2
C
N
1
-
2
C
N
1
4
-
1
C
N
1
4
-
2
C
N
1
2
-
1

C
N
1
2
-
1
2
C
N
1
7
-
1

C
N
1
7
-
1
2
C
N
1
-
1

C
N
1
-
1
2
C
N
3
-
1

C
N
3
-
6
C
N
1
5
-
1

C
N
1
5
-
8
C
N
1
6
-
1

C
N
1
6
-
1
4
C
N
1
3
-
7
Original
Drum
2AA
1-3-15
Timing chart 1-3-4 Scanner operation (for an original on the contact glass)
A When the start key is pressed and the scan signal turns on, the scanner motor (SM)
reverses for 560 to 800 pulses and the exposure lamp (EL) lights to scan the data for
shading correction.
B When the scanner motor (SM) turns off, the exposure lamp (EL) turns on for 20 ms to
scan the white reference data.
C The exposure lamp (EL) turns off for 120 ms to scan the black reference data and then
it turns on again.
D 50 ms after the exposure lamp (EL) turns on, the scanner motor (SM) reverses to move
the scanner to the scanning start position.
E When the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner motor (SM)
turns off and the scanner stops at the scanning start position.
F The scanner motor (SM) rotates forward to start scanning and the SVSYNC signal
turns on.
G 2500 pulses after the SVSYNC signal turns off, the scanner motor (SM) turns off and
the exposure lamp (EL) turns off. 100 ms later, the scanner motor (SM) reverses to
return the scanner to its home position.
H 40 ms after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the scanner motor
rotates forward.
I 992 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns off, the scanner
motor (SM) turns off and the scanner stops at its home position.
Scan signal
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
SM
EL
SHPSW
SVSYNC
560 800 P
20 ms
120 ms
100 ms
40 ms
992 P
During scan: 446 686 pulses
During copy: 398 638 pulses
2500 P
A BC D E F G H I
50 ms
2AA
1-3-16
Scan signal
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
SM
EL
DFM
SVSYNC
SHPSW
DFTSW
560 800 P
58 154 P
150 P
2500 P
992 P
50 ms
20 ms
120 ms
A BC D E F G
50 ms
75 395 P
During scan: 200 520 pulses
During copy: 168 488 pulses
Timing chart 1-3-5 Scanner operation (for an original on the sheet-through DF)
A When the start key is pressed and the scan signal turns on, the scanner motor (SM)
reverses for 560 to 800 pulses and the exposure lamp (EL) lights to scan the data for
shading correction.
B When the scanner motor (SM) turns off, the exposure lamp (EL) turns on for 20 ms to
scan the white reference data.
C The exposure lamp (EL) turns off for 120 ms to scan the black reference data and then
it turns on again.
D 50 ms after the exposure lamp (EL) turns on, the scanner motor (SM) reverses to move
the scanner to the scanning start position.
E 58 to 154 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns on, the
scanner motor (SM) turns off and the scanner stops at the scanning start position. At
the same time, the DF motor (DFM) rotates forward to start scanning the original from
the sheet-through DF.
F When the original feed operation of the sheet-through DF ends, the scanner motor
(SM) rotates forward to return the scanner to its home position.
G 992 pulses after the scanner home position switch (SHPSW) turns off, the scanner
motor (SM) turns off and the scanner stops at its home position.
2AA-1
1-3-17
Image printing
The image data scanned by the CCD PCB (CCDPCB) is processed in the engine PCB
(EPCB) and transmitted as image printing data to the laser scanner unit (LSU). By repeat-
edly turning the laser on and off, the laser scanner unit forms a static latent image on the
drum surface.
Laser scanner unit
Figure 1-3-14 Laser scanner unit (1)
1 Mirror
2 BD sensor mirror
3 Laser driver PCB
4 Polygon motor control PCB
5 Polygon motor (PM)
6 Polygon mirror
7 Lens
8 Cylindrical correcting lens
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
1-3-18
Figure 1-3-15 Laser scanner unit (2)
1 Laser diode: Generates the laser beam which forms a latent image on the drum.
2 Collimator lens: Collimates the diffused laser beam emitted from the laser diode to
convert it into a cylindrical beam.
3 Cylindrical lens: Shapes the collimated laser beam to suit the printing resolution.
4 Polygon mirror: Six-facet mirror that rotates at approximately 18425 rpm with each
face reflecting the laser beam toward the drum for one main-direction scan.
5 Lens: Corrects for non-linearity of the laser beam scanning speed on the drum surface,
keeps the beam diameter constant and corrects for the vertical alignment of the
polygon mirror to ensure that the focal plane of the laser beam is on the drum surface.
6 Mirror: Reflects the laser beam onto the drum surface.
7 BD sensor mirror: Reflects the laser beam to the BD sensor to generate the main-
direction (horizontal) sync signal (MSYNC).
8 Cylindrical correcting lens: Corrects for the deviation of the laser beam reflected by the
BD sensor mirror to the BD sensor.
9 BD sensor: Detects the beam reflected by the BD sensor mirror, outputting a signal to
the main PCB (MPCB) to provide timing for the main-direction sync signal (MSYNC).
1
5
9
6
2
3
4
7
8
Drum
2AA
1-3-19
The dimensions of the laser beam are as shown in Figure 1-3-16.
Figure 1-3-16
Scanning in the main direction is provided by the rotating polygon mirror, while scanning in
the auxiliary direction is provided by the rotating drum, forming a static latent image on the
drum.
The static latent image of the letter A, for example, is formed on the drum surface as
shown in Figure 1-3-17. Electrical charge is dissipated on the area of the drum surface
irradiated by the laser.
The focal point of the laser beam is moved line by line, and adjacent lines slightly overlap
each other.
65 m
70 m
Main scanning direction
Auxiliary scanning direction
: laser beam is on
Figure 1-3-17
2AA
1-3-20
(4) Developing section
Figure 1-3-18 Developing section
The developing section consists of the developing roller where a magnetic brush is
formed, the doctor blade and the developing spirals that agitate the developer.
Toner cartridge
Toner hopper spiral
Imaging unit
2AA
1-3-21
Magnetic brush forming
The developing roller consists of a magnetic roller having five poles and the sleeve roller.
The revolution of the sleeve roller around the magnetic roller entrains the developer,
which in turn forms a magnetic brush at pole N1 on the magnetic roller. The height of this
magnetic brush is regulated by the doctor blade, while the developing result is affected by
the positions of the magnet roller poles and the doctor blade. The developing bias gener-
ated by the high-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) is applied to the developing roller to
improve the image contrast. When the electrical potential on the drum surface drops to
0 V, the developing bias voltage is switched to 100 V DC, preventing the toner and
carrier from transferring to the drum.
Figure 1-3-19 Magnetic brush formation
1Developing unit housing
2Developing roller
3Toner sensor (TNS)
4Doctor blade
5Right developing spiral
6Middle developing spiral
7Left developing spiral
73
6
1
2
4
5
N1
N2
S3
S1
S2
90 90
50
55
Magnetic poles on the magnet roller
N1: 850 10
4
50 10
4
T
N2: 500 10
4
50 10
4
T
S1: 540 10
4
50 10
4
T
S2: 530 10
4
50 10
4
T
S3: 500 10
4
50 10
4
T
2AA
1-3-22
Figure 1-3-20 Developing section block diagram
Toner density is detected by the toner sensor (TNS).
As the developer passes by the sensor section of the toner sensor, the toner sensor
detects the ratio of toner to carrier in the developer and converts it into a voltage. As toner
is used, the ratio of toner to carrier decreases and the toner sensor output voltage
increases.
When the ratio drops below the specified value, the increase in toner sensor output
voltage triggers toner replenishing. When toner is added and the ratio of toner to carrier
returns to normal, the toner sensor output voltage drops to the point where toner replen-
ishing stops.
CN9-18
CN9-19
CN9-20
CN9-21
CN9-6
CN8-10
TFM
TNS
DB CHG
EPCB
CN1-6
CN8-11
DB CONT
CN1-5
HVTPCB
Developing bias
TFM1
TFM2
DTH
DTH
5 V DC
2AA-1
1-3-23
Toner density control
When the imaging unit is installed, the toner feed motor is turned on and off to control
toner density based on the specified toner control voltage. Toner empty in the toner
cartridge is also detected based on the toner sensor output voltage.
Figure 1-3-21 Toner density control
A Toner feed: The toner sensor output voltage is same as or above the toner feed level
(2.3 V DC).
When the toner sensor output voltage exceeds the toner feed level, the toner feed
motor is turned on for 0.5 s to replenish toner and is turned off for 1.0 s. If the toner
sensor output voltage does not drop below the toner feed level during the 0.5 s period,
the toner feed motor is turned on another 0.5 s and this operation is repeated until the
toner sensor output voltage drops below the toner feed level.
B AP mode: The toner sensor output voltage is above the AP detection level (2.8 V DC).
When the toner sensor output voltage remains above the AP detection level for 3.24 s,
AP mode is entered and copying is disabled after the current copy is ejected. The toner
feed motor then rotates for up to 1 min. at full speed to replenish toner.
C AP mode exited: The toner sensor output voltage is below the AP exit level (2.5 V DC).
When the toner sensor output voltage drops below the AP exit level, AP mode is exited
after 30 s of aging and copying is enabled.
D Toner empty
When AP mode continues for 1 min., the toner empty condition is detected, a message
requesting toner cartridge replacement is displayed on the message display and con-
tinuous copying is disabled.
Toner sensor
output voltage (V)
Toner empty exit level
(2.4)
AP mode exit level
(2.5)
AP detection level
(2.8)
No-copying level
(3.3)
Toner feed level
(2.3)
Copying
No copying
Toner feed
AP mode
AP mode
exited
Toner empty exited
Toner empty
(toner cartridge replaced)
1 min. or more
A BC DE F
2AA
1-3-24
E No copying: The toner sensor output voltage is above the no-copying level (3.3 V DC).
When the toner sensor output voltage remains above the no-copying level for 540 ms,
copying is disabled.
F Toner empty exited: The toner sensor output voltage is below the toner empty exit level
(2.4 V DC).
When the main switch is turned on and off or the front cover is opened and closed after
the toner cartridge or imaging unit is replaced, the toner feed motor is turned on and,
5 s later, the toner feed motor turns on for up to 2 min. at full speed to replenish toner.
When the toner sensor output voltage remains below the toner empty exit level
(2.4 V DC) for 5.4 s after toner is replenished, toner empty is exited and aging is
performed for 80 s. If the toner empty exit level can not be detected after 2 minutes of
toner replenishment, toner empty is detected again.
2AA
1-3-25
(5) Transfer section
Figure 1-3-22 Transfer section
The transfer section consists of the transfer roller and transfer toner removal blade.
A high voltage generated by the transfer high-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) is
applied to the transfer roller mounted under the drum.
The transfer toner removal blade removes the residual toner on the transfer roller.
Transfer roller
Transfer toner removal blade
TC REM
24 V DC
TC ALM
TC
CN8-8
CN8-13
CN1-8
CN8-5 CN1-11
CN1-3
EPCB
HVTPCB
Drum
Transfer roller
Figure 1-3-23 Transfer section block diagram
2AA
1-3-26
Timing chart 1-3-6 Transfer
A 470 ms after the PVSYNC signal turns on, transfer charging (TC REM) starts.
B 650 ms after the trailing edge of the paper turns the registration switch (RSW) off,
transfer charging (TC REM) ends.
RSW
RCL
PVSYNC
TC REM
300 ms
650 ms
500 ms
470 ms
5 105 ms
130 190 ms*
1
230 290 ms*
2
Secondary paper feed start
A B
*1 During paper feed from the drawer/special cassette
*2 During paper feed from the bypass table
2AA
1-3-27
(6) Cleaning section
Figure 1-3-24 Cleaning section
1Drum
2Cleaning blade
3Cleaning spiral
4Lower cleaning seal
The cleaning section consists of the cleaning blade that removes residual toner from the
drum surface after the transfer process and the cleaning spiral that carries the residual
toner back to the waste toner tank.
4
1
3
2
2AA
1-3-28
(7) Charge erasing section
Figure 1-3-25 Charge erasing section
The cleaning lamp (CL) consists of 10 LEDs which remove residual charge from the drum
surface.
Cleaning lamp
CN5-17
EPCB
CL
Drum
CL REM
Figure 1-3-26 Charge erasing block diagram
2AA
1-3-29
Timing chart 1-3-7 Charge erasing
A After the start key is pressed, the drive motor (DM) turns on and, at the same time, the
cleaning lamp (CL) lights to remove the residual charge from the drum surface after the
residual toner is removed in the cleaning section.
B 1200 ms after main charging (MC REM) is completed, the drive motor (DM) and
cleaning lamp (CL) turn off.
Start key
DM
MC REM
GRID CONT
DB CONT
ESW
100 ms
150 ms
150 ms
3800 ms
100 ms
100 ms
At least 500 ms and after the laser diode is turned on.
A B
1200 ms
CL
100 ms
100 ms
2AA-1
1-3-30
(8) Fixing and eject section
The fixing and eject section consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-27. When paper
reaches the fixing section after the transfer process, it passes between the press roller
and heat roller, which is heated by the fixing heater (H). Pressure is applied by the fixing
pressure springs so that the toner on the paper is melted, fused and fixed onto the paper.
When the fixing process is completed, the paper is separated from the heat roller by its
separation claws and is ejected by the rotation of the upper pulley and lower eject roller.
Figure 1-3-27 Fixing and eject section
1 Fixing unit cover
2 Fixing unit felt
3 Fixing unit front guide
4 Fixing unit upper guide
5 Heat roller
6 Press roller
7 Heat roller separation claws
8 Fixing pressure spring
9 Upper eject pulley
0 Lower eject roller
! Fixing heater (H)
@ Fixing unit thermostat 1 (TH1)
# Fixing unit thermostat 2 (TH2)
$ Fixing unit thermistor (FTH)
% Eject switch (ESW)
9
0
2
1
!
@
#
$
4
%
8
7
6
5
3
2AA
1-3-31
Figure 1-3-28 Fixing section block diagram
H
TH2
PRY
TH1
H

R
E
M
C
N
1
-
4
EPCB
C
N
1
1
-
1
C
N
1
1
-
2
F
T
H
5

V

D
C
FTH
CN2-1
CN2-2
PSPCB
C
N
5
-
3
Heat roller
2AA
1-3-32
Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature
Figure 1-3-29 Heating the heat roller and detecting temperature
The heat roller is heated by the fixing heater (H) inside it; its surface temperature is
detected by the fixing unit thermistor (FTH) and is regulated by turning the fixing heater on
and off.
If the fixing section becomes abnormally hot, either the fixing unit thermistor detects it or
fixing unit thermostat 1 or 2 (TH1 or TH2) operates, in each case shutting the power to the
fixing heater off.
1Heat roller
2Fixing heater (H)
3Fixing unit thermostat 1 (TH1)
4Fixing unit thermostat 2 (TH2)
5Fixing unit themistor (FTH)
1
2
4
5
3
2AA
1-3-33
Fixing temperature control
Timing chart 1-3-8 Fixing temperature control
A When the main switch (MSW) is turned on, cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) rotates at half
speed for 7 s and then the fixing heater (H) turns on and heats the heat roller.
B When the fixing temperature reaches 120C/248F, primary stabilization starts, the
developing bias (DB REM) turns on and, 100 ms later, the drive motor turns on and the
control for drive stabilization starts.
C When the fixing temperature reaches 165C/329F, secondary stabilization starts and
cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) rotates at full speed.
D When the fixing temperature reaches 190C/374F, the fixing heater is turned on and
off to control the temperature.
E 5 to 15 s after secondary stabilization starts, the drive motor (DM) turns off and,
100 ms later, the developing bias (DB REM) turns off and the control for drive
stabilization ends.
F 60 s after secondary stabilization starts, cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) rotates at full
speed.
G 0 to 600 s after the drive motor (DM) has turned off, cooling fan motors 1 and 2 (CFM1
and CFM2) rotate at half speed.
H In preheat mode, cooling fan motor 1 (CLM1) is turned off and the fixing heater (H) is
turned on and off as required to keep the preheat temperature at 150C/302F.
0 600 s
5 s
60 s
Preheat mode
High
temperature
Secondary
stabilization fixing
temperature
Primary
stabilization
fixing temperature
H
On
Off
On
Off
On
Off
Full speed
Half speed
Full speed
Half speed
Off
DB REM
DM
CFM1
CFM2
Preheat
temperature
Approx.
1C/1.8F
190C/374F
165C/329F
150C/302F
120C/248F
MSW: On
Approx.
1C/1.8F
Approx.
1C/1.8F
A B C DE F G
H
100 ms 100 ms
5 15 s
7 s
2AA
1-3-34
Paper separation
Paper is separated in the fixing section by the separation claws as shown in Figure 1-3-30.
Figure 1-3-30 Paper separation
Heat roller
Heat roller separation claws
2AA
1-3-35
(9) DF
The sheet-through DF consists of the parts shown in Figure 1-3-31. An original placed on
the original table is conveyed onto the DF contact glass in sync with the scanning timing of
the scanner.
When the main switch is pressed or original feed is completed, the DF original feed pulley
rotates opposite to the original feed direction, the forwarding spring touches the original
stopper and the DF forwarding pulley rises and stops at the standby position.
Figure 1-3-31 DF
1DF forwarding pulley
2DF original feed pulley
3DF separation pulley
4DF conveying pulley 1
5DF conveying roller 1
6DF conveying pulley 2
7DF conveying roller 2
8DF eject roller
9DF eject pulley
0Forwarding spring
!Original stopper
@Upper DF housing
#DF original feed guide
$Original table
%DF contact glass
^DF timing switch (DFTSW)
%
^
3
9
8
#
1
@
!
2
0
4
$
6
7
5
2AA
1-3-36
Figure 1-3-32 Sheet-through DF block diagram
Initial operation when turning on the main switch
Timing chart 1-3-9 Initial operation when turning on the main switch
A The scanner motor (SM) reverses to start initial operation.
B After the exposure lamp (EL) turns on for 1000 ms, the DF motor (DFM) rotates
forward for 1000 pulses and, 40 ms later, reverses for 800 pulses. The DF forwarding
pulley then rises and stops at its standby position.
EPCB MOTPCB
DFSDPCB
DFTSW
CN12-1
CN12-2
CN2-1
CN2-6
CN13-14
CN1-8
CN2-3
DFM
MSW: On
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
SM
EL
DFM
SHPSW
40 ms
40 ms
800 P
992 P
1000 P
1000 ms
A B
2AA
1-3-37
Original feed operation during copying
Timing chart 1-3-10 Original feed operation during copying
A When the scanner motor (SM) reverses and the scanner stops at the scanning start
position, the DF motor (DFM) rotates forward and the DF forwarding pulley descends
from its standby position, forwarding the original.
B 150 pulses after the leading edge of the original turns the DF timing switch (DFTSW)
on, the DF motor (DFM) turns off and forwarding of the original is completed.
C The DF motor (DFM) rotates forward again, the original is conveyed onto the DF
contact glass by the rotation of the DF forwarding pulley and DF original feed pulley
and the scanner scans the original.
D 75 to 395 pulses after the trailing edge of the original turns the DF timing switch
(DFTSW) off, the SVSYNC signal turns off.
E 2500 pulses after the SVSYNC signal turns off, the DF motor turns off and the original
feed operation is completed. 50 ms later, the DF motor (DFM) reverses and the DF
forwarding pulley rises and stops at its standby position.
Scan signal
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
SM
EL
DFM
SVSYNC
SHPSW
DFTSW
560
800 P
106 P
150 P
2500 P
992 P
50 ms
20 ms
120 ms
50 ms
During scan: 200 520 pulses
During copy: 168 488 pulses
A BC D E
75 395 P
1-1-11
2AA
CONTENTS
2-1 Electrical Parts Layout
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout .......................................................................... 2-1-1
2AA
2-1-1
Figure 2-1-1 PCBs
1. Main PCB (MPCB) .............................................. Controls the other PCBs;
modulates and demodulates
image signals.
2. Power source PCB (PSPCB) .............................. Generates 24 V DC, +12 V DC,
12 V DC, 5 V DC and 75 V AC.
3. Engine PCB (EPCB) ........................................... Controls other PCBs and
electrical components.
4. High-voltage transformer PCB (HVTPCB) .......... Performs main charging; gene-
rates high voltage for developing
bias, transfer and separation.
5. Inverter PCB (INPCB) ......................................... Controls the exposure lamp.
6. CCD PCB (CCDPCB) ......................................... Reads the image off originals.
7. Motor PCB (MOTPCB) ........................................ Controls the drive motor and DF
motor.
8. Operation unit PCB (OPCB) ............................... Consists of operation keys and
display LEDs.
9. LCD..................................................................... Displays copy modes and
messages.
10. NCU PCB............................................................ Controls connection to a tel-
ephone line.
11.* Feeder heater PCB (FHPCB) ............................. Controls the feeder heater* on the
special cassette*.
* Optional.
2-1-1 Electrical parts layout
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
8
10
6
7
1
2
3
4
9
5
11
2AA
2-1-2
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
Figure 2-1-2 Switches and sensors
1. Main switch (MSW) ............................................. Turns the AC power on and off.
2. Safety switch 1 (SSW1) ...................................... Breaks the safety circuit when the
front cover is opened; resets
paper jam detection.
3. Safety switch 2 (SSW2) ...................................... Breaks the safety circuit when the
right side cover is opened; resets
paper jam detection.
4. Safety switch 3 (SSW3) ...................................... Breaks the safety circuit when the
eject cover is opened; resets
paper jam detection.
5. Paper switch (PSW) ............................................ Detects the presence of paper in
the paper drawer.
6. Paper size switch 1 (PSSW1) ............................. Detects the length of paper in the
paper drawer.
7. Paper size switch 2 (PSSW2) ............................. Detects the length of paper in the
paper drawer.
8. Paper size switch 3 (PSSW3) ............................. Detects the length of paper in the
paper drawer.
9. Paper size switch 4 (PSSW4) ............................. Detects the width of paper in the
paper drawer.
10. Bypass paper switch (BYPPSW) ........................ Detects the presence of paper on
the bypass table.
1
13
12
4
15
20
2
19
17
18
5
14
3 9 6 7 8
21
16
10
11
2AA
2-1-3
11. Bypass paper size switch (BYPPSSW) .............. Detects the size of paper on the
bypass table.
12. Original detection switch (ODSW) ...................... Operates the original size switch.
13. Original size switch (OSSW) ............................... Detects the size of the original on
the contact glass.
14. Registration switch (RSW) .................................. Controls the secondary paper
feed start timing.
15. Eject switch (ESW) ............................................. Detects a paper jam in the fixing
section.
16. Scanner home position switch (SHPSW) ............ Detects the scanner at its home
position.
17. Toner sensor (TNS) ............................................ Detects the density of toner in the
developing section.
18. Developing unit fuse (DEVF) .............................. Blows to differentiate between old
and new imaging units.
19. Developing unit thermistor (DTH) ....................... Detects the developing unit
temperature.
20. Fixing unit thermistor (FTH) ................................ Detects the heat roller tempera-
ture.
21. Overflow switch (OFSW) ..................................... Detects when the waste toner
tank is full.
2AA
2-1-4
Figure 2-1-3 Motors and clutches
1. Drive motor (DM) ................................................ Drives the machine.
2. Scanner motor (SM) ............................................ Drives the scanner.
3. Toner feed motor (TFM) ...................................... Replenishes toner.
4. Cooling fan motor 1 (CFM1) ............................... Cools the machine interior.
5. Cooling fan motor 2 (CFM2) ............................... Cools the machine interior.
6. Paper feed clutch (PFCL) ................................... Primary paper feed from the
paper drawer.
7. Bypass paper feed clutch (BYPPFCL) ................ Primary paper feed from the
bypass table.
8. Registration clutch (RCL) .................................... Secondary paper feed.
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
1
2
4
8
6
7
5
3
2AA
2-1-5
Figure 2-1-4 Others
1. Exposure lamp (EL) ............................................ Exposes originals.
2. Cleaning lamp (CL) ............................................. Removes residual charge from
the drum surface.
3. Fixing heater (H) ................................................. Heats the heat roller.
4. Fixing unit thermostat 1 (TH1) ............................ Prevents overheating in the fixing
section.
5. Fixing unit thermostat 2 (TH2) ............................ Prevents overheating in the fixing
section.
6. Power relay (PRY) .............................................. Turns the power supply to the
fixing heater off.
7. Laser scanner unit (LSU)
Polygon motor (PM) .......................................... Drives the polygon mirror.
Laser diode (LD) ............................................... Generates the laser beam.
8. Speaker (SP) ...................................................... Sounds alarms.
9.* ISU heater (ISUH) ............................................... Dehumidifies the optical section.
10. Backup battery (BUBAT) ..................................... Used for transmission memory.
* Optional.
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
1
8
9
6
10
7
3
4
5
2
2AA
2-1-6
Figure 2-1-5 DF
1. DF motor (DFM) .................................................. Drives the sheet-through DF.
2. DF safety switch (DFSSW) ................................. Breaks the safety circuit when the
DF cover is opened; resets
original jam detection.
3. DF size detection PCB (DFSDPCB) ................... Detects the presence and size of
paper on the original table.
4. DF timing switch (DFTSW) ................................. Detects original jam in the sheet-
through DF.
Machine front Machine inside Machine rear
1
2
4
3
1-1-13
2AA
CONTENTS
2-2 Detection of Paper Misfeed
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection ..................................................................... 2-2-1
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions .................................................... 2-2-2
(1) Main body .................................................................................... 2-2-2
(2) DF................................................................................................ 2-2-4
(3) Special cassette .......................................................................... 2-2-4
2AA
2-2-1
2-2-1 Paper misfeed detection
When a paper jam occurs, the copier immediately stops copying and displays a message
and graphic indicating the jam location on the operation panel.
To remove the jammed paper, open the drawer, right side cover, eject cover or DF cover
as necessary.
To reset the paper misfeed detection, open and close each cover to turn the safety switch
off and on.
1 Drawer section
2 Paper feed and conveying section
3 Bypass paper feed section
4 Eject section
Paper Misfeed.
Remove Cassette.
4
1
5
3
2
6
7
8
5 DF
6 Upper special cassette*
7 Middle special cassette*
8 Lower special cassette*
* Optional.
Figure 2-2-1 Paper misfeed location indication
Figure 2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection
DFM
ODSW
RCL
PFCL
STFSW STPFCL
DFTSW
DFSDPCB
SSW4
ESW
RSW
BYPPFCL
2AA
2-2-2
2-2-2 Paper misfeed detection conditions
(1) Main body
Either the registration switch (RSW) or eject switch (ESW) is on when the main switch
is turned on.
The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 2000 ms after the paper feed
clutch (PFCL) turns on.
Timing chart 2-2-1
The registration switch (RSW) does not turn on within 2000 ms after the bypass paper
feed clutch (BYPPFCL) turns on.
Timing chart 2-2-2
The eject switch (ESW) does not turn on within 3700 ms after the registration clutch
(RCL) turns on.
PFCL
2000 ms
On
Off
On
Off
RSW
BYPPFCL
2000 ms
On
Off
On
Off
RSW
Timing chart 2-2-3
RCL
3700 ms
On
Off
On
Off
ESW
2AA
2-2-3
The eject switch (ESW) does not turn off within 3700 ms after the registration clutch
(RCL) turns off.
Timing chart 2-2-4
The registration switch (RSW) does not turn off within the specified time [depending
on the paper size (see Table 2-2-1)] after the registration clutch (RCL) turns on.
Timing chart 2-2-5
Table 2-2-1
Paper size/source Time (ms)
A3 5735
B4 5020
A4R 4160
B5R 3640
A5R 3045
A4 3045
B5 2685
11" 17" 5880
8
1
/2" 14" 4910
8
1
/2" 11"R 3935
11" 8
1
/2" 3120
Bypass table 5880
RSW
3700 ms
On
Off
On
Off
ESW
RCL
Specified time
On
Off
On
Off
RSW
2AA
2-2-4
(2) DF
The DF timing switch (DFTSW) is still on after the main switch has been turned on and
the initial operation of the scanner has completed.
An original jam occurs under any of the following conditions when turning the DF
motor (DFM) on after the scanner moves to the scanning start position.
- The switch (OD) on the DF size detection PCB (DFSDPCB) is off.
- The DF timing switch (DFTSW) is on.
- The DF safety switch (DFSSW) is off.
- The original detection switch (ODSW) of the copier is off.
An original jam occurs under any of the following conditions while the DF motor is on
and an original is scanned or ejected.
- The DF safety switch turns off.
- The original detection switch (ODSW) of the copier turns off.
During continuous copying, the next original has already turned the DF timing switch
(DFTSW) on before the previous original is ejected.
The length of an original is longer than 17" by 50 mm or more.
(3) Special cassette (see the special cassette service manual)
1-1-15
2AA
CONTENTS
2-3 Operation of the PCBs
2-3-1 Power source PCB.............................................................................. 2-3-1
2-3-2 Main PCB............................................................................................ 2-3-3
2-3-3 Engine PCB ........................................................................................ 2-3-4
2-3-4 Motor PCB .......................................................................................... 2-3-6
2-3-5 Operation unit PCB ............................................................................. 2-3-7
2-3-6 NCU PCB............................................................................................ 2-3-8
2AA
2-3-1
2-3-1 Power source PCB
Figure 2-3-1 Power source PCB block diagram
Noise
filter
circuit
L1
Switching
control
circuit
IC1
24 V DC
switching
control
circuit
IC6
75 V AC
output
circuit
IC9, 10
12 V DC
output
circuit
IC2
+12 V DC
output
circuit
IC3
5 V DC
output
circuit
IC4
24 V DC
output
circuit
IC5
PC1
TR1
Q1
Q3
AC supply
12 V DC
+12 V DC
GND
GND
5 V DC
5 V DC 2
24 V DC 2
24 V DC
GND
H REM
A
B
B
A
24 V DC IN
PRY
RY1
D1
PC3
IC7
15 V DC
H
GND
75 V AC
75 V AC
C7
Rectifier circuit
Fixing heater
control circuit
T1
T2
C18
D9
C20
D11
C28, C29
D17
PC2
24 V DC 3
PSPCB
2AA
2-3-2
The power source PCB (PSPCB) is a switching regulator that generates 5 V DC,
12 V DC, 24 V DC and 75 V AC (15.3 to 20 Hz) from the AC supply. It consists of the
noise filter circuit, rectifier circuit, switching control circuits, 12 V DC output circuit,
+12 V DC output circuit, 24 V DC output circuit, 5 V DC output circuit, 24 V DC switching
control circuit, 75 V AC output circuit and fixing heater control circuit as shown in Figure
2-3-1.
The noise filter circuit consists of choke coil L1 and capacitors. It reduces external noise
from the AC input and prevents switching noise generated in the power source PCB from
leaking out through the AC input line.
In the rectifier circuit, the filtered AC input is full-wave-rectified by diode bridge D1 and the
pulse current is smoothed by condenser C7.
In the switching control circuit, the switching control IC (IC1) turns the electric current
flowing into the primary side of transformer T1 on and off by switching FET Q1.
In the 12 V DC output circuit, the potential induced across the secondary side of trans-
former T1 is rectified by diode D9 and smoothed by condenser C18 and is output as stable
12 V DC by the three-terminal regulator IC (IC2).
In the +12 V DC output circuit, the potential induced across the secondary side of trans-
former T1 is rectified by diode D11 and smoothed by condenser C20 and is output as
stable +12 V DC by the three-terminal regulator IC (IC3).
In the 24 V DC output circuit, the potential induced across the secondary side of trans-
former T1 is rectified by diode D17 and smoothed by condensers C28 and C29 and is
output as stable 24 V DC by the regulator IC (IC5). Feedback of the 24 V DC output status
is provided to the switching control IC (IC1) on the switching control circuit via
photocoupler PC1 and the switching control IC (IC1) modifies the switching waveform of
FET Q1 to adjust the 24 V DC output.
In the 5 V DC output circuit, regulator IC4 derives stable 5 V DC from the 24 V DC supply
from the 24 V DC output circuit.
In the 24 V DC switching control circuit, the switching control IC (IC6) switches FET Q3 to
turn the 24 V DC supply from the 24 V DC output circuit across the primary side of
transformer T2 on and off.
In the 75 V AC output circuit, the op-amps IC9 and IC10 generate 75 V AC (15.3 to 20 Hz)
from the potential induced across the secondary side of transformer T2. Feedback of the
75 V AC output status is provided to the switching control IC (IC6) on the 24 V DC
switching control circuit via photocoupler PC3. The switching control IC (IC6) modifies the
switching waveform of FET Q3 to adjust the 75 V DC output. The three-terminal regulator
IC (IC7) converts the potential induced across the secondary side of transformer T2 into
stable 15 V DC, which powers op-amps IC9 and IC10.
The fixing heater control circuit is controlled by the fixing heater on signal (H REM) from
the engine PCB. When the signal goes low, photo triac PC2 turns on and triac TR1
conducts. The AC supply then flows through it and the fixing heater (H) turns on.
2AA
2-3-3
Figure 2-3-2 Main PCB block diagram
The main PCB (MPCB) consists of CPU IC1, work and image memory IC7, RTC IC6,
SRAMs IC5 and IC81, flash memory IC4, modem LSI IC11, CGROM IC3, ASIC FIP IC17,
ASIC VC IC26, SRAM IC33, high-speed SRAMs IC22 and IC23, ASIC RC/SC IC16,
CODEC IC13, ASIC CPD IC2, DRAM IC14 and QMCODER IC82. It mainly processes
image data to and from the engine PCB, NCU PCB and optional memory board.
2-3-2 Main PCB
CG
ROM
IC3
Modem
LSI
IC11
Flash
memory
IC4
SRAM
IC5
SRAM
IC81
RTC
IC6
CPU
IC1
DRAM
work and
image
memory
IC7
ASIC
FIP
IC17
ASIC
RC/SC
IC16
CODEC
IC13
ASIC
CPD
IC2
ASIC
VC
IC26
FIFO
High
speed
SRAM
IC22, 23
FIFO
SRAM
IC33
FIFO
FIFO
FIFO
BUF BUF
DRAM
bitmap
memory
IC14
Analog circuit
Backup
circuit 2
Backup
circuit 1
Lithium
battery
NCU PCB
Speaker
Backup battery
SIO
To CPU
SIO
To CPU
16-bit image bus
System bus
(DB bus)
8 bits
1 bit
8 bits
16 bits 16 bits
16 bits
8 bits 8 bits 8 bits 4 bits
16 bits
(AD bus)
16 bits
16 bits 16 bits 16 bits
16 bits
8 bits
QM
coder
IC82
Engine
PCB
Interface
connector
Operation
unit PCB
Memory
board
(option)
for
image
memory
Memory
board
(option)
for
bitmap
memory
Print data
output
Scan data
input
16-bit
DRAM bus
2AA
2-3-4
Figure 2-3-3 Engine PCB block diagram
The engine PCB (EPCB) controls the machine drive system and the inputting and printing
of image data and serves as the communication and video interface with the main PCB
(MPCB).
CPU IC34 is an 8-bit single-chip microcomputer. It controls AGC IC8 and IC24, SHD IC35,
VTC IC40, XIO IC17, the address bus and the data bus based on the program in the built-
in ROM and RAM and external EEPROM IC38. It also controls mechanical drives such as
the drive motor (DM) and scanner motor (SM) via ports on CPU IC34 and XIO IC17. CPU
IC34 controls the charging, developing and fixing systems with the external D/A converter
IC28 and its built-in A/D converter. The abnormally high temperature detection circuit
forces the fixing heater (H) off after judging an abnormally high temperature from the
temperature data detected by the fixing unit thermistor (FTH).
CPU
IC34
EEP-
ROM
IC38
Reset
circuit
IC36
AGC
IC8
IC24
SHD
IC35
VTC
IC40
XIO
IC17
FIFO
FIFO
CCD
PCB
Analog
circuit
LSU
Address bus
Data bus
Switches,
sensors
EL
CFM1
CFM2
PFCL
BYP-
PFCL
RCL
CL,
etc.
FTH
DTH
SM
HVT
PCB
TM
D/A
converter
IC21
RESET
DM
H
Driver
Abnormally
high temperature
detection circuit
Driver
Driver
MPCB
2-3-3 Engine PCB
2AA
2-3-5
SHD IC35 and VTC IC40 control the inputting and printing of image data. SHD IC35
generates the CCD drive signal and corrects non-linearity of the CCD output (image data
from the CCDPCB) and VTC IC40 controls printing by outputting the binary image data
from the main PCB (MPCB) to the laser scanner unit (LSU). The engine PCB controls
command status serial communication between the main PCB (MPCB). Engine control is
based on the print and scan requests from the main PCB (MPCB).
The video interface inputs and outputs image data. The main PCB processes the image
and the engine PCB (EPCB) inputs and outputs image data to and from the main PCB via
SHD IC35 and VTC IC40.
2AA
2-3-6
Figure 2-3-4 Motor PCB block diagram
The motor PCB consists of the stepping motor driver IC (IC3) and 24 V DC supply circuit
with transistors TR1 and TR2. It controls the drives of the scanner motor (SM) and DF
motor (DFM) according to the control signal from the main PCB.
When the control signal (MOTSEL) from the main PCB is low, transistor TR1 is turned on
and 24 V DC is supplied to the scanner motor (SM). When the signal is high, transistor
TR2 is turned on via inverting IC (IC2) and 24 V DC is supplied to the DF motor. The coils
of the motor that has a 24 V DC supply are energized by control signals MOT A, MOT _A,
MOT B and MOT _B and the motor rotates. The signals are output to the coils via the
stepping motor driver IC (IC3).
24 V DC
DFM
SM
Stepping
motor
driver
IC3
24 V DC
A
_A
B
_B
24 V DC
A
_A
B
_B
MOTSEL
MOT A
MOT _A
MOT B
MOT _B
SMREF
TR1
TR2
IC2
2-3-4 Motor PCB
2AA
2-3-7
Figure 2-3-5 Operation unit PCB block diagram
The operation unit PCB consists of CPU IC1, ROM IC3, LCD controller IC4, SRAM IC6,
the LED matrix circuit, the key switch matrix circuit, the reset circuit and the negative
supply generation circuit.
CPU IC1 controls the entire operation unit PCB based on the program stored in ROM IC3.
LCD controller IC4 controls the LCD display based on the display data expanded at SRAM
IC6.
The LED matrix circuit contains LEDs arranged in a matrix. LEDs light when they are on
the crossing points of the lines of the scan signal from CPU IC1 and the source signal.
The key switch matrix circuit has key switches arranged in a matrix on it. The scan signal
from CPU IC1 scans the key switches. When a switch is pressed, it is identified by tracking
the crossing point of the scan signal output and the return signal to CPU IC1.
The reset circuit prevents malfunctioning of CPU IC1 by outputting a RESET signal to
CPU IC1 when the power is applied or it is low. The RESET signal is also output to LCD
controller IC4 to conduct initialization.
Negative supply generation circuit generates the negative power supply for the LCD
display by switching the 24 V DC supply with the timer IC (IC5).
CPU
IC1
LED
matrix
circuit
Key switch
matrix circuit
Negative
supply
generation
circuit IC5
Reset
circuit
IC2
ROM
IC3
SRAM
IC6
LCD
controller
IC4
LCD
Main
PCB
Address bus
Data bus
RESET
signal
Scan
signals
Return
signals
Source
signals
Scan
signals
2-3-5 Operation unit PCB
2AA
2-3-8
2-3-6 NCU PCB
For 120 V specifications
Figure 2-3-6 NCU PCB block diagram
The NCU PCB consists of a DC loop circuit with a circuit transformer (T1), a dial pulse
output circuit with a photocoupler (PC1), a call signal detection circuit with a photocoupler
(PC4), a loop current detection circuit with a current detector (IC1) and a hybrid circuit with
an op-amp (IC2). It mainly controls connection to a telephone line.
Analog
MPX
K1
IC1
PC1
PC2
PC3
IC4
PC4
T1
OP-
amp
IC2a IC3
OP-
amp
IC2b
RXIN_N
ONHOOK1 L
ONHOOK2 L
PLSDIL L
MODTXD
MODRXD
RXSEL L
RINGDET L
TELSEL L
+12 V DC
OFFHOOK L
DCCUT L
AGDC
L1
L2
EXTEL1
EXTEL2
TEL L1
TEL L2
DC-DC
converter
2AA
2-3-9
For 230 V specifications
Figure 2-3-7 NCU PCB block diagram
The NCU PCB consists of a DC loop circuit with a circuit transformer (T1), a dial pulse
output circuit with a photocoupler (K3), a call signal detection circuit with a photocoupler
(PC1), a loop current detection circuit with a current detector (IC1) and a hybrid circuit with
an op-amp (IC2). It mainly controls connection to a telephone line.
OP-
amp
Analog
MPX
FC1
PC1
IC1
T1
IC2b
IC2b
RXIN_N
ONHOOK1 L
ONHOOK2 L
KCMCNT
OFFHOOK L
PLSDIL L
KMUTE
MODRXD
RXSEL L
MODTXD
RINGDET
EARTH
L1
L2
TELGNP
K2
K3
PC3
PC4
PC2
P G
OP-
amp
IC4
1-1-17
2AA
CONTENTS
3-1 Installation
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation .................................................................. 3-1-1
(1) Installation environment .............................................................. 3-1-1
(2) Installation procedure .................................................................. 3-1-2
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes ................................................................. 3-1-16
3-1-3 Installing the ISU heater (option) ...................................................... 3-1-17
3-1-1
2AA
3-1-1 Unpacking and installation
(1) Installation environment
1. Temperature: 10 35C/50 95F
2. Humidity: 15 85% RH
3. Power supply: 120 V AC, 8.3 A
230 V AC, 2.3 A
4. Power source frequency: 50 Hz 0.3%/60 Hz 0.3%
5. Installation location
Avoid direct sunlight or bright lighting. Ensure that the photoconductor will not be
exposed to direct sunlight or other strong light when removing paper jams.
Avoid extremes of temperature and humidity, abrupt ambient temperature changes,
and hot or cold air directly hitting the machine.
Avoid dust and vibration.
Choose a surface capable of supporting the weight of the machine.
Place the machine on a level surface (maximum allowable inclination: 1).
Avoid air-borne substances that may adversely affect the machine or degrade the
photoconductor, such as mercury, acidic and alkaline vapors, inorganic gases,
NOx, SOx gases and chlorine-based organic solvents.
Select a room with good ventilation.
6. Allow sufficient access for proper operation and maintenance of the machine.
Machine front: 500 mm/19
11
/16" Machine rear: 150 mm/5
7
/8"
Machine right: 500 mm/19
11
/16" Machine left: 500 mm/19
11
/16"
Figure 3-1-1 Installation dimensions
a: 752 mm/29
5
/8"
b: 550 mm/21
5
/8"
c: 835 mm/32
7
/8"
d: 510 mm/20
1
/16"
e: 970 mm/38
3
/16"
f: 570 mm/22
7
/16"
g: 1258 mm/49
1
/2"
a
e
f
g
b
c
d
3-1-2
2AA
(2) Installation procedure
Unpack.
Make test copies.
Install the imaging unit.
Remove the pins.
Remove the tapes.
Install the fixing unit felt.
Clean the main charger.
Start
Install the toner cartridge.
Remove the drawer spacers.
Connect the power plug.
Initialize the imaging unit.
Remove the fixing unit spacers.
Machine installation is completed.
* For 120 specifications only.
Install the original table.
Connect to a telephone line.
Install the handset (option).*
Input and store data.
3-1-3
2AA
Figure 3-1-2
Pin holding the scanner
Fixing unit felt
Fixing unit spacers
Drawer spacers
Pin holding
the mirror frame
3-1-4
2AA
Figure 3-1-3 Unpacking
Unpack.
1 Front top pads
2 Rear top pads
3 Copier
4 Machine cover
5 Operation unit spacer
6 Bottom machine cover
7 Bottom pads
8 Skid
9 Case base
0 Bottom plate
! Outer case
@ Inner frame
# Bar code label
$ Hinge joints
% Imaging unit
^ Top spacer
& Accessory case
* Power cord
( Modular cord
) Plastic bag
Adhesive label
Air-padded bag
Original table
Partition
Business reply mail
(120 V specifications only)
Warranty
(120 V specifications only)
Cushioning sheet
1 2
3
5
7

6
0
)

*
(

^
%
&

4

!
$
#
@
9
8


3-1-5
2AA
Imaging unit
Figure 3-1-4 Unpacking the imaging unit
1
3
5
6
2
3
9
6
8
7
4
1Leaflet
2Fixing unit felt
3Upper pads
4Light-proof sheet
5 Imaging unit
6 Bottom pads
7 Bar code label
8 Case
9 Plastic bag
3-1-6
2AA
Remove the pins.
1. Remove the tapes and the two pins holding the scanner and the pin holding the
mirror frame on the left cover.
Figure 3-1-5
Remove the tapes.
1. Remove the two tapes holding the front and right covers.
2. Remove the two tapes holding the DF cover and the tape holding the operation
section.
3. Remove the paper inserted into the DF paper feed section.
4. Remove the tape holding the DF main body.
5. Open the DF or original holder and remove the paper on the contact glass.
Pins holding the scanner
Pin holding the mirror frame
Figure 3-1-6
Tapes
Paper
Tape
Tape
Tapes
3-1-7
2AA
Figure 3-1-7
3. Close the drawer.
Remove the fixing unit spacers.
1. Open the right side cover. Remove the tapes and the two fixing unit spacers.
Remove the drawer spacers.
1. Open the drawer and remove the tape holding the width guide.
2. Remove the tapes and the two drawer spacers.
Figure 3-1-8
Drawer spacers
Drawer
Width guide
Tape
Tapes
Fixing unit
spacer
Fixing unit spacer
3-1-8
2AA
Figure 3-1-10
Figure 3-1-9
2. Open the front cover.
3. Turn the imaging unit release lever to the right.
The right side cover opens slightly when the release lever is turned to the right.
4. Open the right side cover.
Install the imaging unit.
1. Take the imaging unit out of the package and remove the light-proof sheet.
Imaging unit
Light-proof sheet
Tapes
Imaging unit release lever
Right side cover
3-1-9
2AA
Figure 3-1-11
6. Lock the imaging unit by turning the imaging unit release lever to the left.
7. Hold the seal grip and pull the seal out.
Figure 3-1-12
8. Close the right side and front covers.
Seal grip
5. Holding the imaging unit by the edge handle, press the upper handle completely
flat and insert the unit into the copier by sliding it along the guide rail.
Imaging unit upper handle
Imaging unit
3-1-10
2AA
Install the fixing unit felt.
1. Open the eject cover.
2. Install the fixing unit felt packed with the imaging unit to the fixing section.
Figure 3-1-13
3. Close the eject cover.
Connect the power plug.
1. Connect the power code to the inlet.
2. Connect the power plug to the wall outlet.
Figure 3-1-14
Fixing unit felt
Power cord
Inlet
3-1-11
2AA
Figure 3-1-16
Initialize the imaging unit.
Caution: Do not insert the toner cartridge before initialization of the imaging unit
completes.
1. Turn the main switch on. Aging starts and, after two minutes, the IU Initialized
Set Toner Cartridge message is displayed.
Figure 3-1-15
Install the toner cartridge.
1. Open the front cover.
2. Agitate the toner by shaking the toner cartridge back and forth and side to side 4
or 5 times.
Main switch
3-1-12
2AA
Figure 3-1-18
2. Close the front cover.
3. Press the enter key when the IU Initialized Set Toner Cartridge message is
displayed.
The display returns to the initial display, enabling printing.
Make test copies.
1. Load paper in a drawer and make test copies.
3. Insert the toner cartridge completely, aligning it with the guide rail.
Figure 3-1-17
Clean the main charger.
1. Hold the main charger cleaning knob and pull and push it back and forth 2 or 3
times. Push the knob back in completely.
3-1-13
2AA
Install the original table.
1. With the DF cover open, hold the original table vertically, insert the ends of its
shaft into the shaft holder and lower the original table to the horizontal position.
Figure 3-1-19
Connect to a telephone line.
1. Connect the one end of the modular code to the LINE connector.
2. Connect the other end of the modular cord to a telephone line.
1
1
2
DF cover
Original table
Shafts
DF main body
Figure 3-1-20
LINE connector
Modular cord
3-1-14
2AA
Install the handset (option).*
* For 120 V specifications only.
1. Install the handset cradle on the machine and connect the handset cord to the
TEL connector.
Input and store data.
If the main switch is turned on with paper in the drawer, a backup RAM error report
may be output. This happens whenever data in the SRAM changes, and may be
caused in this case by spurious reset during transportation of the machine. If this
occurs, perform the data input below, regardless of the content of the error report.
If a backup RAM error report is output during operation, all the data in the memory will
have been initialized (returned to the default). Perform the setting again: the setting
depends on the conditions under which the machine is operated.
(1) Machine settings
Type of telephone line:
Sets to pulse tone (10 PPS or 20 PPS) or push-button (tone) line.
Senders information record:
Enters the senders information that is to be printed at the top of transmitted pages.
Report output:
Sets the respective report output.
Message language selection:
Selects one of three languages.
Password communication:
To be set when sending to and receiving from the authorized telephone numbers
and IDs.
Monitor speaker volume:
Sets the monitor speaker volume (off, low or high).
Auto shutoff time:
Sets the time to enter shutoff mode (off to 120 min., in 5 min. increments) after
copying is completed.
Fax paper feed setting:
Selects the paper feed mode when outputting received documents.
3-1-15
2AA
(2) User settings
The following functions and data can be entered.
Self telephone number, name and ID
Abbreviated number dialing:
Stores an abbreviated number using the keypad that is used for usual
dialing.
One-touch keys:
Enables one-touch dialing.
Program communications:
Stores a series of operations as a single program.
Group dialing:
Stores multiple destinations so that they can be operated using a one-touch
key.
Authorized telephone number:
Used for password communication.
Authorized ID number:
Used for password communication.
Encryption key:
Used for cipher communication
Encryption key password:
Used when printing the cipher key list if a key is registered.
Confidential box number:
Used for confidential reception and cipher communication.
Date and time:
Sets the present date, time and day.
Machine installation is completed.
3-1-16
2AA
3-1-2 Setting initial copy modes
Factory settings are as follows:
370 Switching between double and single counts Double counts
371 Setting auto start Auto start on
372 Setting auto clear time 60 s
373 Setting auto preheat time 15 min.
374 Setting auto shutoff time 30 min.
378 Setting operation under the toner empty condition Single copies
Function
No.
Contents Factory setting
3-1-17
2AA
3-1-3 Installing the ISU heater (option)
ISU heater installation requires the following parts:
ISU heater (P/N 35968060)
Two cable holders (P/N M2105410)
Procedure
1. Remove the contact glass.
2. Keep the scanner and mirror frame at the machine right.
3. Peel the backing off the ISU heater and attach the heater at the machine left as shown
in the diagram.
4. Connect the 2-pin plug on the ISU heater to the 2-pin connector at the machine rear.
5. Attach the two cable holders to positions where they do not make contact with the
mirror frame.
6. Fix the cables on the ISU heater with the two cable holders.
7. Refit the removed parts.
Figure 3-1-21
8. Enter the maintenance mode.
9. Select function No. 374.
10. Set the value to 0 to cancel the auto shutoff function. If the function is used, the ISU
heater turns off when the copier enters the auto shutoff mode.
11. Exit the maintenance mode.
2-pin connector
2-pin plug
Cable holders
ISU heater
1-1-19
2AA
CONTENTS
3-2 Maintenance Mode
3-2-1 Maintenance mode ............................................................................. 3-2-1
(1) Executing a maintenance function .............................................. 3-2-1
(2) Maintenance function list ............................................................. 3-2-2
(3) Contents of maintenance functions ............................................. 3-2-8
2AA-1
3-2-1
3-2-1 Maintenance mode
The copier is equipped with maintenance mode for service and repair of the machine.
(1) Executing a maintenance function
Start
Enter 10871087.
MAINTENANCE MODE 000
is shown on the display.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Enter the function No. to be executed
with the numeric keys.
Press the start key.
The maintenance function is run.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Enter 001 with the numeric keys and
press the start key.
End
. . . . . . . . . Entering maintenance mode
. . . . . . . . . Selecting a maintenance function
. . . . . . . . . Exiting maintenance mode
Yes
No
Run another
maintenance
function?
2AA-1
3-2-2
(2) Maintenance function list
List output 000 Outputting the own-status report
Comple- 001 Exiting maintenance mode
tion
Drive, 002 Moving the scanner to the DF scanning position
paper feed
010 Checking drive motor operation
and
011 Checking the switches in the copier
conveying
013 Checking clutch operation 1
014 Checking clutch operation 2
016 Setting the folio width
017 Setting the folio length
021 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of
drawer 2
022 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of
drawer 3
023 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of
drawer 4
026 Checking the switches on drawer 2
027 Checking the switches on drawer 3
028 Checking the switches on drawer 4
030 Checking the operation of the cassette drive
motor
High 040 Setting the grid control voltage
voltage
041 Setting the developing bias control voltage
042 Adjusting the surface potential when copying
postcards (effective only with 100 V specifica-
tions)
Developing 051 Adjusting the toner control voltage
053 Displaying toner data
065 Resetting the waste toner tank overflow detection
Fixing 074 Adjusting the fixing control temperature
078 Resetting the fixing problem detection
Optical 081 Adjusting the ISU gain
082 Adjusting the LSU printing start position in the
main scanning direction
083 Adjusting the LSU printing end position in the
main scanning direction
Section
Function
Function name
Initial
No. value

210
330
30
30
30

245
205
222

163

6
6
2AA-1
3-2-3
Section
Function
Function name
Initial
No. value
Optical 099 Adjusting home position with the DF
(cont.)
101 Adjusting the shading position
104 Adjusting the magnification in the main scanning
direction with the original on the contact glass
105 Adjusting the magnification in the main scanning
direction with the original fed from the DF
106 Adjusting the magnification in the auxiliary
scanning direction with the original on the
contact glass
107 Adjusting the magnification in the auxiliary scan-
ning direction with the original fed from the DF
108 Adjusting detection of the original width
Timing 110 Adjusting the start position of image printing
adjust-
111 Adjusting the scanning start position of the
original on the contact glass
ment
112 Adjusting the scanning start position of the original
fed from the DF
115 Adjusting the end position of image printing
116 Adjusting the scanning end position of the
original on the contact glass
117 Adjusting the scanning end position of the original
fed from the DF
120 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 1
121 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 2
122 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 3
123 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 4
124 Adjusting the centerline of the bypass
126 Adjusting the centerline of the original on the
contact glass
127 Adjusting the DF original centerline
Operation 331 Testing the keys
unit and
332 Lighting all the indicators and display on the
operation panel
options
337 Checking the operation of the DF motor
Test 340 Outputting test patterns
pattern
344 Outputting VTC patterns
print
4
5
30
30
30
30
7
10
10
20
6
10
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

2AA-1
3-2-4
Section
Function
Function name
Initial
No. value
Counts 350 Setting the copy count for waste toner tank
replacement
353 Setting the copy limit after the waste toner tank
overflow detection
354 Checking and clearing the DF original count
355 Checking and clearing the scan count
356 Checking and clearing the printer count
363 Checking and clearing the IU developing count
364 Checking and clearing the waste toner tank count
365 Entering the service telephone No.
367 Displaying the ROM version
368 Displaying the engine ROM version
Mode 370 Switching between double and single counts
settings
371 Setting auto start
372 Setting auto clear time
373 Setting auto preheat time
374 Setting auto shutoff time
378 Setting operation under the toner empty condition
389 Selecting if multiple copying is acceptable in
memory copy mode
Backup 390 Initializing memory 1
391 Initializing memory 2
Copying 400 Test copy mode
415 Setting the copy density level
420 Adjusting white level
Initializa- 601 Initializing all data
tion
602 Initializing permanent data
603 Setting factory defaults
604 Initializing the main PCB (MFP)
606 Initializing the administration password
607 Initializing the confidential box ID
User data 620 Setting the self telephone number
621 Setting a telephone line
622 Setting the number of rings in fax/telephone
auto select mode
623 Setting remote diagnostic transmission
60
60

1
2
3
6
1
2

184
180

2AA-1
3-2-5
Section
Function
Function name
Initial
No. value
Data reset 634 Resetting the transmission history
System 637 Setting the number of lines to be ignored when
receiving a fax at 100% magnification settings
638 Setting the number of lines to be ignored when
receiving a fax in auto reduction mode
639 Setting the number of lines to be ignored when
receiving a fax (A4R, letter) in auto reduction
mode
640 Setting how to proceed when memory becomes
full during memory transmission
641 Setting an alarm when reception is completed
642 Setting the conditions under which an error
indicator turns off
643 Selecting if auto reduction in the auxiliary
direction is performed
644 Setting the date format
645 Setting addition of an image to the report
646 Setting the error report output conditions
(display format)
647 Setting the line-monitoring period
648 Setting the mode for remote switching
649 Setting if the image scanning quality in fax
mode is initialized
650 Initializing the scanning density in fax mode
659 Setting the number of lines to be ignored in
rotation mode
Machine 660 Setting the fax image scanning quality
defaults
661 Setting fax/copy priority mode
Communi- 680 Setting the auto redialing interval
cation
681 Setting the number of times of auto redialing
settings
682 Setting the method to process errors
685 Setting the number of times of DIS signal
reception
686 Setting the reference for RTN signal output
687 Setting the waiting period to prevent echo
problem at the sender
688 Setting the waiting period to prevent echo
problem at the receiver

3
3
3

2AA-1
3-2-6
Section
Function
Function name
Initial
No. value
Communi- 689 Setting the communication starting speed
cation
690 Setting the reception speed
settings
691 Setting no-ring reception when using the F
network
(cont.)
692 Setting transmission intervals
693 Setting if V.34 transmission is acceptable
Communi- 700 Setting ECM transmission
cation
701 Setting ECM reception
control
702 Setting the criteria for a TCF signal 1
procedure
703 Setting frequency of the CED signal
704 Setting the criteria for a TCF signal 2
705 Setting the reception of short protocol transmis-
sion
Communi- 710 Setting the T0 time-out time
cation
711 Setting the one-shot detection time for remote
switching
time
712 Setting the continuous detection time for remote
switching
settings
713 Setting the T1 time-out time
714 Setting the T2 time-out time
716 Setting the Ta time-out time
717 Setting the Tb time-out time
718 Setting the Tc time-out time
719 Setting the Td time-out time
Modem 720 Setting the modem output level
settings
721 Adjusting modem output level
724 Setting the modem detection level
725 Setting DTMF (high-frequency group) output
level
726 Setting DTMF (low-frequency group) output
level
727 Adjusting the DTMF (high-frequency group)
output level
728 Adjusting the DTMF (low-frequency group)
output level

60
30
50
60
30

2AA-1
3-2-7
Section
Function
Function name
Initial
No. value
NCU 740 Setting the connection to PBX/PSTN
settings
741 Setting PSTN dial tone detection
742 Setting the busy tone detection
743 Setting for a PBX
Dial timing 750 Adjusting the ratio of make-to-break of 10-PPS
dial pulse settings
751 Adjusting the ratio of make-to-break of 20-PPS
dial pulse
List output 760 Outputting the setting list
761 Outputting the action list
762 Outputting the monitor list
763 Outputting the own-status report
Board 770 Performing memory tests
tests
771 Performing optional memory tests

16

3-2-8
2AA
Function
Description
No.
(3) Contents of maintenance functions
000 Outputting the own-status report
Description
Outputs the list of settings in maintenance mode.
Purpose
Used before and after replacing the main PCB.
Method
Press the start key. A sheet of the own-status report as in the figure below
is output and the current function is exited. Data in the figure are reference
values.
Figure 3-2-1 Own-status report
Self Status Report
000 SELF STATUS PRT
001 EXIT
002 SCANNER SET
010 MAIN MOTOR DRIVE
011 MAIN SW TEST
013 CLUTCH TEST
014 SOLENOID TEST
016 FOLIO SIZE (WIDTH) : 210 mm
017 FOLIO SIZE (LENGTH) : 330 mm
021 BENDING AMOUNT (2) : 30
022 BENDING AMOUNT (3) : 30
023 BENDING AMOUNT (4) : 30
026 CASSETTE 2 SW TEST
027 CASSETTE 3 SW TEST
028 CASSETTE 4 SW TEST
030 OP CAS. MOTOR DRIVE
040 GRID BIAS : 245
041 DB BIAS : 205
042 GRID BIAS (CARD) : 222
051 TONER CONTROL : 75
053 TONER DATA
065 CLEAR TANK OVF.
074 HEATER TMP SET : 163
078 CLEAR C60
081 ISU GAIN
082 LSU START
083 LSU END
099 ADF HOME POSITION : 4
101 SHADING POSITION : 6
104 TBL MAIN SCANNING : 30
105 ADF MAIN SCANNING : 30
106 TBL SUB SCANNING : 30
107 ADF SUB SCANNING : 30
108 DOC
110 PAPER TOP : 10
111 TBL DOC TOP : 10
112 ADF DOC TOP : 20
115 PAPER REAR : 10
116 TBL DOC REAR : 10
117 ADF DOC REAR : 20
120 PAPER CENTER (1) : 10
121 PAPER CENTER (2) : 10
122 PAPER CENTER (3) : 10
123 PAPER CENTER (4) : 10
124 BYPASS CENTER : 10
126 TBL DOC CENTER : 10
127 ADF DOC CENTER : 10
331 KEY TEST
332 LED&LCD TEST
337 ADF MOTOR DRIVE
340 PRINT TEST 1
344 PRINT VTC
350 TANK REPLACEMENT : 60
353 RECOVERY TANK OVF : 60
601 INI. ALL DATA
602 INI. KEEP DATA
603 INI. SHIP DATA
604 INI. MFP DATA
606 INI. MANAGE. PASSWD
607 INI. CONFI BOX ID
620 REG SELF TEL No.
621 REG LINE TYPE : DTMF
622 # OF RINGS (F/T) : 0
623 REMOTE DIAG : OFF
634 CLEAR COMM. RECORD
637 CUT LINES (100%) : 3
638 CUT LINES (AUTO) : 3
639 CUT LINES (A4) : 3
640 MEMORY FULL : CONT
641 FINISH ALARM : ON
642 ALARM TURN OFF : COMM.
643 AUTO REDUCE : ON
644 DATE PATTERN : YMD
645 ADD IMAGE : ON
646 ERROR CODE : MIX
647 MONITOR PERIOD : DIS
648 REMOTE MODE : ONE
649 RESO. LOCK (FAX) : ON
650 DENS. LOCK (FAX) : ON
659 ROTATION RX ERR. : 3
660 FAX RESOLUTION : S
661 FAX/COPY : COPY
680 REDIAL INTERVAL : 3
681 REG. REDIAL TIMES : 3
682 ERROR DEALING : OK
685 DIS RESPONSE : ONCE
686 RTN THRESHOLD : 15 %
687 TX ECHO CORRECT : 200 ms
688 RX ECHO CORRECT : 75 ms
689 TX SPEED : 14400 bps
690 RX SPEED : 14400 bps
691 F NET : ON
692 CALL INTERVAL : 10 sec
693 V. 34 MODEM : ON
700 ECM TX : ON
701 ECM RX : ON
702 TCF CHECK : 0
703 CED FREQUENCY : 2100 Hz
704 TCF CHECK 2 : LONG
710 T0 TIME OUT : 58 sec
711 REMOTE TIME (ONE) : 7 ms
712 REMOTE TIME (CON) : 80 ms
713 T1 TIMEOUT : 38 sec
714 T2 TIMEOUT : 6000 ms
716 Ta TIMEOUT : 30 sec
717 Tb TIMEOUT : 5000 ms
718 Tc TIMEOUT : 60 sec
719 Td TIMEOUT : 30 sec
P. 001
Function
Description
No.
3-2-9
2AA
001 Exiting maintenance mode
Description
Exits maintenance mode and returns to normal mode.
Purpose
Used when ending maintenance mode.
Method
Press the start key. The copier returns to normal mode.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-10
2AA
002 Moving the scanner to the DF scanning position
Description
Moves the scanner and the mirror frame to the DF scanning positions.
Purpose
Used when the scanner and mirror frames are to be fastened with pins
before moving the machine.
Method
1. Press the start key. The scanner and mirror frame move to the DF
scanning positions and the display shows the message requesting the
power to be turned off.
2. Turn the main switch off.
010 Checking drive motor operation
Description
Operates the drive motor.
Purpose
To check the operation of the drive system and paper conveying system.
Method
Press the start key. The drive motor is turned on.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The drive motor stops and the current
function is exited.
011 Checking the switches in the copier
Description
Displays the statuses of individual switches in the copier.
Purpose
To check the operation of the switches in the copier.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the switch to be checked with the cursor up or down keys. The
status of the selected switch is displayed.
Display (switch name) Status
FRONT (safety switch 1) On, off
SIDE (safety switch 2) On, off
EJ.OP (safety switch 3) On, off
Function
Description
No.
3-2-11
2AA
011
(cont.)
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Display (switch name) Status
B.SIZE (bypass paper size switch) 5: A3/11"
1: B4
3: A4/8
1
/
2
"
7: B5
6: A5/5
1
/
2
"
2: B6
0: A6 (all widthwise)
P.E (paper switch) On, off
SIZE (paper size switch 1/2/3/4) B: A3/11" 17"
5: B4/8
1
/
2
" 14"
2: folio
1: A4R/8
1
/
2
" 11"R
4: B5R
E: A4/8
1
/
2
" 11"
6: A5R/5
1
/
2
" 8
1
/
2
"
7: B5
BYPASS P.E (bypass paper switch) On, off
RESIST (registration switch) On, off
EJECT (eject switch) On, off
TBL.V (original size switch) On, off
H.P (scanner home position switch) On, off
IU TYPE [imaging unit specification check
(DEV A, DEV B, DEV C)] 0: none
1: type A
2: type B
3: type D
4: type C
5: type E
6: type F
7: type G
IU (developing unit fuse) On, off
OVF (overflow switch) On, off
Function
Description
No.
3-2-12
2AA
013 Checking clutch operation 1
Description
Turns individual clutches on and off.
Purpose
To check clutch operation.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Enter the number specified for the clutch to be checked with the
numeric keys. The bit on the display corresponding to the clutch being
turned on changes from 0 to 1.
Clutch Key Bit display
Registration clutch 0 0000 0001
Cassette feed clutch 3 (lower special cassette)* 1 0000 0010
Cassette feed clutch 2 (middle special cassette)* 2 0000 0100
Cassette feed clutch 1 (upper special cassette)* 3 0000 1000
* Optional.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-13
2AA
014 Checking clutch operation 2
Description
Turns individual clutches on and off.
Purpose
To check clutch operation.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Enter the number specified for the clutch to be checked with the
numeric keys. The bit on the display corresponding to the clutch being
turned on changes from 0 to 1.
Clutch Key Bit display
Paper feed clutch 0 0000 0001
Cassette paper feed clutch 3 1 0000 0010
(lower special cassette)*
Cassette paper feed clutch 2 2 0000 0100
(upper special cassette)*
Cassette paper feed clutch 1 3 0000 1000
(upper special cassette)*
Bypass paper feed clutch 4 0001 0000
* Optional.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-14
2AA
016 Setting the folio width
Description
Changes the image area by setting the width of the folio paper used.
Purpose
To be set according to the width of the paper; when the setting is shorter
than the actual paper used, the right and left sides of the image are not
printed.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Folio width 200 220 mm 210 mm
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
017 Setting the folio length
Description
Changes the image area by setting the length of the folio paper used.
Purpose
To be set according to the length of the paper; when the setting is shorter
than the actual paper used, the trailing edge of the image is not printed.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Folio length 330 356 mm 330 mm
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-15
2AA
021 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of drawer 2
Description
Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper when drawer 2 (upper special
cassette, optional) is used.
Purpose
Used when paper from the upper special cassette is missing part of the
image or has an irregular image at the leading edge, or when paper is
Z-folded.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Initial Change in
value value per step
Amount of slack in paper of
0 60 30 0.5 mm
the upper special cassette
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
022 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of drawer 3
Description
Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper when drawer 3 (middle special
cassette, optional) is used.
Purpose
Used when paper from the middle special cassette is missing part of the
image or has an irregular image at the leading edge, or when paper is
Z-folded.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Initial Change in
value value per step
Amount of slack in paper of
0 60 30 0.5 mm
the middle special cassette
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-16
2AA
023 Adjusting the amount of slack in the paper of drawer 4
Description
Adjusts the amount of slack in the paper when drawer 4 (lower special
cassette, optional) is used.
Purpose
Used when paper from the lower special cassette is missing part of the
image or has an irregular image at the leading edge, or when paper is
Z-folded.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Initial Change in
value value per step
Amount of slack in paper of
0 60 30 0.5 mm
the lower special cassette
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-17
2AA
026 Checking the switches on drawer 2
Description
Displays the status of the switches on drawer 2 (upper special cassette,
optional).
Purpose
To check the operation of the switches in the upper special cassette
(optional).
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the switch to be checked with the cursor up or down keys. The
status of the selected switch is displayed.
Display (switch name) Status
SIZE (cassette paper size switch 1/2/3/4) B: A3/11" 17"
5: B4/8
1
/
2
" 14"
2: folio
1: A4R/8
1
/
2
" 11"R
4: B5R
E: A4/8
1
/
2
" 11"
6: A5R/5
1
/
2
" 8
1
/
2
"
7: B5
P.E (cassette paper switch) On, off
TRANSFER (cassette feed switch) On, off
COVER (cassette safety switch) On, off
DESK (special cassette presence/absence
detection signal) On, off
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-18
2AA
027 Checking the switches on drawer 3
Description
Displays the status of the switches on drawer 3 (middle special cassette,
optional).
Purpose
To check the operation of the switches in the middle special cassette
(optional).
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the switch to be checked with the cursor up or down keys. The
status of the selected switch is displayed.
Display (switch name) Status
SIZE (cassette paper size switch 1/2/3/4) B: A3/11" 17"
5: B4/8
1
/
2
" 14"
2: folio
1: A4R/8
1
/
2
" 11"R
4: B5R
E: A4/8
1
/
2
" 11"
6: A5R/5
1
/
2
" 8
1
/
2
"
7: B5
P.E (cassette paper switch) On, off
TRANSFER (cassette feed switch) On, off
COVER (cassette safety switch) On, off
DESK (special cassette presence/absence
detection signal) On, off
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-19
2AA
028 Checking the switches on drawer 4
Description
Displays the status of the switches on drawer 4 (lower special cassette,
optional).
Purpose
To check the operation of the switches in the lower special cassette
(optional).
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select the switch to be checked with the cursor up or down keys. The
status of the selected switch is displayed.
Display (switch name) Status
SIZE (cassette paper size switch 1/2/3/4) B: A3/11" 17"
5: B4/8
1
/
2
" 14"
2: folio
1: A4R/8
1
/
2
" 11"R
4: B5R
E: A4/8
1
/
2
" 11"
6: A5R/5
1
/
2
" 8
1
/
2
"
7: B5
P.E (cassette paper switch) On, off
TRANSFER (cassette feed switch) On, off
COVER (cassette safety switch) On, off
DESK (special cassette presence/absence
detection signal) On, off
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-20
2AA
030 Checking the operation of the cassette drive motor
Description
With the special cassette (optional) attached, turns the cassette drive
motor and paper feed clutch on.
Purpose
To check the drive system of the special cassette.
Method
Press the start key. The cassette drive motor is turned on.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The cassette drive motor turns off and the
current function is exited.
040 Setting the grid control voltage
Description
Sets the grid control voltage.
Purpose
Used when the drum has been replaced.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Grid control voltage 0 255 245
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-21
2AA
041 Setting the developing bias control voltage
Description
Sets the developing bias control voltage.
Purpose
Used when image contrast is incorrect.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Developing bias
0 255 205
control voltage
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
042 Adjusting the surface potential when copying postcards
(effective only with 100 V specifications)
Description
Sets the drum surface potential when postcards are fed from the bypass
table. The grid control voltage does not change when this setting is
changed.
Purpose
Used when the entire image is light or a background appears on the copy
image of postcards.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Grid control voltage 0 255 222
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-22
2AA-1
051 Adjusting the toner control voltage
Description
Changes the toner control voltage which was set automatically after
replacement (initialization) of the imaging unit.
Purpose
Used to reset data after the engine PCB is replaced. Change the data
when a background appears on the copy image.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Set to the value for 051 in the own-status report output by running
function No. 000.
Description Setting range
Toner control voltage 0 255
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
053 Displaying toner data
Description
Displays the toner data in real time.
Purpose
Check the displayed data when a background appears on the copy image.
Method
Press the start key. The following items are shown.
CTRL:XXX
SENS:XXX TMP:XXX
CTRL: toner control voltage (V)
SENS: toner sensor output voltage (V)
TMP: machine inside temperature (C)
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-23
2AA
065 Resetting the waste toner tank overflow detection
Description
Resets the waste toner tank overflow detection which is stored by the
main PCB.
Purpose
Used after the waste toner tank is replaced.
Method
Press the start key. After resetting, COMPLETED is displayed.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
074 Adjusting the fixing control temperature
Description
Sets the fixing control temperature.
Purpose
Used when a fixing problem occurs.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Fixing control 124 203
163
temperature (140 200C)
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-24
2AA
078 Resetting the fixing problem detection
Description
Resets service call code C60 (fixing problem).
Purpose
Used after the cause of the fixing problem is eliminated.
Method
Press the start key. After resetting, COMPLETED is displayed.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
081 Adjusting the ISU gain
Description
Displays the ISU gain data in real time.
Purpose
Do not turn VR1 and VR2 on the engine PCB when running this mainte-
nance item; otherwise the entire image appears too light or dark.
Method
Press the start key. The scanner moves to the shading position, the
exposure lamp lights, and AGC processing starts. During AGC process-
ing, ISU gain data are displayed at intervals of 200 ms. The displayed data
changes as follows when VR1 and VR2 are turned.
ODD: odd resister data (VR1)
EVEN: even register data (VR2)
Turning VR1 and VR2 clockwise makes the entire image darker (the gain
data larger); turning them counterclockwise makes it lighter (the gain data
smaller).
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The AGC processing stops and the current
function is exited.
082 Adjusting the LSU printing start position in the main scanning
direction
Adjustment
See page 3-3-25.
083 Adjusting the LSU printing end position in the main scanning
direction
Adjustment
See page 3-3-25.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-25
2AA
099 Adjusting home position with the DF
Description
Adjusts the scanner home position when the sheet-through DF is used.
Purpose
Do not change the setting; otherwise, the light from the exposure lamp is
blocked and image problems, including black lines appearing on the
image, may occur.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Initial Change in
value value per step
Home position 0 8 4 0.5 mm
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
101 Adjusting the shading position
Description
Adjusts the scanner stop position in shading.
Purpose
Do not change the setting; otherwise, image problems, including black
lines appearing on the image, may occur.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Initial Change in
value value per step
Shading position 0 10 5 1 mm
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-26
2AA
104 Adjusting the magnification in the main scanning direction with the
original on the contact glass
Adjustment
See page 3-3-24.
105 Adjusting the magnification in the main scanning direction with the
original fed from the DF
Adjustment
See page 3-3-46.
106 Adjusting the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction with the
original on the contact glass
Adjustment
See page 3-3-24.
107 Adjusting the magnification in the auxiliary scanning direction with the
original fed from the DF
Adjustment
See page 3-3-46.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-27
2AA
108 Adjusting detection of the original width
Description
Sets the criteria to be used in detecting each original width.
Purpose
Used when an original width is not detected correctly.
Method
Press the start key.
Setting
1. Select an original width using the cursor down key and press the start
key. The current setting is displayed.
Display Original width
A5R > B5R A5 lengthwise, B5 lengthwise
B5R > A4R B5 lengthwise, A4 lengthwise
A4R > B5 A4 lengthwise, B5 widthwise
B5 > A4 B5 widthwise, A4 widthwise
STATE > LETTER 5
1
/2" 8
1
/2", 8
1
/2" 11"
LETTER > LEDGER 8
1
/2" 11", 11" 8
1
/2"
E.g.: In A5R > B5R, the criterion for distinguishing the A5 lengthwise
from the B5 lengthwise is set.
For the following original sizes, data for those with the same original
width are applied.
Folio: same as A4 lengthwise
B4: same as B5 widthwise
A3: same as A4 widthwise
8
1
/
2
" 14": same as 8
1
/
2
" 11"
11" 17": same as 11" 8
1
/
2
"
2. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Initial Change in
value value per step
Width judging criteria 0 14 7 1 mm
3. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-28
2AA
110 Adjusting the start position of image printing
Adjustment
See page 3-3-8.
111 Adjusting the scanning start position of the original on the contact
glass
Adjustment
See page 3-3-22.
112 Adjusting the scanning start position of the original fed from the DF
Adjustment
See page 3-3-44.
115 Adjusting the end position of image printing
Adjustment
See page 3-3-9.
116 Adjusting the scanning end position of the original on the contact
glass
Adjustment
See page 3-3-23.
117 Adjusting the scanning end position of the original fed from the DF
Adjustment
See page 3-3-45.
120 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 1
Adjustment
See page 3-3-7.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-29
2AA
121 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 2
Description
Adjusts the image centerline when paper is fed from the upper special
cassette (optional).
Purpose
Used if the centerline of the original does not agree with that of the copy
image when paper is fed from the upper special cassette.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Initial Change in
value value per step
Centerline of the upper
0 20 10 0.5 mm
special cassette
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-30
2AA
122 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 3
Description
Adjusts the image centerline when paper is fed from the middle special
cassette (optional).
Purpose
Used if the centerline of the original does not agree with that of the copy
image when paper is fed from the middle special cassette.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Initial Change in
value value per step
Centerline of the middle
0 20 10 0.5 mm
special cassette
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
123 Adjusting the centerline of drawer 4
Description
Adjusts the image centerline when paper is fed from the lower special
cassette (optional).
Purpose
Used if the centerline of the original does not agree with that of the copy
image when paper is fed from the lower special cassette.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Initial Change in
value value per step
Centerline of the lower
0 20 10 0.5 mm
special cassette
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-31
2AA
124 Adjusting the centerline of the bypass
Method
See page 3-3-7.
126 Adjusting the centerline of the original on the contact glass
Method
See page 3-3-21.
127 Adjusting the DF original centerline
Adjustment
See page 3-3-43.
331 Testing the keys
Description
Types out the keys on the operation panel in the specified order.
Purpose
To check the key function after replacing the operation unit.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Press the keys on the operation panel in the order shown on the
following pages to check key function. If the keys are entered
correctly, a click sounds and the corresponding indicators light up. If
the keys are not entered correctly, after abnormal noises from the
keys and a transmission completion beep are heard, the correct key
names are displayed.
3. After all the keys are entered, OK is displayed.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-32
2AA
331 Order of pressing the keys
(cont.)
Note
It is not necessary to press the PC on-line key if the destination is set to
OEM4.
Order of
Key Display Indicator
pressing
1 Function key FUNCTION
2 PC on-line key ONLINE PC on-line indicator
3 Preset R/E key PRESET
4 Zoom-down key 50%
5 Zoom-up key 200%
6 Manual key AUTO
7 Original select key ORIGINAL
8 Paper size select key PAPER
9 Sort copy key SORT
10 Numeric key 1 1
11 Numeric key 2 2
12 Numeric key 3 3
13 Numeric key 4 4
14 Numeric key 5 5
15 Numeric key 6 6
16 Numeric key 7 7
17 Numeric key 8 8
18 Numeric key 9 9
19 Numeric key
20 Numeric key 0 0
21 Numeric key # #
22 Half tone key RESOLUTION Half tone indicator
23 Copy exposure DARK Copy exposure
adjustment key (darker) indicators
24 Copy exposure LIGHT Copy exposure
adjustment key (lighter) indicators
25 Stop/clear key STOP
26 Start key START
27 Copy/fax select key COPY/FAX Copy mode indicator
Fax mode indicator
28 All clear/reset key RESET
29 TAD key TAD TAD or memory
transmission
indicator
30 On-hook key CALL On-hook indicator
31 Pause/redial key PAUSE
32 Abbr./directory key ABBR
Function
Description
No.
3-2-33
2AA
331
(cont.)
Order of
Key Display Indicator
pressing
33 One-touch key 1 ONE TOUCH 1
34 One-touch key 2 ONE TOUCH 2
35 One-touch key 3 ONE TOUCH 3
36 One-touch key 4 ONE TOUCH 4
37 One-touch key 5 ONE TOUCH 5
38 One-touch key 6 ONE TOUCH 6
39 One-touch key 7 ONE TOUCH 7
40 One-touch key 8 ONE TOUCH 8
41 One-touch key 9 ONE TOUCH 9
42 One-touch key 10 ONE TOUCH 10
43 One-touch key 11 ONE TOUCH 11
44 One-touch key 12 ONE TOUCH 12
45 One-touch key 13 ONE TOUCH 13
46 One-touch key 14 ONE TOUCH 14
47 One-touch key 15 ONE TOUCH 15
48 One-touch key 16 ONE TOUCH 16
49 Memory Tx. key MEMORY TX TAD or memory
transmission
indicator
50 Broadcast key BROAD CAST
51 Delayed Tx. key DELAYED TX
52 Edit delayed Tx. key EDIT
53 One-touch key 17 ONE TOUCH 17
54 One-touch key 18 ONE TOUCH 18
55 One-touch key 19 ONE TOUCH 19
56 One-touch key 20 ONE TOUCH 20
57 One-touch key 21 ONE TOUCH 21
58 One-touch key 22 ONE TOUCH 22
59 One-touch key 23 ONE TOUCH 23
60 One-touch key 24 ONE TOUCH 24
61 One-touch key 25 ONE TOUCH 25
62 One-touch key 26 ONE TOUCH 26
63 One-touch key 27 ONE TOUCH 27
64 One-touch key 28 ONE TOUCH 28
65 One-touch key 29 ONE TOUCH 29
66 One-touch key 30 ONE TOUCH 30
67 Print reports key PRINT REP
68 Alternate display key ALTERNATE
Function
Description
No.
3-2-34
2AA
332 Lighting all the indicators and display on the operation panel
Description
Lights the indicators and message display on the operation panel.
Purpose
Used to check the indicators and display on the operation panel.
Method
Press the start key. All the indicators on the operation panel light, and all
the dots of the message display (LCD) light.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
337 Checking the operation of the DF motor
Description
Turns the DF motor on.
Purpose
To check the drive system of the sheet-through DF.
Method
Press the start key. The DF motor is turned on.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The DF motor stops and the current function
is exited.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-35
2AA
340 Outputting test patterns
Description
Outputs test patterns stored in the copier.
Purpose
Used to check performance after an image printing problem or the position
of the laser scanner unit is corrected.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select A3/LED (11" 17") or A4R/LET (8
1
/
2
" 11") for the original
size using the cursor up key.
3. Select a paper source using the cursor down key.
Display Paper feed position
1 Drawer 1
2 Drawer 2 (optional)
3 Drawer 3 (optional)
4 Drawer 4 (optional)
5 Bypass table
4. Press the start key. A test pattern is output continuously in the set
copy modes.
Figure 3-2-2 Test pattern
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. Test pattern output stops and the current
function is exited.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-36
2AA
344 Outputting VTC patterns
Description
Outputs VTC patterns stored in the copier.
Purpose
Used to check for performance after an image printing problem is rectified.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select a paper source using the cursor down key.
Display Paper feed position
1 Drawer 1
2 Drawer 2 (optional)
3 Drawer 3 (optional)
4 Drawer 4 (optional)
5 Bypass table
3. Press the start key. A VTC pattern is output continuously.
Figure 3-2-3 VTC pattern
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. VTC pattern output stops and the current
function is exited.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-37
2AA
350 Setting the copy count for waste toner tank replacement
Description
Sets the number of sheets of paper to be handled by one waste toner
tank.
Purpose
Used to change the time of replacing the waste toner tank.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Copy count 0 255 60
The set value is converted into the copy count for waste toner tank
replacement as follows:
Set value 1000 (copies).
E.g.: When the set value is 250, the copy count for waste toner
replacement is 250000.
When the set value is 0, the copy count is 1000, the same as
when the set value is 1.
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-38
2AA
353 Setting the copy limit after the waste toner tank overflow detection
Description
Sets the number of sheets of paper that can be copied after waste toner
tank overflow is detected.
Purpose
To be set according to user request.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Copy limit 0 60 60
The set value is converted into the copy limit as follows:
Set value 5 (copies).
E.g.: When the set value is 60, the copy limit is 300.
When the set value is 0, copying is disabled as soon as the
waste toner tank overflow is detected.
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
354 Checking and clearing the DF original count
Description
Checks, changes or clears the original feed count of the sheet-through
DF.
Purpose
Used to check the time for replacing maintenance parts.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select either the single counter or the double counter using the cursor
down key and press the start key. The selected count is displayed.
SGL: single counter
DBL: double counter
Setting
To change the count
1. Enter the count (6 digits) using the numeric keys.
To clear the count
1. Enter 000000 using the numeric keys.
2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function is
exited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-39
2AA
355 Checking and clearing the scan count
Description
Checks, changes or clears the scan count.
Purpose
Used to check the time for replacing maintenance parts.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select either the single counter or the double counter using the cursor
down key and press the start key. The selected counter count is
displayed.
SGL: single counter
DBL: double counter
Setting
To change the count
1. Enter the count (6 digits) using the numeric keys.
To clear the count
1. Enter 000000 using the numeric keys.
2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function is
exited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.
356 Checking and clearing the printer count
Description
Checks, changes or clears the printing count of the printer.
Purpose
Used to check the time for replacing maintenance parts.
Method
1. Press the start key.
2. Select either the single counter or the double counter using the cursor
down key and press the start key. The selected count is displayed.
SGL: single counter
DBL: double counter
Setting
To change the count
1. Enter the count (6 digits) using the numeric keys.
To clear the count
1. Enter 000000 using the numeric keys.
2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function is
exited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-40
2AA
363 Checking and clearing the IU developing count
Description
Checks, changes or clears the developing count of the imaging unit. When
replacing the imaging unit, the developing count is automatically cleared.
Purpose
Used to check the time for replacing maintenance parts.
Method
Press the start key. The current count is displayed.
Setting
To change the count
1. Enter the count (5 digits) using the numeric keys.
To clear the count
1. Enter 00000 using the numeric keys.
2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function is
exited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.
364 Checking and clearing the waste toner tank count
Description
Checks, changes or clears the count of the waste toner tank.
Purpose
Used when the waste toner tank is replaced.
Method
Press the start key. The current count is displayed.
Setting
To change the count
1. Enter the count (6 digits) using the numeric keys.
To clear the count
1. Enter 000000 using the numeric keys.
2. Press the start key. The new count is set and the current function is
exited. To cancel the count change, press the all clear/reset key.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-41
2AA
365 Entering the service telephone No.
Description
Registers or deletes the service telephone No. shown when a service call
code is triggered.
Purpose
To set the telephone number for a service call when installing the
machine.
Method
Press the start key. If the telephone No. has already been registered, the
current number is displayed.
Setting
To register the telephone number
1. Enter the telephone number using the numeric keys. A maximum of
32 digits can be entered. To correct the entered number, press the
stop/clear key to clear it.
To delete the telephone number
1. Press the stop/clear key. To cancel deletion of the telephone number,
press the stop/clear key again.
2. Press the start key. The telephone number is registered or deleted
and the current function is exited.
367 Displaying the ROM version
Description
Displays the ROM version of the main PCB.
Purpose
Used to check the ROM version of the main PCB.
Method
Press the start key. The ROM version is displayed.
ROM VERSION
Ver 1.00
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-42
2AA
368 Displaying the engine ROM version
Description
Displays the ROM version of the engine PCB.
Purpose
Used to check the ROM version of the engine PCB.
Method
Press the start key. The ROM version is displayed.
ENGINE ROM VERSION
Ver 1.00
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
370 Switching between double and single counts
Description
Switches the developing count method of the imaging unit.
Purpose
To be set according to user (copy service provider) request.
Method
Press the start key. The current counting system is displayed.
DOUBLE/SINGLE CNT:1
1:DOUBLE 2:SINGLE
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to switch the counting system.
Display Counting system
1: DOUBLE Double counts for A3/11" 17" only
2: SINGLE Single counts for all sizes
2. Press the start key.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-43
2AA
371 Setting auto start
Description
Turns the auto start function on or off.
Purpose
No change from the factory default of 1 is necessary. To prevent prob-
lems, change the setting to 2.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
COPY AUTO START:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to switch auto start on or off.
Display Counting system
1: ON Auto start on
2: OFF Auto start off
2. Press the start key.
372 Setting auto clear time
Description
Sets the time to return to the initial setting after copying is completed.
Purpose
To be set to a comparatively long time for continuous copying at the same
settings.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the settings using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Change in
value per step
Auto clear time 0 9 2 30 s
The set value is converted to the auto clear time as follows:
Set value 30 (s).
E.g.: When the set value is 3, the auto clear time is 90 s. When the
value is set to 0, auto clear is canceled.
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-44
2AA
373 Setting auto preheat time
Description
Sets the time to enter preheat/energy saver mode after copying is
completed.
Purpose
When the copier is in frequent use, increase the value to enable copying
promptly without the recovery time from preheating; when the copier is not
in frequent use, decrease the value to save energy.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range

Initial value
Change in
value per step
Auto preheat time 0 9 3 5 min.
The set value is converted to the auto preheat/energy saver time as
follows:
Set value 5 (min.).
E.g.: When the set value is 3, the auto preheat time is 15 min. When
the value is 0, auto preheat is canceled.
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-45
2AA
374 Setting auto shutoff time
Description
Sets the time to enter shutoff (energy saving) mode after copying is
completed.
Purpose
Used to save energy when the copier is not in frequent use, by decreasing
the value.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Change in
value per step
Auto shutoff time 0 24 6 5 min.
The set value is converted to the auto shutoff time as follows:
Set value 5 (min.).
E.g.: When the set value is 4, the auto shutoff time is 20 min. When
the value is 0, auto shutoff is canceled.
2. Press the start key. The new value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-46
2AA
378 Setting operation under the toner empty condition
Description
Switches between single and continuous copies under the toner empty
condition.
Purpose
To be set by the user based on how frequently continuous or single copies
are made.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
T.E ACTION:1
1:STOP 2:CONT
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to switch between single and
continuous copies.
Display Operation
1: STOP Single copies
2: CONT Continuous copies
2. Press the start key.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-47
2AA
389 Selecting if multiple copying is acceptable in memory copy mode
Description
Sets if multiple copying is acceptable for a machine with less than 10 MB
of bitmap memory when the machine is used in memory copy mode and
paper is fed from the DF. If set, multiple copying is possible but resolution
deteriorates.
For a machine with 10 MB of bitmap memory, multiple copying is always
acceptable, regardless of the setting.
Purpose
Set to 1 if multiple copying, regardless of image quality, is required.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
MORE NUMBER COPIES :1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Counting system
1: ON Multiple copying is acceptable.
2: OFF Multiple copying is not acceptable.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-48
2AA
390 Initializing memory 1
Description
Writes the backup data of the main PCB to the engine PCB.
Purpose
Used after replacing the engine PCB.
Method
1. Press the start key. The memory is initialized.
2. After initialization, COMPLETED is displayed.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
391 Initializing memory 2
Description
Writes the backup data of the engine PCB to the main PCB.
Purpose
Used after replacing the main PCB.
Method
1. Press the start key. The memory is initialized.
2. After initialization, COMPLETED is displayed.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
400 Test copy mode
Description
Executes normal copying in maintenance mode.
Purpose
Used to make test copies during adjustment in maintenance mode.
Method
1. Press the start key. Test copy mode is set.
2. Set an original on the contact glass or DF and make test copies. The
preset number of copies, original and paper sizes, and magnification
ratio are displayed.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. Test copy mode is exited and the screen to
set the function No. appears.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-49
2AA
415 Setting the copy density level
Description
Adjust the copy density.
Purpose
Do not change the setting; otherwise, the entire image may be made
lighter or darker and resolution may be lowered.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Copy density level 0 255 184
Increasing the value darkens the copy image; decreasing the value
lightens the image.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
420 Adjusting white level
Description
Sets the reference value for the white level that is used to detect the size
of an original (on the original table) in the main scanning direction.
Purpose
Used when the size of an original (on the original table) in the main
direction is not detected correctly.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
White level reference 0 255 180
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-50
2AA
601 Initializing all data
Description
Initializes software switches for each destination and OEM, and all the
data in SRAM. It is not necessary to carry out this function in the field.
Purpose
Used to initialize the all data.
Method
1. Press the start key. The destination code input display is shown.
Default: USA: 181
Europe: 004
There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. ALL DATA
COUNTRY CODE:000
2. Press the start key. The OEM code input display is shown.
Default: 000
There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. ALL DATA
OEM CODE:000
3. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initializa-
tion, press the all clear/reset key.
4. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes are
displayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. ALL DATA
COMPLETED 000 000
INI. ALL DATA
COMPLETED V1.00
Function
Description
No.
3-2-51
2AA
602 Initializing permanent data
Description
Initializes data other than software switches for each destination and
OEM; and settings, registrations, counts and machine data in SRAM.
Purpose
Used when upgrading firmware in the FLASH ROM (main PCB).
Method
1. Press the start key. The destination code input display is shown.
Default: USA: 181
Europe: 004
There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. KEEP DATA
COUNTRY CODE:000
2. Press the start key. The OEM code input display is shown.
Default: 000
There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. KEEP DATA
OEM CODE:000
3. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initializa-
tion, press the all clear/reset key.
4. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes are
displayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. KEEP DATA
COMPLETED 000 000
INI. KEEP DATA
COMPLETED V1.00
Function
Description
No.
3-2-52
2AA
603 Setting factory defaults
Description
Initializes data (other than software switches for each destination and
OEM, and machine data in SRAM) to the factory defaults .
Purpose
Used to initialize the above data to the factory defaults.
Method
1. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initializa-
tion, press the all clear/reset key.
2. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes are
displayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. SHIP DATA
COMPLETED 000 000
INI. SHIP DATA
COMPLETED V1.00
Function
Description
No.
3-2-53
2AA
604 Initializing the main PCB (MFP)
Description
Writes backup data of the engine PCB to the main PCB after initializing
the main PCB for each destination and OEM. Initializes the image memory
at the same time.
Purpose
Used after replacing the main PCB.
Method
1. Press the start key. The destination code input display is shown.
Default: USA: 181
Europe: 004
There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. MFP DATA
COUNTRY CODE:000
2. Press the start key. The OEM code input display is shown.
Default: 000
There is no operation necessary on this screen.
INI. MFP DATA
OEM CODE:000
3. Press the start key. Data initialization starts. To cancel data initializa-
tion, press the all clear/reset key.
4. After data initialization, the entered destination and OEM codes are
displayed, and the ROM version is displayed after two seconds.
INI. MFP DATA
COMPLETED 000 000
INI. MFP DATA
COMPLETED V1.00
Function
Description
No.
3-2-54
2AA
606 Initializing the administration password
Description
Initializes the administration password to the factory default, 6482.
Purpose
Used if the administration password that was changed has been forgotten.
Method
1. Press the start key. Initialization of the administration password starts.
To cancel initialization, press the all clear/reset key.
2. When initialized, COMPLETED is displayed.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
607 Initializing the confidential box ID
Description
Initializes the confidential box ID to the default, 0000.
Purpose
Used if the confidential box ID that was changed has been forgotten.
Method
1. Press the start key. Initialization of the confidential box ID starts. To
cancel initialization, press the all clear/reset key.
2. When initialized, COMPLETED is displayed.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
620 Setting the self telephone number
Description
Registers or deletes the self telephone number.
Purpose
To be set when installing a machine.
Method
Press the start key. If a telephone number is already registered, the
current number is displayed.
Setting
To register the telephone number:
1. Enter the telephone number using the numeric keys.
Up to 32 digits can be entered.
To correct the entered number, reset it by pressing the stop/clear key.
To delete the telephone number:
1. Press the stop/clear key. To cancel deletion of the telephone number,
press the stop/clear key again.
2. Press the start key. The telephone number is registered or deleted
and the current function is exited.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-55
2AA
621 Setting a telephone line
Description
Setting the type of a telephone line.
Purpose
To be set when installing a machine.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
REG LINE TYPE :1
1:DTMF 2:10 3:20
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: DTMF DTMF
2: 10 10 PPS
3: 20 20 PPS
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
622 Setting the number of rings in fax/telephone auto select mode
Description
Sets the number of rings before switching to fax in fax/telephone auto
select mode.
Purpose
According to user request, to increase or decrease the time required to
switch to a fax.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Number of fax/telephone rings 0 15
When set to 0, a fax is selected immediately after receiving a ring
tone.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-56
2AA
623 Setting remote diagnostic transmission
Description
Selects if remote diagnostic transmission is performed.
Purpose
To perform remote diagnostic transmission.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
REMOTE DIAG:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to select if remote diagnostic
transmission is performed.
Display Description
1: ON Performs remote diagnostic transmission.
2: OFF Does not perform remote diagnostic transmission.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
634 Resetting the transmission history
Description
Resets all the transmission history, such as the activity report, error list,
action list, setting list and document numbers.
Purpose
Used when reset of the transmission history is requested by the user.
Method
1. Press the start key. Reset of the transmission starts. To cancel
resetting, press the all clear/reset key.
2. When reset, COMPLETED is displayed.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key. The current function is exited.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-57
2AA
637 Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax at
100% magnification
Description
Sets the maximum number of lines to be ignored if the received data
volume exceeds the recording capacity when recording the data at 100%
magnification. If the number of exceed lines is below the setting, those
lines are ignored. If more than the setting, they are recorded on the next
page.
Purpose
Increase the setting when the blank second page is received, and
decrease it when the received image does not include the entire transmit-
ted data.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Change in
value per step
Lines to be
0 22 3 6 lines
ignored
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-58
2AA
638 Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax in
auto reduction mode
Description
Sets the maximum number of lines to be ignored if the received data
volume exceeds the recording capacity when the data is recorded in auto
reduction mode. If the number of exceeded lines is below the setting,
those lines are ignored. If over the setting, the entire data on a page is
further reduced so that it can be recorded on the same page.
Purpose
Increase the setting if a page received in reduction mode is over-reduced
and too much trailing edge margin is left. Decrease it if the received image
does not include the entire transmitted data.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Change in
value per step
Number of lines
0 22 3 6 lines
to be ignored
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-59
2AA
639 Setting the number of lines to be ignored when receiving a fax
(A4R, letter) in auto reduction mode
Description
Sets the maximum number of lines to be ignored if the received data
volume exceeds the recording capacity when the data is recorded in auto
reduction mode onto A4R or letter-size paper under the conditions below.
If the number of exceeded lines is below the setting, those lines are
ignored. If over the setting, the entire data on a page is further reduced so
that it can be recorded on the same page.
With A4R present and folio absent in the drawers
With letter-size paper present and legal-size paper absent in the drawers
Purpose
Increase the setting if a page received in reduction mode is over-reduced
and too much trailing edge margin is left. Decrease it if the received image
does not include the entire transmitted data.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Change in
value per step
Lines to be
0 22 3 6 lines
ignored
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-60
2AA
640 Setting how to proceed when memory becomes full during memory
transmission
Description
Sets how to proceed when memory becomes full during memory transmis-
sion.
Purpose
To select between user selection for whether to send only stored data or
to cancel transmission user selection, and automatic transmission
cancellation.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
MEMORY FULL :1
1:CONT 2:STOP
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: CONT Whether to continue memory transmission or to clear the
memory can be selected by the user.
2: STOP Memory is forcibly cleared.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-61
2AA
641 Setting an alarm when reception is completed
Description
Selects if an alarm rings when reception is completed.
Purpose
To be set according to user request.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
FINISH ALARM:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON An alarm rings.
2: OFF An alarm does not ring.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
642 Setting the conditions under which an error indicator turns off
Description
Sets conditions under which an error indicator turns off.
Purpose
To be set according to user request.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
ALARM TURN OFF:1
1:RESET 2:COMM
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: RESET An error indicator turns off only when the all clear/reset
key is pressed.
2: COMM An error indicator turns off when any key is pressed, an
original is inserted or the next transmission is started.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-62
2AA
643 Selecting if auto reduction in the auxiliary direction is performed
Description
Selects if auto reduction in the auxiliary direction is performed when
receiving or copying a long document.
Purpose
Set to 2 when reception of a long document at 100% magnification is
requested.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
AUTO REDUCE:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON Auto reduction is performed if the received document is
longer than the fax paper.
2: OFF Auto reduction is not performed.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-63
2AA
644 Setting the date format
Description
Selects the date format on the respective reports and senders information
record.
Purpose
To be set according to user request or respective local date notation
customs.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
DATE PATTERN:1
1:YMD 2:MDY 3:DMY
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Order
1: YMD Year/month/day
2: MDY Month/day/year
3: DMY Day/month/year
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-64
2AA
645 Setting addition of an image to the report
Description
Selects if an image is added to the communication report.
Purpose
To be set according to user request.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
ADD IMAGE:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON Image added.
2: OFF Image not added.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
646 Setting the error report output conditions (display format)
Description
Selects the format of the transmission report when a transmission error
occurs.
Purpose
To be set according to user request.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
ERROR CODE:1
1:WORDS 2:CODE 3:MIX
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: WORDS Records an error message (BUSY, OK, ERROR or STOP).
2: CODE Records a six-digit error code.
3: MIX Records either an error message or code.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-65
2AA
647 Setting the line-monitoring period
Description
Sets the period to monitor the line.
Purpose
According to user request, select whether or not to monitor the line via a
speaker during image reception.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
MONITOR PERIOD:1
1:END 2:DIS
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: END Until transmission is completed.
2: DIS After dialing is completed until reception of a DIS signal.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
648 Setting the mode for remote switching
Description
Sets the signal detection method for remote switching.
Purpose
To change the setting according to the type of telephone connected to the
machine.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
REMOTE MODE:1
1:ONE 2:CONT
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ONE One-shot detection
2: CONT Continuous detection
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-66
2AA
649 Setting if the image scanning quality in fax mode is initialized
Description
Select if the resolution is to be initialized when fax operation is complete.
Purpose
To be set according to user request.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
RESO. LOCK(FAX):1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON Resolution is initialized.
2: OFF Resolution is not initialized.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
650 Initializing the scanning density in fax mode
Description
Sets if the scanning density is initialized when fax operation is complete.
Purpose
To be set according to user request.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
DENS. LOCK(FAX):1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON Density is initialized.
2: OFF Density is not initialized.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-67
2AA
659 Setting the number of lines to be ignored in rotation mode
Description
Sets the maximum number of lines to be ignored when the received data
volume exceeds capacity in rotation mode. When the number of the
exceeded lines is below the setting, those lines are ignored and the
remaining data only is received. If over the setting, reception in rotation
mode is disabled.
Purpose
Increase the setting if reception in rotation mode is disabled. However, this
can result in partially missing transmission data on the received image.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Number of lines to be
ignored in the auxiliary 0 255 3
direction
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
660 Setting the fax image scanning quality
Description
Sets the initial condition of fax image scanning quality (resolution).
Purpose
Set to the resolution that is most frequently used by the user.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
FAX RESOLUTION:1
1:S 2:F 3:SF 4:UF
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: S Normal
2: F Fine
3: SF Super fine
4: UF Ultra fine
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-68
2AA
661 Setting fax/copy priority mode
Description
Selects whether fax or copy mode is on standby after completing operation.
Purpose
To select the mode that is used more frequently by the user.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
FAX/COPY:1
1:FAX 2:COPY
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: FAX Fax mode is selected when operation is complete.
2: COPY Copy mode is selected when operation is complete.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
680 Setting the auto redialing interval
Description
Sets the auto redialing interval.
Purpose
To change the setting to prevent the following problems: a fax may not be
sent if the interval is too short, and it takes too much time to complete
transmission if the interval is too long.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Redialing interval 1 9 min.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-69
2AA
681 Setting the number of times of auto redialing
Description
Sets the number of times of auto redialing.
Purpose
Used to prevent an error code U00000 or error message BUSY from
appearing frequently by increasing the setting.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Number of redialing 0 9
When set to 0, no redialing is performed.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
682 Setting the method to process errors
Description
Selects if transmission is to be treated as in error if a RTN or PIN signal is
received. If it is treated as in error, an alarm sounds and a transmission
report is output.
Purpose
To be set according to user request.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
ERROR DEALING:1
1:OK 2:ERROR
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: OK Transmission is not treated as in error.
2: ERROR Transmission is treated as in error.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-70
2AA
685 Setting the number of times of DIS signal reception
Description
Sets the number of times to receive the DIS signal to once or twice.
Purpose
Used as one of the correction measures for transmission errors and other
problems.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
DIS RESPONSE:1
1:ONCE 2:TWICE
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ONCE Responds to the first signal.
2: TWICE Responds to the second signal.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
686 Setting the reference for RTN signal output
Description
Sets the error line rate as the reference for RTN signal output.
Purpose
To increase the setting if an image cannot be received correctly.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
RTN THRESHOLD:1
1:5 2:10 3:15 4:20
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 5 Error line rate of 5%
2: 10 Error line rate of 10%
3: 15 Error line rate of 15%
4: 20 Error line rate of 20%
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-71
2AA
687 Setting the waiting period to prevent echo problem at the sender
Description
Sets the period before a DCS signal is sent after a DIS is received.
Purpose
Used when problems due to echoes at the sender occur.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
TX ECHO CORRECT:1
1:500 2:200
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 500 Sends a DCS 500 ms after receiving a DIS.
2: 200 Sends a DCS 200 ms after receiving a DIS.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
688 Setting the waiting period to prevent echo problem at the receiver
Description
Sets the period before an NSF, CSI or DIS signal is sent after a CED
signal is received.
Purpose
Used when problems due to echoes at the receiver occur.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
RX ECHO CORRECT:1
1:500 2:75
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 500 Sends an NSF, CSI or DIS signal 500 ms after a CED
signal is received.
2: 75 Sends an NSF, CSI or DIS signal 75 ms after a CED
signal is received.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-72
2AA
689 Setting the communication starting speed
Description
Sets the initial communication speed when starting transmission. When
the destination unit has V.34 capability, V.34 is selected for transmission,
regardless of this setting.
Purpose
To be set when installing the machine.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
TX SPEED:1
1:144 2:96 3:48 4:24
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 144 V.17, 14400 bps
2: 96 V.17, 9600 bps
3: 48 V.27ter, 4800 bps
4: 24 V.27ter, 2400 bps
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-73
2AA
690 Setting the reception speed
Description
Sets the reception speed that the sender is informed of using the DIS or
NSF signal. When the destination unit has V.34 capability, V.34 is
selected, regardless of the setting.
Purpose
To be set when installing the machine.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
RX SPEED:1
1:144 2:96 3:48 4:24
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 144 V.17, V.33, V.29, V.27ter
2: 96 V.29, V.27ter
3: 48 V.27ter
4: 24 V.27ter (fallback only)
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-74
2AA
691 Setting no-ring reception when using the F network
Description
Sets if no-ring reception (a fax is received without the machine ringing) is
in use.
Purpose
According to user request, select ring or no-ring reception when using the
F network.
Note that the F network is available only in Japan and no setting is
necessary for other destinations.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description Initial value
1: ON No-ring reception is available.
2
2: OFF No-ring reception is not available.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
692 Setting transmission intervals
Description
Sets the minimum time required for connection to the line for the next
transmission after the previous transmission was completed.
Purpose
To change the setting if transmission problems occur during multi-
transmission, such as broadcasting and polling transmission, or reserved
transmission.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 10 10 s
2: 30 30 s
3: 70 70 s
4: 120 120 s
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-75
2AA
693 Setting if V.34 transmission is acceptable
Description
Select if transmission by V.34 is acceptable.
Purpose
Depending on the quality of the line to be used, change the setting to 2 if
any problems occur during transmission.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric key to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON V.34 transmission is acceptable.
2: OFF V.34 transmission is inhibited.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
700 Setting ECM transmission
Description
Selects if ECM transmission is available.
Purpose
To be set to OFF when reduction of transmission costs is of higher priority
than image quality.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
ECM TX:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON ECM transmission is available.
2: OFF ECM transmission is not available.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-76
2AA
701 Setting ECM reception
Description
Selects if ECM reception is available.
Purpose
To be set to OFF when reduction of transmission costs is of higher priority
than image quality.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
ECM RX:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON ECM reception is available.
2: OFF ECM reception is not available.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
702 Setting the criteria for a TCF signal 1
Description
Sets the maximum number of error bytes acceptable when judging a TCF
signal.
Purpose
Used as one of the correction measures for an error code U01143 and
other problems.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Number of errors as a criterion for a TCF
0 255
signal
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-77
2AA-1
703 Setting frequency of the CED signal
Description
Sets frequency of the CED signal.
Purpose
No change from the factory default is necessary.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
CED FREQENCY:1
1:2100 2:1100
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: 2100 2100 Hz
2: 1100 1100 Hz
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
704 Setting the criteria for a TCF signal 2
Description
Sets the signal checking time as a criterion for a received TCF signal.
Purpose
Used as one of the correction measures for an error code U01143 and
other problems.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric key to change the setting.
Display Description
1: LONG Checks for 1.2 s.
2: SHORT Checks for 1.0 s.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-78
2AA-1
3-2-77-1
705 Setting the reception of short protocol transmission
Description
Selects if receiving or ignoring transmission using short protocol.
Purpose
If short protocol transmission is received when an auto switching device is
attached to the machine, communication problems, including auto
switching inability, sometimes occur. Select the setting to ignore short
protocol transmission to prevent such problems.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: ON Receives short protocol transmission.
2: OFF Ignores short protocol transmission.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-78
2AA
710 Setting the T0 time-out time
Description
Sets the time before detecting a DIS after a dialing signal is sent.
Purpose
Depending on the quality of a exchange, or when the auto select function
is selected at the destination unit, a line can be disconnected due to T0
time-out. Change the setting to prevent this problem.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
T0 time-out time 30 90 s
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
711 Setting the one-shot detection time for remote switching
Description
Sets the detection time when one-shot detection is selected for remote
switching.
Purpose
To change the setting if malfunction occurs due to external noise during
remote switching.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
One-shot detection time for remote switching 0 255 ms
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-79
2AA
712 Setting the continuous detection time for remote switching
Description
Sets the detection time when continuous detection is selected for remote
switching.
Purpose
To change the setting if malfunction occurs due to external noise during
remote switching.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Continuous detection time for remote switching 0 255 ms
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
713 Setting the T1 time-out time
Description
Sets the time before detecting a DIS signal after sending an EOM signal.
Purpose
No change from the factory default is necessary.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
T1 time-out time 30 90 s
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-80
2AA
714 Setting the T2 time-out time
Description
Sets the T2 time-out time. The T2 time-out time decides the following.
From CFR signal output to image data reception
From image data reception to the next signal reception
In ECM, from RNR signal output to the next signal reception
Purpose
Used as one of the correction measures for an error code U01114 and
other problems.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Change in
value per step
T2 time-out time 1 255 60 100 ms
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-81
2AA
716 Setting the Ta time-out time
Description
In fax/telephone auto select mode, sets the time during which rings to call
an operator continue through the connected telephone or speaker of the
unit after receiving a call as a fax machine (see the diagram below). A fax
signal is received within the Ta set time, or fax mode is selected automati-
cally when the time elapses.
Ta
R
i
n
g

d
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
L
i
n
e

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n

a
s

a

f
a
x

m
a
c
h
i
n
e
R
i
n
g
s
S
t
a
r
t

o
f

f
a
x

r
e
c
e
p
t
i
o
n
Figure 3-2-4 Ta time-out time
Purpose
In fax/telephone auto select mode, change the setting when fax reception
is unsuccessful or a telephone fails to receive a call
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Ta time-out time 1 255 s 30
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-82
2AA
717 Setting the Tb time-out time
Description
In fax/telephone auto select mode, sets the time to start rings to call an
operator via the connected telephone or by the unit speaker after receiving
a call as a fax machine (see the diagram below).
Tb
R
i
n
g

d
e
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
L
i
n
e

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n

a
s

a

f
a
x

m
a
c
h
i
n
e
R
i
n
g
s
S
t
a
r
t

o
f

f
a
x

r
e
c
e
p
t
i
o
n
Figure 3-2-5 Tb time-out time
Purpose
In fax/telephone auto select mode, change the setting when fax reception
is unsuccessful or a telephone fails to receive a call
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Change in
value per step
Tb time-out time 1 255 50 100 ms
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-83
2AA
718 Setting the Tc time-out time
Description
In TAD mode, set the time to check if there are any triggers to shift to fax
reception after a connected telephone receives a call. Only the telephone
function is available if shifting is not made within the set Tb time.
Purpose
In TAD mode, change the setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or a
telephone fails to receive a call.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Tc time-out time 1 255 s 60
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
719 Setting the Td time-out time
Description
Sets the length of the time required to determine silent status (fax), one of
the triggers for Tc time check.
Purpose
In TAD mode, change the setting when fax reception is unsuccessful or a
telephone fails to receive a call. Be sure not to set too short; otherwise,
the mode may be shifted to fax while the unit is being used as a tel-
ephone.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Td time-out time 1 255 s 30
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-84
2AA
720 Setting the modem output level
Description
Sets the modem output level.
Purpose
To be set when installing the machine.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed as a binary number.
SGL LEVEL MODEM
XXXX XXXX
Bit Output level setting
Bit 1 1: 0.25 dB
0: 0 dB
Bit 2 1: 0.5 dB
0: 0 dB
Bit 3 1: 1 dB
0: 0 dB
Bit 4 1: 2 dB
0: 0 dB
Bit 5 1: 4 dB
0: 0 dB
Bit 6 1: 8 dB
0: 0 dB
Bit 7 Setting is inhibited.
Setting
1. Change the setting using numeric keys 1 to 6. The bit setting in
accordance with the entered number is displayed.
SGL LEVEL MODEM
XXXX XXXX
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-85
2AA
721 Adjusting modem output level
Description
Adjusts the modem output level.
Purpose
No change is necessary from the factory default.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Modem sending level 4 12
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
724 Setting the modem detection level
Description
Sets the modem detection level.
Purpose
Used as one of the correction measures for transmission errors and other
problems.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
REG. RX MODEMLEVEL:1
1:33 2:38 3:43 4:47
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: 33 33 dBm
2: 38 38 dBm
3: 43 43 dBm
4: 47 47 dBm
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-86
2AA
725 Setting DTMF (high-frequency group) output level
Description
Sets the output level of the high-frequency tones of a push-button dial.
Purpose
Used if problems occur when sending a signal with a push-button dial.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
DTMF (high-frequency group) output level 0 255
E.g.: When set to 8, DTMF (high-frequency group) output level is
8 dBm.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
726 Setting DTMF (low-frequency group) output level
Description
Sets the output level of the low-frequency tones of a push-button dial.
Purpose
Used if problems occur when sending a signal with a push-button dial.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
DTMF (low-frequency group) output level 0 255
E.g.: When set to 9, DTMF (low-frequency group) output level is
9 dBm.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-87
2AA
727 Adjusting the DTMF (high-frequency group) output level
Description
Adjusts the output level for the high-frequency tone of a push-button dial.
Purpose
No change is necessary from the factory default.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
DTMF (high-frequency group) output level 4 12
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
728 Adjusting the DTMF (low-frequency group) output level
Description
Adjusts the output level for the low-frequency group of a push-button dial.
Purpose
No change is necessary from the factory default.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
DTMF (low-frequency group) output level 4 12
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-88
2AA
740 Setting the connection to PBX/PSTN
Description
Selects if a fax is to be connected to either a PBX or public switched
telephone network.
Purpose
To be set when installing the machine.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
EXCHANGE:1
1:PSTN 2:PBX
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: PSTN Connected to the public switched telephone network.
2: PBX Connected to a PBX.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
741 Setting PSTN dial tone detection
Description
Selects if the dial tone is detected to check off-hook when a fax is
connected to a public switched telephone network.
Purpose
According to user request, set to 2 when sending a fax without dial tone.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
DETECT DIAL TONE:1
1:ON 2:OFF
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON Detects the dial tone.
2: OFF Does not detect the dial tone.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-89
2AA-1
742 Setting the busy tone detection
Description
When a fax signal is sent, sets whether the line is disconnected immedi-
ately after a busy tone is detected, or the busy tone is not detected and
the line remains connected until T0 time-out time.
Purpose
Fax transmission may fail due to incorrect busy tone detection. When set
to 2, this problem may be prevented. However, the line is not discon-
nected within the T0 time-out time even if the destination line is busy.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Enter 1 or 2 using the numeric keys to change the setting.
Display Description
1: ON Detects busy tone.
2: OFF Does not detect busy tone.
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
743 Setting for a PBX
Description
Selects the mode to connect an outside call when connected to a PBX.
Purpose
According to the type of the PBX connected, select the mode to connect
an outside call.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Display Description
1: EARTH Earth mode
2: FLS Flashing mode
3: LOOP Code number mode
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-90
2AA-1
750 Adjusting the ratio of make-to-break of 10-PPS dial pulse
Description
Adjusts the ratio of make-to-break (rate of make in pulse cycle) of 10-PPS
dial pulse.
Purpose
Change the setting if 10-PPS dial pulse transmission problems occur.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range
Make time in the pulse cycle 1 99 ms
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
751 Adjusting the ratio of make-to-break of 20-PPS dial pulse
Description
Adjusts the ratio of make-to-break (rate of make in pulse cycle) of 20-PPS
dial pulse.
Purpose
Change the setting if 20-PPS dial pulse transmission problems occur.
Note that 20 PPS is for Japanese specifications only and no setting is
necessary for other specifications.
Method
Press the start key. The current setting is displayed.
Setting
1. Change the setting using the numeric keys.
Description Setting range Initial value
Make time in the
1 49 ms 16
pulse cycle
2. Press the start key. The value is set.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-91
2AA
760 Outputting the setting list
Description
Outputs a list of software switches, self telephone number, confidential
box IDs and ROM versions.
Purpose
Used when checking the above items to trace the cause.
Method
Press the start key. A sheet of the setting list as in the figure below is
output and the current function is exited. Data in the figure are reference
values.
Figure 3-2-6 Setting list
System Configuration Report
Soft Switch
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
SW000 - 009 : 00 00 00 00 00 00 98 01 80 00
SW010 - 019 : 00 00 C0 46 A0 20 00 C8 40 00
SW020 - 029 : 00 00 20 80 00 80 03 03 03 07
SW030 - 039 : 16 03 1A 00 00 64 04 B4 00 55
SW040 - 049 : 02 0F 00 40 00 80 00 48 00 40
SW050 - 059 : 06 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
SW060 - 069 : 00 02 00 01 00 00 40 80 40 00
SW070 - 079 : 00 00 00 00 00 D9 D0 00 FB E1
SW080 - 089 : 80 F8 00 00 00 00 01 00 00 00
SW090 - 099 : 3A 00 10 00 D0 03 03 00 00 00
SW100 - 109 : 5A 00 00 C0 C0 8B 33 00 00 00
SW110 - 119 : 80 00 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
SW120 - 129 : 3A 26 3C 82 1E 3C 1E 32 3C 1E
SW130 - 139 : 03 50 07 24 00 00 00 00 00 00
SW140 - 149 : 00 D8 40 08 09 00 05 25 55 AD
SW150 - 159 : 57 50 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
SW160 - 169 : 40 10 00 00 00 F0 72 00 00 00
SW170 - 179 : 03 0C 05 1E 78 46 21 43 10 22
SW180 - 189 : 24 18 19 8E 07 FA 03 05 1E 01
SW190 - 199 : 00 00 23 1E 20 00 00 00 00 00
SW200 - 209 : 08 88 14 14 0A 1E 1E 0A 0A 0A
SW210 - 219 : 1E 1E 04 06 1E 0A 10 00 00 00
SW220 - 229 : 00 00 0A 0A 0A 0A 0A 0A 0A 1E
SW230 - 239 : 1E 1E 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
SW240 - 249 : 00 7A 8F 80 7A A9 3C 32 01 80
SW250 - 259 : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
SW260 - 269 : 02 A3 F5 CD 03 B8 59 8C DE 00
SW270 - 279 : 1E 3B 00 3C 00 00 00 00 00 10
SW280 - 289 : 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06
SW290 - 299 : 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 00 00
SW300 - 309 : 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
SW310 - 319 : 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
SW320 - 329 : 22 22 22 06 06 06 06 00 00 00
SW330 - 339 : 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
SW340 - 349 : 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 00
SW350 - 359 : 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 00
SW360 - 369 : 07 07 07 07 07 07 03 07 07 00
SW370 - 379 : B4 14 14 14 14 14 14 00 00 00
Own Name #0
Own Telephone Number
Own ID 0000
Permit Tel Number #1
#2
#3
#4
#5
Permit ID #1
#2
#3
#4
#5
ROM Version 0. 15
ROM Date 1998-06-10
P. 001
Function
Description
No.
3-2-92
2AA
Figure 3-2-7 Action list
761 Outputting the action list
Description
Outputs a list of error history, transmission line details, versions and other
information.
Purpose
Used when checking the above items to trace the cause.
Method
Press the start key. A sheet of the action list as in the figure below is
output and the current function is exited. Data in the figure are reference
values.
Action List
Error History
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
0 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000
1 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000
2 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000
3 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000
4 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000
Service Call History C00 C00 C00 C00 C00
Transaction History
Total transaction = 2
Total communication error = 0
Total no. of pages sent = 1 Total no. of pages received = 1
Pages sent directly = 0 Pages received directly = 1
Pages sent using memory = 1 Pages received from memory = 0
G3 TX = 0 G3 RX = 0
ECM TX = 1 ECM RX = 1
Proprietary TX = 0 Proprietary RX = 0
Total calls made = 1 Total calls received = 1
Total TX error = 0 Total RX error = 0
33600 bps/V. 34 TX = 1 33600 bps/V. 34 RX = 1 Broadcast = 0
31200 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 31200 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Relay Command = 0
28800 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 28800 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Relay Broadcast = 0
26400 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 26400 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Relay RX = 0
24000 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 24000 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Polling TX = 0
21600 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 21600 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Polling RX = 0
19200 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 19200 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Reverse Polling = 0
16800 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 16800 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Delayed TX = 0
14400 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 14400 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Confidential TX = 0
12000 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 12000 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Confidential RX = 0
9600 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 9600 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Password check TX = 0
7200 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 7200 bps/V. 34 RX = 0 Password check RX = 0
4800 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 4800 bps/V. 34 RX = 0
2400 bps/V. 34 TX = 0 2400 bps/V. 34 RX = 0
14400 bps/V. 33 RX = 0 ROM Version 0. 15
12000 bps/V. 33 RX = 0 ROM Date 1998-06-10
14400 bps/V. 17 TX = 0 14400 bps/V. 17 RX = 0 Country Code 000
12000 bps/V. 17 TX = 0 12000 bps/V. 17 RX = 0 OEM Code 000
9600 bps/V. 17 TX = 0 9600 bps/V. 17 RX = 0 Signal Level 0. 00 dB
7200 bps/V. 17 TX = 0 7200 bps/V. 17 RX = 0 DTMF HIGH 0. 00 dB
9600 bps/V. 29 TX = 0 9600 bps/V. 29 RX = 0 LOW 0. 00 dB
7200 bps/V. 29 TX = 0 7200 bps/V. 29 RX = 0 DP Make Time 33 10PPS
4800 bps/V. 27 ter TX = 0 4800 bps/V. 27 ter RX = 0 16 20PPS
2400 bps/V. 27 ter TX = 0 2400 bps/V. 27 ter RX = 0 ADF Document 20 20 10
Table Document 10 10 10
ADF Main Scanning Adjust = 30 Paper 10 10
ADF Sub Scanning Adjust = 30 Cassette Center 10 10 10 10
Table Main Scanning Adjust = 30 Bypass Center 10
Table Sub Scanning Adjust = 30
P. 001
Function
Description
No.
3-2-93
2AA
762 Outputting the monitor list
Description
Outputs a list of destination codes, OEM codes, counts, ROM versions,
transmission speeds, resolutions and minimum transmission times.
Purpose
Used when checking the above items to trace the cause.
Method
Press the start key. A sheet of the monitor list as in the figure below is
output and the current function is exited. Data in the figure are reference
values.
Figure 3-2-8 Monitor list
Monitor List
Country Code 00H
OEM Code 00H
Signal Level 0. 00 dB
ADF Counter (S) 000000
(D) 000000
Scanner Counter (S) 000001
(D) 000001
Image Unit 004626
Printer (S) 000374
(D) 000374
Speed V17. 14400bps V. 34 33600bps
Min. TX Time 5 msec/line
Resolution NORMAL
ROM Version 0.15
ROM Date 1998-06-10
P. 001
Function
Description
No.
3-2-94
2AA
763 Outputting the own-status report
Description
Outputs the list of settings in maintenance mode.
Purpose
Used before and after replacing the main PCB.
Method
Press the start key. A sheet of the own-status report as shown in function
No. 000 is output and the current function is exited.
770 Performing memory tests
Description
Performs tests for SRAM and DRAM (image memory and bitmap
memory).
Purpose
Used to check if reading and writing are performed correctly in respective
installed memories.
Method
Press the start key. The test is performed and the result is displayed as
follows.
When the test result is OK:
TEST MEMORY
OK
When the test result is NG:
TEST MEMORY
NG DRAM IMG 0x

: address
DRAM IMG: DRAM (image memory) error
DRAM B.M: DRAM (bitmap memory) error
SRAM: SRAM error
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key if the test result is OK. The current setting is
exited. Reset by turning the main switch off and on if the test result is NG.
Function
Description
No.
3-2-95
2AA
771 Performing optional memory tests
Description
Performs tests for optional memories (one image memory and two bitmap
memories).
Purpose
Used to check if reading and writing are performed correctly in respective
optional memories installed.
Method
Press the start key. The test is performed and the result is displayed as
follows.
When the test result is OK:
TEST OPTION MEMORY
OK
When the test result is NG:
TEST OPTION MEMORY
NG DRAM IMG 0x

: address
IMG: Image memory error
B.M: Bitmap memory error
When the test result is NG (memory is not installed):
TEST OPTION MEMORY
NG DRAM IMG
IMG: Image memory is not installed.
B.M 0: (Upper) bitmap memory is not installed.
B.M 1: (Lower) bitmap memory is not installed.
Completion
Press the all clear/reset key if the test result is OK. The current setting is
exited. Reset by turning the main switch off and on if the test result is NG.
1-1-21
2AA
CONTENTS
3-3 Assembly and Disassembly
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly ........................................ 3-3-1
(1) Precautions ................................................................................. 3-3-1
(2) Running a maintenance function................................................. 3-3-2
3-3-2 Paper feed section .............................................................................. 3-3-3
(1) Detaching and refitting the paper feed pulley .............................. 3-3-3
(2) Detaching and refitting the bypass paper feed pulley ................. 3-3-4
(3) Adjusting the centerline of printing .............................................. 3-3-7
(4) Adjusting the start position of image printing............................... 3-3-8
(5) Adjusting the end position of image printing................................ 3-3-9
3-3-3 Optical section .................................................................................. 3-3-10
(1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp ................................ 3-3-10
(2) Detaching and refitting the scanner wires ................................. 3-3-11
(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires .......................................... 3-3-11
(2-2) Refitting the scanner wires ............................................. 3-3-12
(3) Detaching and refitting the laser scanner unit ........................... 3-3-17
(4) Adjusting lateral image squareness (reference) ........................ 3-3-18
(5) Adjusting the angle of mirror 3 .................................................. 3-3-20
(6) Adjusting the scanning centerline of the original on
the contact glass ....................................................................... 3-3-21
(7) Adjusting the scanning start position of the original on
the contact glass ....................................................................... 3-3-22
(8) Adjusting the scanning end position of the original on
the contact glass ....................................................................... 3-3-23
(9) Adjusting the magnification ....................................................... 3-3-24
(10) Adjusting the right and left margins ........................................... 3-3-25
3-3-4 Imaging unit section .......................................................................... 3-3-26
(1) Detaching and refitting the drum and the cleaning blade
(reference) ................................................................................. 3-3-26
(2) Cleaning the drum ..................................................................... 3-3-29
3-3-5 Transfer section ................................................................................ 3-3-30
(1) Detaching and refitting the transfer roller .................................. 3-3-30
3-3-6 Fixing and eject section .................................................................... 3-3-31
(1) Detaching the fixing unit ............................................................ 3-3-31
(2) Replacing the fixing heater ........................................................ 3-3-33
(3) Replacing the fixing unit thermistor ........................................... 3-3-34
(4) Replacing fixing unit thermostats 1 and 2 ................................. 3-3-35
(5) Detaching and refitting the heat and press rollers and
the heat roller separation claws ................................................. 3-3-36
3-3-7 DF ..................................................................................................... 3-3-38
(1) Detaching and refitting the DF forwarding pulley ...................... 3-3-38
(2) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulley.................... 3-3-39
(3) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulley ...................... 3-3-40
(4) Adjusting the copy center line when the sheet-through DF
is used ....................................................................................... 3-3-43
1-1-22
2AA
(5) Adjusting the scanning start position when the sheet-through
DF is used ................................................................................. 3-3-44
(6) Adjusting the scanning end position when the sheet through
DF is used ................................................................................. 3-3-45
(7) Adjusting magnification ............................................................. 3-3-46
3-3-8 Others ............................................................................................... 3-3-47
(1) Detaching and refitting the waste toner tank ............................. 3-3-47
2AA
3-3-1
3-3-1 Precautions for assembly and disassembly
(1) Precautions
Be sure to turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug before starting
disassembly.
When handling PCBs, do not touch connectors with bare hands or damage the board.
Do not touch any PCB containing ICs with bare hands or any object prone to static
charge.
Use only the specified parts to replace the fixing unit or optical section thermostats.
Never substitute wire for thermostats, as the copier may be seriously damaged.
When installing a thermostat, ensure the correct clearance, if specified, using a thick-
ness gauge.
Prevent the ingress of dust, which can cause image problems (thin/thick lines), inside
the copier while removing the contact glass.
Use the following testers when measuring voltages:
Hioki 3200
Sanwa MD-180C
Sanwa YX-360TR
Beckman TECH300
Beckman DM45
Beckman 330 (capable of measuring RMS values)
Beckman 3030 (capable of measuring RMS values)
Beckman DM850 (capable of measuring RMS values)
Fluke 8060A (capable of measuring RMS values)
Arlec DMM 1050
Arlec YF1030C
Prepare the following as test originals:
1. NTC (new test chart)
2. NPTC (newspaper test chart)
2AA-1
3-3-2
(2) Running a maintenance function
Enter 10871087 with the numeric keys.
Press the all clear/reset key.
MAINTENANCE MODE 000
is shown on the display.
Enter 001 with the numeric keys and press
the start key.
Enter the function No. with the numeric
keys and press the start key.
The selected maintenance function is run.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the start key.
Start
End
Maintenance mode is entered.
The maintenance function
is selected.
Maintenance mode is exited.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2AA
3-3-3
3-3-2 Paper feed section
(1) Detaching and refitting the paper feed pulley
Clean or replace the paper feed pulley as follows.
Procedure
1. Open the front cover and remove the imaging unit.
2. Detach the right, left and front covers.
3. Remove the two screws and remove the front inner cover, the IU stopper and the
spring.
4. Remove the E-ring and the bushing from the front of the left registration roller.
E-ring IU stopper
Spring
Front inner
cover Bushing
Left registration roller
Figure 3-3-1
5. Remove the 2-pin and 6-pin connectors of the paper feed assembly.
6. Remove the two screws holding the paper feed assembly.
7. Raise the front end of the left registration roller slightly, slide the paper feed assembly
toward the front of the copier and remove it.
6-pin connector
Paper feed assembly
Left registration
roller
2-pin connector
Figure 3-3-2
2AA
3-3-4
8. Turn the paper feed assembly over.
9. Remove the E-ring and the bushing on the front of the paper feed shaft.
10. Remove the screw holding each paper feed pulley, and pull the pulley off the paper
feed shaft. When refitting the pulley, take care to ensure correct orientation.
11. Clean or replace the paper feed pulley.
12. Refit all the removed parts.
Figure 3-3-3 Detaching the paper feed pulley
(2) Detaching and refitting the bypass paper feed pulley
Clean or replace the bypass paper feed pulley as follows.
Procedure
1. Remove the three screws and right side cover.
E-ring
Paper feed
pulley
Paper feed
shaft
Bushing
Screw
E-ring
Paper feed
pulley
Paper feed
shaft
Bushing
Screw
Metric specifications
Inch specifications
Right side cover
Figure 3-3-4
2AA
3-3-5
6. Remove the two screws holding the bypass paper feed assembly. Slide the bypass
paper feed assembly to the machine front and remove it from the copier.
Bypass paper feed assembly
Figure 3-3-6
D-shaped
cutout
Strap
Bypass cover
Pin
Paper conveying assembly
E-ring
Figure 3-3-5
2. Open the paper conveying assembly and remove the drawer.
3. Remove the screw and detach the strap from the paper conveying assembly.
4. Remove the E-ring and pin on the machine front holding the paper conveying assem-
bly and detach the assembly from the copier. To refit the assembly, insert the pin into
the D-shaped cutout in the assembly.
5. Remove the screw holding the bypass cover, and the cover.
2AA
3-3-6
7. Remove the screw holding each of the bypass lift cam and the bypass paper feed
pulley.
8. Remove the two E-rings, the bushing, the bypass lift cam, the two bypass paper feed
collars and the bypass paper feed pulley from the bypass shaft.
Bypass paper feed collar
Bypass paper feed collar
Bypass paper feed pulley
Bypass shaft
Bushing
E-ring
E-ring
Bypass lift cam
Figure 3-3-7 Detaching the bypass paper feed pulley
9. Clean or replace the bypass paper feed pulley.
10. Refit all the removed parts.
2AA
3-3-7
Setting range: 0 20
Reference: 10
Changing the value by 1 moves
the centerline by 0.5 mm.
Increasing the value moves
the image to the machine rear,
and decreasing it moves the image
to the machine front.
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 344 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Press the start key.
Select a paper source having
A3/11" 17" sheets with
the cursor down key.
Press the start key to output
a test pattern.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Yes
No
Is the image correct?
Press the all clear/reset key.
Enter the function No. of the
paper source to be adjusted
with the numeric keys and press
the start key.
120: Drawer 1
121: Drawer 2 (optional)
122: Drawer 3 (optional)
123: Drawer 4 (optional)
124: Bypass table
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
The new setting
is stored.
Change the set value with the
numeric keys.
For output example 1, increase
the setting.
For output example 2,
decrease the setting.
Correct image Output
example 1
Output
example 2
(3) Adjusting the centerline of printing
Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the
original and the copy image on paper from a specific paper source.
Caution:
When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be executed in
the order indicated.
Perform adjustment for each paper source.
Procedure
Figure 3-3-8
No. 126
(p. 3-3-21)
No. 120
2AA
3-3-8
Yes
No
Change the set value with the
numeric keys.
For output example 1, increase
the setting.
For output example 2, decrease
the setting.
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 344 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Select a paper source having
A3/11" 17" sheets with
the cursor down key.
Press the start key to output
a test pattern.
Is the leading edge
margin correct?
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Enter 110 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
The new setting
is stored.
Setting range: 0 20
Reference: 10
Changing the value by 1 changes the start
position by 0.39 mm.
Increasing the value moves the start position
up, and decreasing it moves the position down.
(4) Adjusting the start position of image printing
Perform the following adjustment when changing the leading edge margin.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be
executed in the order indicated.
Procedure
Figure 3-3-9
Correct image Output
example 1
Output
example 2
No. 106
(p. 3-3-24)
No. 111
(p. 3-3-22)
No. 110
2AA
3-3-9
Yes
No
Setting range: 0 20
Reference: 6
Changing the value by 1 changes
the margin by 0.4 mm.
Increasing the value makes
the trailing edge margin smaller,
and decreasing it makes
the margin larger.
Start
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 344 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Select a paper source having
A3/11" 17" sheets with
the cursor down key.
Press the start key to output
a test pattern.
Is trailing edge
margin A 3 2.5 mm?
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Enter 115 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Exit maintenance mode.
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Change the set value with
the numeric keys.
The new setting
is stored.
(5) Adjusting the end position of image printing
Perform the following adjustment if the trailing edge margin is not within the specified
range.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be
executed in the order indicated.
Procedure
Figure 3-3-10
A = 3 2.5 mm
Measure A with a ruler.
No. 110
(p. 3-3-8)
No. 106
(p. 3-3-24)
No. 111
(p. 3-3-22)
No. 116
(p. 3-3-23)
No. 115
2AA
3-3-10
3-3-3 Optical section
(1) Detaching and refitting the exposure lamp
Clean or replace the exposure lamp as follows.
Procedure
1. Detach the contact glass.
2. Move the scanner to the machine center.
3. Remove the 2-pin connector of the exposure lamp from the inverter PCB.
4. Remove the cable tie holding the exposure lamp wires from the scanner.
5. Remove the screw holding the rear lamp holder, and the holder.
6. Slide the exposure lamp to the machine front and remove it.
7. Clean or replace the exposure lamp.
8. Refit all the removed parts.
Screw
Exposure
lamp
Rear lamp holder
2-pin
connector
Figure 3-3-11 Detaching the exposure lamp
2AA
3-3-11
(2) Detaching and refitting the scanner wires
Take the following steps when the scanner wires are broken or to be replaced. After
replacing the scanner wires, proceed to (4) Adjusting lateral image squareness (adjusting
the installation of the ISU).
(2-1) Detaching the scanner wires
Procedure
1. Remove the DF.
2. Remove the right and left covers.
3. Remove the lower cover of the operation unit.
4. Remove the operation unit.
5. Remove the upper right and upper rear covers.
6. Remove the contact glass.
7. Remove the screw holding the retaining wire on the left of the machine, and the wire.
Screw
Retaining wire
Bead
Figure 3-3-12
8. Move the scanner to the machine center.
9. Remove the ISU wire from the inverter PCB.
10. Loosen the three screws holding the ISU wire and remove the wire from the scanner.
11. Remove the screws holding each of the wire retainers which secure the scanner
wires to the scanner, and the wire retainers.
12. Remove the scanner from the machine.
13. Detach one round terminal of the scanner wire from the scanner wire spring on the left
side of the machine.
14. Detach the other round terminal from the catch on the right of the machine.
15. Remove the mirror frame from the machine.
16. Remove and replace the scanner wires.
2AA
3-3-12
Screws
Scanner
Mirror frame
Scanner wire spring
Round terminal
Scanner wire
Wire retainer
Round
terminal
ISU wire
Figure 3-3-13 Detaching the scanner wire
(2-2) Refitting the scanner wires
Refitting requires the following tool:
Scanner wire drum clip (part No.: 35968110)
Procedure
At the machine rear:
1. Remove the screw holding the scanner drive pulley, and then the pulley and the
scanner drive belt.
2. Remove the two screws holding the DF connector mount, and the mount.
Scanner drive pulley
Scanner drive belt
DF connector mount
Figure 3-3-14
2AA
3-3-13
3. Remove the four screws holding the scanner front and rear rails, and the rails.
4. Remove the E-rings and the bearings holding the scanner drive shaft at the front and
rear.
5. Remove the two screws holding the scanner wire drum and pull the scanner drive
shaft off the scanner wire drum.
Scanner rear rail
Scanner drive shaft
E-ring
Bearing
E-ring
Bearing
Scanner front
rail
Figure 3-3-15
6. Insert the small ball of the scanner wire into the hole in the scanner wire drum so
that the longer wire end is to the left and the shorter wire to the right of the
machine. ................................................................................................................ 1
7. Wind the longer end of the scanner wire six turns around the scanner wire drum
toward the machine outside. ................................................................................. 2
8. Wind the shorter end of the scanner wire four turns around the scanner wire drum
toward the machine inside. ................................................................................... 3
9. Hold the scanner wire in place with the scanner wire drum clip. ........................... 4
Scanner wire drum
Scanner wire
drum clip
Longer end
Shorter wire end
4 turns
6 turns
Small ball 1
2
3
4
Figure 3-3-16 Winding the scanner wire
2AA
3-3-14
10. Refit the scanner wire drum and the scanner drive shaft to the machine and secure
them with the E-rings.
11. Refit the scanner front and rear rails.
12. Remove the scanner wire drum clip.
13. Place the mirror frame on the scanner rails.
14. Loop the inner scanner wire around the scanner wire pulley on the right of the
machine from the bottom to top. ........................................................................... 5
15. Loop the scanner wire around the upper groove of the scanner wire pulley on the
mirror frame. .......................................................................................................... 6
16. Hook the round terminal onto the catch on the right of the machine. .................... 7
17. Loop the outer scanner wire around the scanner wire pulley on the left side of the
machine from bottom to top. ................................................................................. 8
18. Loop the scanner wire around the lower groove in the scanner wire pulley on the
mirror frame. .......................................................................................................... 9
19. Run the scanner wire along the wire guide on the left of the machine. ................. 0
20. Hook the round terminal onto the scanner wire spring. ......................................... !
21. Repeat steps 14 to 20 for the scanner wire on the front of the machine.
Scanner wire spring
Wire guide
Outer wire
Inner wire
Scanner wire drum clip
8
6
9
7
5
0
!
Figure 3-3-17 Installing the scanner wire
2AA
3-3-15
22. Hold the scanner wires with the wire retainers and tighten the screws. Do not tighten
completely.
23. Insert two positioning screws M3 16 (part No. B1303160) in the positioning holes in
the center of each of the scanner front and rear rails (Figure 3-3-18).
Wire retainer
Positioning screws
Wire retainer
Positioning
screws
Machine rear
Machine front
1
2
2
1
Figure 3-3-18 Fastening the scanner wire
2AA
3-3-16
24. Move the mirror frame until it touches the inner positioning screws (Figure 3-3-18 1).
25. Adjust the wire tension plates so that the scanner wires on the front and rear of the
machine are tensioned equally.
Wire tension plates
Scanner wire
Screws
Screws
Machine rear Machine front
Scanner wire
Figure 3-3-19 Adjusting the tension in the scanner wires
26. When the scanner touches the outer positioning screws, fully tighten the screws
holding the wire retainers (Figure 3-3-18 2).
27. Remove the positioning screws.
28. Turn the scanner wire drum to move the scanner and the mirror frame to the left of the
machine.
29. Insert the positioning screws again.
30. Turn the scanner wire drum to check that the scanner and the mirror frame touch the
four positioning screws.
31. Remove the positioning screws.
32. Refit all the removed parts.
33. Make a test copy. If a background appears on the copy image, perform (5) Adjusting
the angle of mirror 3.
2AA
3-3-17
(3) Detaching and refitting the laser scanner unit
Take the following steps when the laser scanner unit is to be checked or replaced.
Caution: After replacing the laser scanner unit, proceed to (4) Adjusting lateral image
squareness.
Procedure
1. Remove the right, left, front and tray covers.
2. Remove the 4-pin and 8-pin connectors.
3. Remove the pin and two screws holding the laser scanner unit and detach the unit
from the machine.
4. Check or replace the laser scanner unit.
5. Refit all the removed parts.
4-pin
connector
8-pin
connector
Screw
Screw
Positioning pin
Positioning pin
Pin holding
the LSU
Laser scanner
unit
Figure 3-3-20 Detaching the laser scanner unit
Refitting the laser scanner unit
Refitting requires the following tools:
Two positioning pins (part No. 35968070)
1. Insert the two positioning pins into the front and rear of the laser scanner unit. Do not
insert the pins completely. The heads of the positioning pins should stand well above
the laser scanner unit (Figure 3-3-20).
2. Fasten the laser scanner unit with the pin and two screws.
3. Remove the positioning pins.
2AA
3-3-18
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 340 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Select A3/LED (11" 17")
with the cursor up key.
Select a paper source having
A3/11" 17" sheets with the
cursor down key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to output
a test pattern.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Tighten the pin and two screws
holding the LSU.
Is the image correct?
Loosen the pin and two screws holding the
LSU and adjust the position of the laser
scanner unit using the center of the scale as
the reference (Figure 3-3-22).
For output example 1, rotate the laser
scanner unit in the direction of arrow A.
For output example 2, rotate the laser
scanner unit in the direction of arrow B.
(4) Adjusting lateral image squareness (reference)
Make the following adjustment if the copy image is skewed laterally (lateral squareness is
not obtained).
Caution: To adjust lateral image squareness, adjust the position of the laser scanner unit
and check for squareness of the copy image. If squareness is not obtained,
adjust the installation of the ISU.
Adjusting the position of the laser scanner unit
Procedure
Correct image Output
exapmle 1
Output
exapmle 2
Screw
Laser scanner unit
Screw
Pin holding the LSU
B
B
A
A
L mm
L mm
200 mm
Reference
When the image is skewed by L mm
in 200 mm, move the laser scanner
unit by L 2 steps on the scale.
Example: If L is 2 mm, move the unit
by 4 steps on the scale.
Figure 3-3-21
Figure 3-3-22
2AA
3-3-19
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a test
copy.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Is the image correct?
Insert a shim under each of
the two screws holding the ISU.
For copy example 1, insert
shims under A and C.
For copy example 2, insert
shims under B and D.
Original Copy
example 1
Copy
example 2
Screws
Positioning screw
Positioning screw
Screws
Shims
Shims
ISU
B
D
A
C
L mm
L mm
200 mm
Reference
When the image is skewed by
L mm in 200 mm, insert L/2
mm shims.
Example: If L is 2 mm, insert
1 mm-thick shims.
Fastening the ISU
1. Fix the ISU with the two positioning screws (part No. 60907120).
2. Retighten the four screws.
3. Remove the two positioning screws.
Adjusting the installation of the ISU
Caution: Make a test copy after adjusting the installation of the ISU. If a background
appears on the copy image, proceed to (5) Adjusting the angle of mirror 3.
Procedure
Figure 3-3-23
Figure 3-3-24
2AA
3-3-20
90
Mirror 2
Mirror 3
Hex wrench
Wire guide
Adjustment
screw
Make a test copy using a white
sheet of original at exp. 3 in half
tone mode.
Make a test copy using a white
sheet of original at exp. 5 in
normal mode.
Yes
Yes
No
No
Start
End
Remove the screw and the wire
guide from the mirror frame.
Turn the adjusting screw using
a hex wrench to adjust the angle
of mirror 3 so that the angle
between mirrors 2 and 3 is 90
degrees. While loosening th
adjusting screw, hold the back of
mirror 3.
Does a
background appear on the
copy image?
Does a
background appear on the
copy image?
(5) Adjusting the angle of mirror 3
Make the following adjustment if a background appears on the copy image after replacing
the scanner wires or mirror 3.
Procedure
Figure 3-3-25
2AA
3-3-21
(6) Adjusting the scanning centerline of the original on the contact glass
Make the following adjustment when there is a regular error between the centerlines of
the copy image and original.
Caution:
When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be executed in
the order indicated.
Draw a reference line down the center of the original.
Procedure
No. 120
(p. 3-3-7)
No. 126
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Enter 126 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make
a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting
is stored.
Change the set value with the
numeric keys.
For copy example 1, increase
the value.
For copy example 2, decrease
the value.
Setting range: 0 20
Reference: 10
Changing the value by 1 moves the
centerline by 0.5 mm. Increasing the
value moves the copy image toward the
machine rear, and decreasing it moves
the image toward the machine front.
Figure 3-3-26
Original Copy
example 1
Copy
example 2
Reference
2AA
3-3-22
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Enter 111 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make
a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Change the set value with the
numeric keys.
For copy example 1, increase
the value.
For copy example 2, decrease
the value.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting
is stored.
Setting range: 0 20
Reference: 10
Changing the value by 1 moves
the centerline by 0.5 mm. Increasing
the value moves the start position
down, and decreasing it moves
the start position up.
(7) Adjusting the scanning start position of the original on the contact glass
Perform the following adjustment when there is a regular error between the leading edges
of the copy image and original.
Caution:
When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be executed in
the order indicated.
Draw a reference line 10 mm from the original leading edge.
Procedure
No. 115
(p. 3-3-9)
No. 110
(p. 3-3-8)
No. 106
(p. 3-3-24)
No. 116
(p. 3-3-23)
No. 111
Original Copy
example 1
Copy
example 2
Reference
10 mm
Figure 3-3-27
2AA
3-3-23
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Enter 116 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make
a test copy.
Is the image correct?
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting
is stored.
Setting range: 0 20
Reference: 10
Changing the value by 1 moves
the centerline by 0.5 mm. Increasing
the value moves the end position down,
and decreasing it moves the end
position up.
Change the set value with the
numeric keys.
For copy example 1, decrease
the value.
For copy example 2, increase
the value.
(8) Adjusting the scanning end position of the original on the contact glass
Perform the following adjustment when there is a regular error between the trailing edge
of the copy image and original.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be
executed in the order indicated.
Procedure
No. 110
(p. 3-3-8)
No. 115
(p. 3-3-9)
No. 111
(p. 3-3-22)
No. 106
(p. 3-3-24)
No. 116
Figure 3-3-28
Original Copy
example 1
Copy
example 2
2AA-1
3-3-24
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Enter the function No. of the
scanning direction to be adjusted
with the numeric keys and press
the start key.
104: main scanning direction
106: auxiliary scanning direction
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a test
copy.
Is the image correct?
Change the set value with the
numeric keys.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting
is stored.
Setting range: 0 60
Reference: 30
Changing the value by 1 changes
the magnification by 0.1%.
Increasing the value makes the image
longer, and decreasing the value
makes the image shorter.
(9) Adjusting the magnification
Perform the following adjustment if the magnification in the main or auxiliary scanning
direction is not correct.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be
executed in the order indicated.
Procedure
Main scanning direction
Auxiliary
scanning
direction
No. 111
(p. 3-3-22)
No. 116
(p. 3-3-23)
No. 115
(p. 3-3-9)
No. 110
(p. 3-3-8)
No. 106
No. 104
Figure 3-3-29
2AA
3-3-25
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 344 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Enter the function No. of
the margin to be adjusted with
the numeric keys and press
the start key.
082: left margin (printing start
position)
083: right margin (printing end
position)
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to output
a test pattern.
Are the right
and left margins correct?
Change the set value with
the numeric keys.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting
is stored.
Select a paper source having
A3/11" 17" sheets with
the cursor down key.
Select the paper size to be
adjusted with the cursor down
key and press the start key.
A5R, STATE (5
1
/
2
" 8
1
/
2
"), B5R,
LETTER (8
1
/
2
" 11"), A4R,
LEDGER (11" 17"), B5,
HAGAKI (postcard), A4, A6R,
B6R
Setting range: 0 12
Reference: 6
Changing the value by 1 changes the margin
by 0.5 mm.
For the left margin, increasing the value
makes it larger, and decreasing the value
makes it smaller.
For the right margin, increasing the value
makes it smaller, and decreasing the value
makes it larger.
(10) Adjusting the right and left margins
Adjust the printing start or end position in the main scanning direction when the right or left
margin is not correct.
Precaution: Adjust and make a test copy for each size of paper.
Procedure
Right margin Left margin
Figure 3-3-30
2AA
3-3-26
3-3-4 Imaging unit section
(1) Detaching and refitting the drum and the cleaning blade (reference)
Perform the following steps when cleaning or replacing the drum and replacing the clean-
ing blade.
Precautions
Avoid direct sunlight and strong lighting when detaching and refitting the drum.
Hold the drum at the ends. Do not touch the drum surface.
After removing the drum, keep it in the drum case or storage bag to protect the surface
from light.
Procedure
1. Open the front cover and remove the imaging unit.
2. Remove the four screws holding the IU front cover, and the cover.
3. Remove the two screws holding each of front and rear positioning pins, and then the
pins.
4. Remove the three front and two rear screws holding the developing unit and detach
the developing unit from the IU housing.
Developing unit
Positioning pin
Positioning pin
IU housing
IU front cover
Figure 3-3-31 Detaching the developing unit
2AA
3-3-27
Removing the drum
5. Remove the two rear screws holding the drum shaft, and the shaft. Remove the drum
from the IU housing.
6. Replace or clean the drum. Orient the drum correctly during reassembly.
Drum shaft
Rear
Front
Drum
IU housing
Figure 3-3-32 Detaching the drum
Removing the cleaning blade
7. Remove the screw holding the charger terminal cover, and then the cover.
8. Remove the rear screw holding the main charger, and then the charger. Leave the
front screw tight.
Charger terminal cover
Main charger
Figure 3-3-33
2AA-1
3-3-28
9. Remove the three screws holding the cleaning blade and detach the blade from the IU
housing.
10. Replace the cleaning blade.
Caution: During replacement, apply powder to the new cleaning blade. Replace the
cleaning unit front, rear and lower seals at the same time.
11. Refit the cleaning blade while holding it toward the drum.
12. Attach the cleaning unit front and rear seals at the ends of the blade so that the seals
do not ride over the cleaning blade.
13. Attach the cleaning unit lower seal.
14. Refit all the removed parts.
Cleaning blade
Cleaning unit rear seal
Cleaning unit lower seal
0 0.5 mm*
1
0 0.5 mm*
3
0 0.5 mm*
2
Cleaning unit front seal
IU housing
Do not allow the
cleaning blade to
ride over the front
and rear seals.
*1, *2 and *3: references for
aligning the cleaning
unit lower seal
Figure 3-3-34 Detaching the cleaning blade
2AA
3-3-29
(2) Cleaning the drum
Clean the drum as follows when an image problem occurs or if the drum is dirty.
Precautions
Avoid direct sunlight and strong light when cleaning the drum.
Dust in the air and from the cleaning pad may damage the drum during operation. Avoid
working in dusty places.
Clean the drum entirely even if it is only dirty locally.
Do not clean the drum with alcohol or other organic solvent.
Required supplies:
Polishing cloth: specified synthetic cotton
Toner
Procedure
1. Detach the drum (see page 3-3-26).
2. Apply a polishing cloth to the drum and gently wipe the drum in a spiral motion as
shown, taking care not to damage the surface.
3. Apply toner to another cloth and wipe the drum surface with it in the same manner.
4. Refit the drum.
5. Refit all the removed parts and let the copier stand for 30 minutes.
6. Make a test copy and check the image.
Drum
Polishing cloth
Figure 3-3-35 Cleaning the drum
2AA-1
3-3-30
3-3-5 Transfer section
(1) Detaching and refitting the transfer roller
Take the following steps when the transfer roller is to be cleaned or replaced.
Procedure
1. Open the right side cover.
2. Remove the four screws and the transfer wire holding the transfer roller assembly,
and then the assembly.
Transfer roller assembly
Transfer wire
Figure 3-3-36
3. Remove the two E-rings holding the transfer roller, and then the roller.
4. Clean or replace the transfer roller.
5. Refit all the removed parts.
E-ring E-ring
Pulley Pre-transfer guide
Transfer roller
Transfer
gear
Transfer roller
front bracket
Transfer roller
rear bracket
Pulley
Shim
Figure 3-3-37
2AA-1
3-3-31
3-3-6 Fixing and eject section
(1) Detaching the fixing unit
Take the following steps when cleaning, inspecting or replacing parts in the fixing unit.
Procedure
1. Turn the main switch off.
2. Detach the right, left, front, tray and rear covers.
Caution: If the memory board (optional) is attached, remove it before detaching the
rear cover.
3. Disconnect the 3-pin connectors, remove the two screws holding cooling fan motor 1
on the machine rear, and then fan motor 1.
4. Detach the fixing drive belt from the fixing pulley.
Fixing drive belt
Fixing pulley
3-pin connector
Cooling fan motor 1
Figure 3-3-38
2AA-1
3-3-32
5. Remove the 3-pin connector of safety switch 3, the 2-pin connector of the fixing unit
thermistor, the 3-pin connector of the eject switch, and the two 1-pin connectors of the
fixing heater.
6. Remove the four screws holding the fixing unit on the machine right, and then remove
the unit from the machine.
2-pin connector
3-pin
connector
3-pin
connector
1-pin
connector
1-pin connector
Fixing unit
Figure 3-3-39 Detaching the fixing unit
2AA
3-3-33
(2) Replacing the fixing heater
Take the following steps when replacing the fixing heater.
Procedure
1. Remove the fixing unit felt.
2. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit cover, and then the cover.
3. Remove the 1-pin connector of the fixing heater from fixing unit thermostat 1.
4. Remove the screws holding the fixing heater front and rear retainers respectively, and
then the retainers.
5. Take the fixing heater out of the front side of the fixing unit. Handle the fixing heater by
the ceramic part only.
6. Replace the fixing heater.
7. Refit all the removed parts.
Fixing unit
cover
Fixing heater
front retainer
Fixing heater
Fixing heater rear
retainer
Fixing unit felt
1-pin
connector
Figure 3-3-40 Detaching the fixing heater
2AA
3-3-34
(3) Replacing the fixing unit thermistor
Take the following steps when replacing the fixing unit thermistor.
Procedure
1. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit cover, and then the cover.
2. Remove the screw holding the fixing unit thermistor, and then the thermistor.
3. Replace the fixing unit thermistor. To refit the thermistor, seat the projection of the
fixing unit thermistor in the left cutout in the fixing unit upper housing.
4. Refit all the removed parts.
Screw
Fixing unit
thermistor
Projection
Fixing unit upper
housing
Figure 3-3-41 Detaching the fixing unit thermistor
2AA
3-3-35
(4) Replacing fixing unit thermostats 1 and 2
Take the following steps when replacing fixing unit thermostats 1 and 2.
Caution: Use the specified thermostat for replacement. Do not substitute a simple wire or
similar; otherwise, the machine will be seriously damaged.
Procedure
1. Remove the two screws holding the fixing unit cover, and then the cover.
2. Remove the connectors of the fixing heater wire, the thermostat junction wire and
fixing heater junction wire from the fixing unit thermostats.
3. Remove the two screws holding each of fixing unit thermostats 1 and 2, and then the
two thermostats.
4. Replace fixing unit thermostat 1 or 2. When fitting, check the temperature indications
on the thermostat and install the thermostat on the fixing unit upper housing in the
correct position.
5. Refit all the remove parts.
1
5
0

C
1
4
0

C
Fixing unit
thermostat 2
Fixing unit
thermostat 1
Screws
Screws
Thermostat junction wire
Fixing heater
wire
Fixing heater
junction wire
Figure 3-3-42 Detaching the fixing unit thermostats
2AA
3-3-36
(5) Detaching and refitting the heat and press rollers and the heat roller separa-
tion claws
Take the following steps when cleaning or replacing the heat and press rollers and the
heat roller separation claws.
Procedure
1. Remove the fixing heater (see page 3-3-33).
2. Remove the front and rear fixing unit press springs.
3. Remove the four screws from the front and rear of the fixing unit upper housing, and
then the housing.
Detaching the heat roller
4. Remove the stop ring and the heat roller bushing on the front of the heat roller.
5. Remove the stop ring, the heat roller gear and the heat roller bushing on the rear of
the heat roller.
6. Remove the heat roller from the fixing unit.
Fixing unit
upper housing
Heat
roller
Stop ring
Heat roller bushing
Heat roller gear
Heat roller bushing
Stop ring
Figure 3-3-43 Detaching the heat roller
2AA
3-3-37
Detaching the press roller
7. Remove the front and rear bearings and the press roller.
Press roller
Bearing
Bearing
Figure 3-3-44 Detaching the press roller
Detaching the heat roller separation claws
8. Detach the separation claw springs from the catches to remove all the four heat roller
separation claws.
9. Clean or replace the heat and press rollers and the heat roller separation claws.
10. Refit all the removed parts.
Caution: Refit the fixing unit upper housing to the fixing unit before refitting the heat
roller separation claws.
Heat roller
separation claw
Fixing unit upper housing
Separation claw spring
Figure 3-3-45 Detaching the heat roller separation claws
3-3-38
2AA
3-3-7 DF
(1) Detaching and refitting the DF forwarding pulley
Clean or replace the DF forwarding pulley as follows.
Procedure
1. Open the DF cover.
2. Remove the two screws holding the DF cover and then the cover.
3. Remove the E-ring and then the DF forwarding pulley from the forwarding pulley
shaft.
4. Clean or replace the DF forwarding pulley.
5. Refit all the removed parts.
Figure 3-3-46 Detaching the DF forwarding pulley
DF forwarding pulley
E-ring
Forwarding pulley shaft
3-3-39
2AA
(2) Detaching and refitting the DF original feed pulley
Clean or replace the DF original feed pulley as follows.
Procedure
1. Open the DF cover.
2. Remove the two screws holding the DF cover and then the cover.
3. Remove the screw and DF rear cover (see Figure 3-3-48).
4. Remove the two stop rings and the bushing and slide the original feed pulley shaft
toward the machine rear.
5. Remove the DF original feed pulley and original feed pulley gear from the original
feed pulley shaft.
6. Clean or replace the DF original feed pulley.
7. Refit all the removed parts.
When fitting the DF original feed pulley and original feed pulley gear, ensure that the
side having the one-way clutch faces the machine rear.
Figure 3-3-47 Detaching the DF original feed pulley
Stop rings
DF original
feed pulley
Original feed pulley gear
Original feed
pulley shaft
Bushing
DF forwarding
pulley retainer
3-3-40
2AA
(3) Detaching and refitting the DF separation pulley
Clean or replace the DF separation pulley as follows.
Procedure
1. Open the DF cover.
2. Remove the two screws holding the DF cover and then the cover.
3. Remove the screw holding the DF rear cover and then the cover.
4. Remove the DF connector.
5. Detach the cable tie holding the DF wires from the base.
6. Remove the four screws holding the DF original feed unit and then the unit.
When installing the DF original feed unit, ensure that the mark at the center of the
scale is aligned with the center of the projection on the front side of the copier.
Figure 3-3-48
DF rear cover
DF connector
DF original feed unit
3-3-41
2AA
Figure 3-3-49
7. Remove the stop ring and then the housing coupling.
8. Remove the front and rear pins and then the DF upper housing.
9. Remove the two screws and then the DF original feed guide.
Pin
DF lower housing
Pin
DF original feed guide
Stop ring
Housing coupling
DF upper housing
3-3-42
2AA
10. Remove the two stop rings and bushings from the front and rear of the separation
pulley shaft.
11. Remove the E-ring and pin and detach the DF separation pulley from the shaft.
12. Clean or replace the DF separation pulley.
13. Refit all the removed parts.
Figure 3-3-50 Detaching the DF separation pulley
Stop ring
Separation
pulley springs
Bushing
Pin
Separation
pulley shaft
DF separation
pulley
E-ring
Bushing
Stop ring
3-3-43
2AA
(4) Adjusting the copy center line when the sheet-through DF is used
Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the centers of the
original and copy image when the sheet-through DF is used.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be
executed in the order indicated.
Use an original with a line drawn down the center.
Procedure
No. 120
(p. 3-3-7)
No. 127
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Place an original on the DF
original table.
Enter 127 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a
test copy.
Is the image correct? Press the numeric keys to change
the setting.
For copy example 1, increase
the value.
For copy example 2, decrease
the value.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range: 0 20
Reference: 10
Change per step: 0.5 mm
Increasing the value moves the copy image
toward the machine rear, and decreasing
the value moves it toward the machine front.
Original Copy
example 1
Copy
example 2
Center
line
Figure 3-3-51
3-3-44
2AA
(5) Adjusting the scanning start position when the sheet-through DF is used
Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the leading edges of
the original and the copy image when the sheet-through DF is used.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be
executed in the order indicated.
Use an original with a line drawn horizontally at a point 10 mm from the leading
edge.
Procedure
No. 110
(p. 3-3-8)
No. 107
(p. 3-3-46)
No. 112
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Place an original on the DF
original table.
Enter 112 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a
test copy.
Is the image correct?
Press the numeric keys to change
the setting.
For copy example 1, increase
the value.
For copy example 2, decrease
the value.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range: 0 40
Reference: 20
Change per step: 0.5 mm
Increasing the value makes the scanning
start later, and decreasing the value makes
it start earlier.
Figure 3-3-52
Original Copy
example 1
Copy
example 2
Horizontal
line
10 mm
3-3-45
2AA
(6) Adjusting the scanning end position when the sheet through DF is used
Perform the following adjustment if there is a regular error between the trailing edges of
the original and copy image when the sheet-through DF is used.
Caution: When performing this adjustment, all the above maintenance items must be
executed in the order indicated.
Procedure
No. 110
(p. 3-3-8)
No. 115
(p. 3-3-9)
No. 107
(p. 3-3-46)
No. 117
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Place an original on the DF
original table.
Enter 117 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a
test copy.
Is the image correct?
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range: 0 40
Reference: 20
Change per step: 0.5 mm
Increasing the value makes the scanning
end later, and decreasing the value makes
it end earlier.
Press the numeric keys to
change the setting.
For copy example 1, decrease
the value.
For copy example 2, increase
the value.
Figure 3-3-53
Original Copy
example 1
Copy
example 2
3-3-46
2AA
(7) Adjusting magnification
Perform the following adjustment if magnification is not correct when the sheet-through
DF is used.
Procedure
Enter maintenance mode.
Enter 400 with the numeric keys
and press the start key.
Place an original on the DF
original table.
Yes
No
Start
End
Press the all clear/reset key.
Exit maintenance mode.
Press the start key to make a
test copy.
Is the image correct?
Press the numeric keys to change
the setting.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the start key.
Press the all clear/reset key.
The new setting is stored.
Setting range: 0 60
Reference: 30
Change per step: 0.1%
Increasing the value makes the copy image
longer/wider, and decreasing the value makes
it shorter/narrower.
Enter a function No. with the
numeric keys and press the start
key: 105 for the main direction
and 107 for the auxiliary
direction.
Main scanning direction
Auxiliary
scanning
direction
Figure 3-3-54
3-3-47
2AA-1
3-3-8 Others
(1) Detaching and refitting the waste toner tank
Replace the waste toner tank when the message display shows Replace Waste Toner
Tank.
Procedure
1. Turn the main switch off.
2. Remove the rear cover (two screws).
Caution: If the memory board (optional) is attached, remove it before detaching the
rear cover.
3. Open the drawer.
4. Open the front cover and take out the imaging unit.
5. Remove the overflow switch from the waste toner tank.
6. Raise the tank with the left fingers inserted in the cutout at bottom left and the right
hand holding the right side of the tank.
7. Draw the right side of the tank out to remove it.
8. Replace the waste toner tank.
9. Refit all the removed parts.
Waste toner
tank
Overflow switch
1
2
Figure 3-3-55 Detaching the waste toner tank
1-1-23
2AA-1
CONTENTS
3-4 PCB Initial Settings
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB ..................................................................... 3-4-1
3-4-2 Upgrading the firmware in the FLASH ROM (main PCB) ................... 3-4-4
3-4-3 Replacing the engine PCB .................................................................. 3-4-7
3-4-4 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR) .............................................. 3-4-8
3-4-5 Updating the firmware on the printer board ........................................ 3-4-9
2AA-1
3-4-1
Main ROM IC2
Main ROM IC1
Flash tool assembly
3-4-1 Replacing the main PCB
Before and after replacing the main PCB, perform the steps below.
Main PCB replacement requires the following tools:
Flash tool assembly (P/N 35968010)
Main ROM IC1(P/N 2AA2935X)
Main ROM IC2 (P/N 2AA2936X)
Important: Be sure to use the latest versions (the one with the largest number for the last
digit X of the part number) of main ROMs IC 1 and 2.
Procedure
Before removing the old main PCB:
1. Enter the maintenance mode.
2. Execute function No. 000 to output the own-status report.
3. Exit the maintenance mode.
4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug.
5. Replace the main PCB with the new one.
After installing the new main PCB:
6. Attach main ROMs IC1 and 2 to the flash tool assembly.
Figure 3-4-1
2AA
3-4-2
Flash tool assembly
Blanking cover
7. Remove the blanking cover from the rear of the copier and insert the flash tool
assembly into the top slot.
Figure 3-4-2
8. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.
FLASH
PUSH START
9. Press the start key.
FLASH : WRITING

>>

FLASH : Ver. *. ** OK
PUSH START
Approx. 45 s later
10. Press the start key.
FLASH
POWER OFF
2AA
3-4-3
11. Turn the main switch off.
12. Remove the flash tool assembly and refit the blanking cover.
13. Turn the main switch on.
14. Enter the maintenance mode.
15. Execute function No. 604.
16. Execute function No. 000 to output the own-status report.
17. Compare the own-status reports output in steps 2 and 16. If there are different values,
reenter the data in accordance with those on the report from step 2.
18. Exit the maintenance mode.
2AA-1
3-4-4
Figure 3-4-3
Main ROM IC2
Main ROM IC1
Flash tool assembly
3-4-2 Upgrading the firmware in the FLASH ROM (main PCB)
Perform the steps below when upgrading the firmware in the FLASH ROM (main PCB).
Firmware upgrading requires the following tools:
Flash tool assembly (P/N 35968010)
Main ROM IC1 (P/N 2AA2935X)
Main ROM IC2 (P/N 2AA2936X)
Important: Be sure to use the latest versions (the one with the largest number for the last
digit X of the part number) of main ROMs IC 1 and 2.
Procedure
1. Enter the maintenance mode.
2. Execute function No. 000 to output the own-status report.
3. Exit the maintenance mode.
4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug.
5. Install main ROMs IC1 and IC2 on the flash tool assembly.
2AA
3-4-5
Flash tool assembly
Blanking cover
Figure 3-4-4
7. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.
FLASH
PUSH START
8. Press the start key.
FLASH : WRITING

>>

FLASH : Ver. *. ** OK
PUSH START
Approx. 45 s later
9. Press the start key.
FLASH
POWER OFF
10. Turn the main switch off.
6. Remove the blanking cover from the rear of the copier and insert the flash tool
assembly into the top slot.
2AA
3-4-6
11. Remove the flash tool assembly and refit the blanking cover.
12. Turn the main switch on.
13. Enter the maintenance mode.
14. Execute function No. 602.
15. Execute function No. 390.
16. Execute function No. 000 to output the own-status report.
17. Compare the own-status reports output in steps 2 and 16. If there are differences that
have not been affected by upgrading, reenter the data in accordance with the values
on the report from step 2.
18. Exit the maintenance mode.
2AA-1
3-4-7
3-4-3 Replacing the engine PCB
Perform the following procedure when replacing the engine PCB.
Caution: Before replacing the engine PCB, be sure that toner empty has not been de-
tected or the toner sensor output voltage has not reached the no-copying level.
Reset, if necessary.
Procedure
Before removing the old engine PCB:
1. Enter the maintenance mode.
2. Execute function No. 000 to output the own-status report.
3. Exit the maintenance mode.
4. Turn the main switch off and disconnect the power plug.
5. Replace the engine PCB with the new one.
After installing the new engine PCB:
6. Insert the power plug and turn the main switch on.
7. Enter the maintenance mode.
8. Execute function No. 390.
9. Execute function No. 081 to adjust the ISU gain data between 240 and 250.
10. Reenter the data for function Nos. 051 and 363 in accordance with the values on the
own-status report from step 2.
11. Exit the maintenance mode.
2AA-1
3-4-8
3-4-4 Adjustment-free variable resisters (VR)
The variable resistors listed below are set at the factory prior to shipping and cannot be
adjusted in the field.
High-voltage transfer PCB: VR101, VR201, VR301, VR 401
2AA-1
3-4-9
3-4-5 Updating the firmware on the printer board
Perform the steps below when updating the firmware on the printer board.
Firmware updating requires the following tools:
PC (DOS)
Parallel cable
File to be downloaded
Firmware
Procedure
Important: Copy the file to be downloaded and firmware to the PC hard disk before
starting this procedure.
1. Turn the copier main switch off and disconnect the power plug from the wall outlet.
2. Remove the four screws securing the printer board cover.
Printer board cover
Figure 3-4-5
2AA-1
3-4-10
3. Remove the fourteen screws securing the printer board inner cover.
Printer board inner cover
Figure 3-4-6
4. Connect the PC to the printer board using the parallel cable.
5. Connect the power plug to the wall outlet.
6. Turn the copier main switch on and wait until the machine stabilizes.
When the main switch is turned on, the LED on the printer board lights orange. The
LED goes off when the machine stabilizes.
LED
Printer board
Figure 3-4-7
2AA-1
3-4-11
7. At the DOS prompt on the PC, enter copy dnload/b lpt1: using the PC keyboard.
8 Press the return key.
9. When the LED flashes green, turn the copier main switch off.
10. Turn the copier main switch on and wait until the flashing green LED stays on.
11. Enter copy 3vX-XX.dwn/b lpt1: at the DOS prompt.
Note that the underlined part of the file name varies according to the version of the
firmware.
12. Press the return key.
Wait until the LED lights orange after it has changed from green to red.
13. Turn the copier main switch off.
14. Turn the copier main switch on and wait until the machine stabilizes.
When the main switch is turned on, the LED on the printer board lights orange. The
LED goes off when the machine stabilizes.
15. Perform test printing on the copier to output a Self Test Page.
16. Check the SOFTWARE item on the Self Test Page for correct renewed firmware
version.
17. Updating the firmware is completed.
18. Refit all the removed parts.
1-1-25
2AA
CONTENTS
3-5 Self-Diagnosis
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis ..................................................................................... 3-5-1
(1) Self-diagnostic function ............................................................... 3-5-1
(2) Error code.................................................................................... 3-5-5
3-5-1
2AA
3-5-1 Self-diagnosis
(1) Self-diagnostic function
This unit is equipped with a self-diagnostic function. When it detects a problem with itself,
it disables copying and displays the problem as a code consisting of C followed by a two-
digit number, indicating the nature of the problem. A message, Call for service. is also
displayed.
After removing the problem, the self-diagnostic function can be reset by opening and
closing the front cover to turn safety switch 1 off and on.
Figure 3-5-1 Service call code display
Call for service.
3-5-2
2AA
The connec-
tors of the
wires between
the main PCB
and operation
unit PCB
make poor
contact.
Defective
main PCB or
operation unit
PCB.
The connec-
tors of the
wires between
the main PCB
and engine
PCB make
poor contact.
Defective
main PCB or
engine PCB.
Defective en-
gine PCB.
Defective en-
gine PCB.
Check the connection of con-
nectors of the wires between
the main PCB and operation
PCB.
Replace the main PCB or
operation unit PCB and check
for correct operation.
Check the connection of con-
nectors on the main PCB and
engine PCB.
Replace the main PCB or
engine PCB and check for
correct operation.
Replace the engine PCB and
check for correct operation.
Replace the engine PCB and
check for correct operation.
C05
C06
C07
C08
Code Contents
Remarks
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
Operation unit PCB com-
munication problem
There is a communication
problem between the main
PCB and operation unit
PCB.
Engine PCB communica-
tion problem
There is a communication
problem between the main
PCB and engine PCB.
Checksum problem in
the SRAM programming
area
There is a difference be-
tween the checksum in the
SRAM programming area
stored when the power is
turned off and the value
checked when the power is
turned on.
Checksum problem in
the SRAM software area
There is a difference be-
tween the checksum in the
SRAM software area
stored when the power is
turned off and the value
checked when the power is
turned on.
Self diagnostic codes
3-5-3
2AA
Code Contents
Remarks
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
The connec-
tors of the
exposure
lamp make
poor contact.
Defective in-
verter PCB or
engine PCB.
The connec-
tors of the
scanner home
position
switch make
poor contact.
Defective
scanner home
position
switch.
Defective la-
ser scanner
unit.
Exposure lamp problem
The value of the ASIC ad-
dress AGCHMAX is 30 or
less when scanning the
white reference data.
The scanner home posi-
tion switch problem
The scanner home position
switch does not turn on
when expected.
The scanner home position
switch does not turn off
when expected.
Laser scanner unit prob-
lem
The laser scanner unit is
not stabilized (the MSYNC
signal remains high) within
6 s after the scanner motor
turns on.
The MSYNC signal goes
high after the laser scanner
unit is stabilized.
Check the connection of the
connectors of the exposure
lamp.
Replace the inverter PCB or
engine PCB and check for
correct operation.
Check the connection of the
connectors of the scanner
home position switch.
Check if CN13-7 on the en-
gine PCB goes high when
the scanner home position
switch is on and goes low
when the switch is off. If it
does not, replace the scan-
ner home position switch.
Replace the laser scanner
unit and check for correct
operation.
C10
C31
C42
3-5-4
2AA
Main charger
output leaking.
Broken
charger wire.
Defective
high-voltage
transformer
PCB.
Transfer high-
voltage output
leaking.
Defective
high-voltage
transformer
PCB.
Broken fixing
heater wire.
Fixing unit
thermostat 1/2
actuated.
Fixing unit
thermistor
installed incor-
rectly.
Broken fixing
unit thermistor
wire.
Shorted fixing
unit thermis-
tor.
Defective
power source
PCB.
Check the charger housing
visually and clean it if it is dirty.
Check the charger wire visually
and replace it if it is broken.
Replace the high-voltage
transformer PCB and check
for correct operation.
Check the transfer wire and
repair it if necessary.
Replace the high-voltage
transformer PCB and check
for correct operation.
Check for continuity across
the fixing heater. If none,
replace the heater.
After clarifying the cause of
the actuation, replace the
fixing thermostat 1/2.
Check fixing unit thermistor
and reinstall it if necessary.
Measure the resistance. If it
is , replace the fixing unit
thermistor.
Measure the resistance. If it
is 0 , replace the fixing unit
thermistor.
Replace the power source
PCB and check for correct
operation.
C51
C52
C60
Code Contents
Remarks
Causes
Check procedures/
corrective measures
Main charger output
problem
The MC ALM signal is out-
put from the high-voltage
transformer PCB while the
main charger output is on.
Transfer high-voltage
output problem
The TC ALM signal is out-
put from the high-voltage
transformer PCB while the
transfer high-voltage out-
put is on.
Fixing problems
The fixing temperature
does not rise within 5 s
after the fixing heater is
turned on.
The fixing temperature
does not exceed 120C/
248F within 100 s after the
fixing heater is turned on.
The fixing temperature
does not exceed 165C/
329F within 100 s after the
fixing heater is turned on.
The fixing temperature
rises to 210C/410F or
higher during secondary
stabilization or preheat.
The fixing temperature
drops to 120C/248F or
lower during secondary
stabilization or preheat.
The fixing heater remains
on for 25 s or longer during
secondary stabilization or
preheat.
An error signal is output
from the engine PCB.
3-5-5
2AA
(2) Error code
The error codes are listed on the transmission report, activity report and action list. The
codes consist of an error code indication U followed by a 5-digit number.
The upper three of the five digits indicate general classification of the error and its cause,
while the lower two indicate the detailed classification. For items for which detailed classi-
fication is not necessary the last two digits are 00.
Error code
U X X X X X
Detailed classification of error code
General classification of error code
Error code indication
3-5-6
2AA
Error code Description
Table of general classification
U000 No response or busy after the set number of redials.
U001 Transmission was interrupted by a press of the stop/clear key.
U002 Reception was interrupted by a press of the stop/clear key.
U003 Recording paper on the destination unit has run out during transmis-
sion.
U004 Connection was made but interrupted during handshake with the
receiver unit.
U005 Multiple communication was interrupted and call was not made on
destination units after interruption.
U006 Communication was interrupted because of a machine problem.
U007 Communication was interrupted because of a problem in the
destination unit.
U008 Page transmission error occurred in G3 mode.
U009 Page reception error occurred in G3 mode.
U010 Transmission in G3 mode was interrupted by a signal error.
U011 Reception in G3 mode was interrupted by a signal error.
U012 Not used.
U013 Not used.
U014 Invalid one-touch key was specified during communication.
U015 A communication error occurred when calling in V.8 mode.
U016 A communication error occurred when called in V.8 mode.
U017 A communication error occurred before starting T.30 protocol during
transmission in V.34 mode.
U018 A communication error occurred before starting T.30 protocol during
reception in V.34 mode.
U020 When a relay was specified, the relay center refused relay broadcast
because of a mismatch in authorized ID numbers and authorized
telephone numbers.
U021 When specifying a relay, the destination unit (intended relay center)
had no broadcast capability.
3-5-7
2AA
Error code Description
U022 The host center tried to specify the relay but failed because the
specified telephone number was not registered at the relay center.
Or, the relay center received a request for relay broadcast, but failed
to broadcast because the specified telephone number was not
registered at the relay center.
U023 When receiving a relay specification, the reception center informa-
tion was not received correctly.
U030 No document was present in the destination unit when polling
reception started.
U031 No document was present in the destination unit for reverse polling
but transmission was completed.
U032 In confidential polling reception, data was not stored in the box
specified by the destination unit.
U033 In (confidential) polling reception from a unit of our make, operation
was interrupted due to a mismatch in authorized ID or telephone
number.
U034 Polling reception was interrupted because of a mismatch in indi-
vidual numbers (destination unit is either of our make or by another
manufacturer).
U035 In confidential polling reception, the specified confidential box
number was not registered on the destination unit.
U036 Confidential polling reception was interrupted because of a mis-
match in the specified confidential box number.
U037 Confidential polling reception failed because the destination unit had
no confidential polling transmission capability, or data was not stored
in any box on the destination unit.
U040 In confidential transmission mode, the specified confidential box was
not registered on the destination unit.
U041 Confidential transmission failed because the destination unit had no
confidential communication capability.
U042 In encrypted transmission, the specified confidential box was not
registered or was not for encrypted communication.
U043 Encrypted transmission failed because the destination unit had no
encrypted communication capability.
U044 Communication was interrupted because of an encryption key error
during encrypted transmission.
3-5-8
2AA
Error code Description
U045 Encrypted reception was interrupted because of a mismatch in
encryption keys.
U050 In total page numbering mode, set number of pages and number of
pages actually sent did not agree.
U051 Password check transmission was interrupted because the author-
ized ID or telephone number did not agree.
U052 Password check reception was interrupted because the authorized
ID or telephone number did not agree.
U053 Destination unit in password check reception mode did not receive
data because the authorized ID or telephone number did not agree.
U090 G3 communication was attempted but failed because the destination
unit was a G2 machine.
U120 Memory overflowed during reception upon request of relay broad-
cast from the host center.
U121 When specifying a relay, memory overflowed on the destination unit
(relay center).
U140 In confidential reception, memory overflowed.
U141 In confidential transmission, memory overflowed on the destination
unit.
U190 Memory overflowed during out-of-paper reception.
U191 Memory overflowed on the destination unit during transmission.
U192 Memory transmission failed because a decoding error occurred.
3-5-9
2AA
Error code Description
U00420 Relay request was received from the host center but interrupted
because of a mismatch in authorized ID or telephone number.
U00430 Confidential or reverse polling request was received but interrupted
because of a mismatch in authorized ID or telephone number on the
transmitting unit.
U00431 Confidential polling transmission was interrupted because the
specified confidential box number was not registered.
U00432 Confidential polling transmission was interrupted because of a
mismatch in confidential box ID numbers.
U00433 Confidential polling request was received but data was not present in
the confidential box.
U00434 Confidential polling request was received but interrupted because
the specified confidential box number was for encrypted communica-
tion.
U00435 Confidential polling request was received but interrupted because
the specified confidential box number was being accessed.
U00440 Confidential reception was interrupted because the specified
confidential box number was not registered.
U00441 Confidential reception was interrupted because the specified
confidential box number was for encrypted communication.
U00450 Destination unit in password check transmission mode interrupted
transmission because of a mismatch in authorized ID or telephone
number.
U00460 Encrypted reception was interrupted because the specified confiden-
tial box number was not registered.
U00461 Encrypted reception was interrupted because the specified confiden-
tial box number was not for encrypted communication.
U00462 Encrypted reception was interrupted because the encryption key for
the specified confidential box was not registered.
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U004XX
(interrupted phase B)
3-5-10
2AA
Error code Description
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U006XX
(problem on the unit)
U00600 DF cover is open.
U00601 Document jam or the document length exceeds the maximum.
U00602 Image scanning section problem.
U00603 No document feed.
U00610 Right side cover is open.
U00611 Recording paper jam.
U00613 Laser scanner section problem.
U00614 Recording paper is almost empty.
U00615 Recording paper is empty.
U00620 Fixing section problem.
U00621 Cooling fan motor 1 or 2 problem.
U00622 Drive motor problem.
U00670 Power was cut during communication.
U00690 System error.
3-5-11
2AA
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U008XX
(page transmission error)
Error code Description
U00800 Page transmission error occurred because of reception of a RTN or
PIN signal.
U00810 Page transmission error reoccurred after retry of transmission in
ECM mode.
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U009XX
(page reception error)
Error code Description
U00900 A RTN or PIN signal was transmitted because of a page reception
error.
U00910 Page reception error remained after retry of transmission in ECM
mode.
3-5-12
2AA
Error code Description
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U101XX
(G3 transmission)
U01000 FTT signal was received for a set number of times after TCF signal
transmission at 2400 bps. Or, RTN signal was received in response
to a Q signal (excluding EOP) after transmission at 2400 bps.
U01001 Function of the unit differs from that indicated by a DIS signal.
U01010 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a DNL (MPS or
EOM) signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was
exceeded (between units of our make).
U01011 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a DCS, TCF
signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-
ceeded.
U01012 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an NSS1,
NSS2 (TCF) signal, and the preset number of command retransfers
was exceeded (between units of our make).
U01013 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an NSS3, TCF
signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-
ceeded (between units of our make).
U01014 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an MPS signal,
and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded.
U01015 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an EOM
signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-
ceeded.
U01016 An MCF signal was received but DIS signal not after transmission of
an EOM signal, and T1 timeout was detected.
U01017 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an EOP signal,
and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded.
U01018 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PRI-EOP
signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-
ceeded.
U01019 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a CNC signal,
and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded
(between units of our make).
U01020 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a CTC signal,
and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded
(ECM).
3-5-13
2AA
Error code Description
U01021 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an EOR.Q
signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-
ceeded (ECM).
U01022 No relevant signal was received after transmission of an RR signal,
and the preset number of command retransfers was exceeded
(ECM).
U01023 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS.NULL
signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-
ceeded (ECM).
U01024 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS.MPS
signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-
ceeded (ECM).
U01025 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS.EOM
signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-
ceeded (ECM).
U01026 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS.EOP
signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was ex-
ceeded (ECM).
U01027 No relevant signal was received after transmission of a PPS.PRI-
EOP signal, and the preset number of command retransfers was
exceeded (ECM).
U01028 T5 timeout was detected during ECM transmission (ECM).
U01040 A DCN or other inappropriate signal was received during standby for
DIS signal reception.
U01041 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DNL (MPS or
EOM) signal (between units of our make).
U01042 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DCS, TCF signal.
U01043 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an NSS1, NSS2
(TCF) signal (between units of our make).
U01044 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an NSS3, TCF
signal (between units of our make).
U01045 A DCN or other inappropriate signal was received after transmission
of an MPS signal.
U01046 A DCN or other inappropriate signal was received after transmission
of an EOM signal.
3-5-14
2AA
Error code Description
U01047 A DCN or other inappropriate signal was received after transmission
of an EOP signal.
U01048 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PRI-EOP signal.
U01049 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a CNC signal
(between units of our make).
U01050 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a CTC signal
(ECM).
U01051 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an EOR.Q signal
(ECM).
U01052 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an RR signal
(ECM).
U01053 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.NULL signal
(ECM).
U01054 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.MPS signal
(ECM).
U01055 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.EOM signal
(ECM).
U01056 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.EOP signal
(ECM).
U01057 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPS.PRI-EOP
signal (ECM).
U01070 Polarity reversal was detected during handshake.
U01071 Polarity reversal was detected during message transmission.
U01072 Break of loop current was detected during transmission.
U01080 A PIP signal was received after transmission of a PPS.NULL signal.
3-5-15
2AA
Error code Description
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U011XX
(G3 reception)
U01100 Function of the unit differs from that indicated by a DCS signal.
U01101 Function of the unit (excl. communication mode select) differs from
that indicated by an NSS signal.
U01102 DTC (NSC) signal was received when no transmission data was in
the unit.
U01110 No response after transmission of a DIS signal.
U01111 No response after transmission of a DTC (NSC) signal.
U01112 No training reception after reception of DCS or NSS signals.
U01113 No response after transmission of an FTT signals.
U01114 No message reception after transmission of a CFR signal.
U01115 No message reception after transmission of an MCF signal.
U01116 No message reception after transmission of a PPR signal.
U01117 No message reception after transmission of a CTR signal.
U01118 No message reception after transmission of an ERR signal.
U01119 No further signals were received after reception of a message.
U01120 No response after transmission of an MCF signal.
U01121 No response after transmission of an RTP signal.
U01122 No response after transmission of an RTN signal.
U01123 No response after transmission of a PIP signal.
U01124 No response after transmission of a PIN signal.
U01125 No response after transmission of a CNS signal (between units of
our make).
U01126 No response after transmission of a PPR signal (ECM).
U01127 No response after transmission of an ERR signal (ECM).
U01128 No response after transmission of an RNR signal (ECM).
U01129 No response after transmission of an SPA signal (simplified
protocol).
U01140 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DIS signal.
3-5-16
2AA
Error code Description
U01141 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DTC signal.
U01142 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a DCS or NSS
signal.
U01143 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an FTT signal.
U01144 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a CFR signal.
U01145 A DCN signal was received after reception of a message.
U01146 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an MCF signal
(interoffice communication after reception of MPS, EOM signal or
confidential interoffice communication).
U01147 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an RTP signal.
U01148 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an RTN signal.
U01149 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PIP signal.
U01150 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PIN signal.
U01151 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a PPR signal (ECM).
U01152 A DCN signal was received after transmission of a CTR signal (ECM).
U01153 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an ERR signal
(ECM).
U01154 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an RNR signal
(ECM).
U01155 A DCN signal was received after transmission of an SPA signal
(simplified protocol).
U01160 During message reception, transmission time exceeded the
maximum transmission time per line.
U01161 Number of error lines exceeded limits during message reception.
U01162 Break of loop current was detected during message reception.
U01163 Polarity reversal was detected during message reception.
U01164 One page length exceeded the specified length during message
reception.
U01170 Decoding error occurred during MMR message reception.
U01199 A DIS signal with different FIF was received after transmission of a
DIS signal.
3-5-17
2AA
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U017XX
(V.34 transmission)
Error code Description
U01700 A communication error occurred in phase 2 (line probing).
U01720 A communication error occurred in phase 4 (modem parameter
exchange).
U01721 Operation was interrupted due to the absence of a common
communication speed between units.
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U018XX
(V.34 reception)
Error code Description
U01800 A communication error occurred in phase 2 (line probing).
U01810 A communication error occurred in phase 3 (primary channel
equivalent device training).
U01820 A communication error occurred in phase 4 (modem parameter
exchange).
U01821 Communication was interrupted due to the absence of a common
communication speed between units.
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U023XX
(erroneous relay specification reception)
Error code Description
U02303 The correct DNL signal was not received before timeout was
detected.
U02304 A signal other than MPS, EOM was received after reception of a
DNL signal.
Table of detailed classification: Errors corresponding to error code U044XX
(encrypted transmission)
Error code Description
U04400 Encrypted transmission was interrupted because encryption keys did
not agree.
U04401 Calling failed during encrypted transmission because the encryption
key was not registered.
1-1-27
2AA
CONTENTS
3-6 Troubleshooting
3-6-1 Image formation problems .................................................................. 3-6-1
(1) No image appears (entirely white). .............................................. 3-6-3
(2) No image appears (entirely black). .............................................. 3-6-4
(3) Image is too light. ........................................................................ 3-6-5
(4) Background is visible. .................................................................. 3-6-5
(5) A white line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-6
(6) A black line appears longitudinally. ............................................. 3-6-6
(7) A black line appears laterally. ...................................................... 3-6-7
(8) One side of the copy image is darker than the other. .................. 3-6-7
(9) Black dots appear on the image. ................................................. 3-6-8
(10) Image is blurred. .......................................................................... 3-6-8
(11) The leading edge of the image is consistently misaligned
with the original. .......................................................................... 3-6-9
(12) The leading edge of the image is sporadically misaligned
with the original. .......................................................................... 3-6-9
(13) Paper creases. .......................................................................... 3-6-10
(14) Offset occurs. ............................................................................ 3-6-10
(15) Image is partly missing. ............................................................. 3-6-11
(16) Fixing is poor. ............................................................................ 3-6-11
(17) Image is out of focus. ................................................................ 3-6-12
(18) Image center does not align with the original center. ................ 3-6-12
(19) Image is not square. .................................................................. 3-6-13
(20) There is a regular error between the centers of the original
and copy image when using the sheet-through DF. .................. 3-6-14
(21) There is a regular error between the leading edges of the
original and copy image when using the sheet-through DF. ..... 3-6-14
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds ................................................................................. 3-6-15
Main body ....................................................................................... 3-6-15
(1) A paper jam in the paper feed or conveying section is
indicated as soon as the main switch is turned on. ................... 3-6-15
(2) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated as soon as
the main switch is turned on. ..................................................... 3-6-15
(3) A paper jam in the drawer is indicated during copying. ............. 3-6-15
(4) A paper jam in the bypass is indicated during copying. ............ 3-6-16
(5) A paper jam in the eject section is indicated during copying. .... 3-6-16
DF ................................................................................................... 3-6-18
(1) An original jams in the DF simultaneously when scanner
initialization ends. ...................................................................... 3-6-18
(2) An original jams frequently. ....................................................... 3-6-18
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages ...................................................................... 3-6-19
(1) Power source PCB .................................................................... 3-6-19
(2) Main PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-21
(3) Engine PCB............................................................................... 3-6-24
(4) Motor PCB................................................................................. 3-6-30
1-1-28
2AA
(5) Operation unit PCB ................................................................... 3-6-32
(6) NCU PCB .................................................................................. 3-6-33
3-6-4 Electrical problems ............................................................................ 3-6-35
Main body ....................................................................................... 3-6-35
(1) The machine does not operate when the main switch is
turned on. .................................................................................. 3-6-35
(2) The drive motor does not operate. ............................................ 3-6-35
(3) The scanner motor does not rotate. .......................................... 3-6-36
(4) The toner feed motor does not rotate. ....................................... 3-6-36
(5) Cooling fan motor 1 does not rotate. ......................................... 3-6-36
(6) Cooling fan motor 2 does not rotate. ......................................... 3-6-37
(7) The paper feed clutch does not operate. ................................... 3-6-37
(8) The bypass paper feed clutch does not operate. ...................... 3-6-37
(9) The registration clutch does not operate. .................................. 3-6-38
(10) The cleaning lamp does not turn on. ......................................... 3-6-38
(11) The exposure lamp does not turn on (C10). .............................. 3-6-38
(12) The exposure lamp does not turn off. ........................................ 3-6-38
(13) The fixing heater does not turn on (C60). .................................. 3-6-39
(14) The fixing heater does not turn off (fixing unit thermostat
triggered; C60). ......................................................................... 3-6-39
(15) Main charging is not performed (C51). ...................................... 3-6-39
(16) Transfer charging is not performed (C52). ................................ 3-6-40
(17) No developing bias voltage is output. ........................................ 3-6-40
(18) The original size is not detected. ............................................... 3-6-40
(19) The original size is not detected correctly. ................................ 3-6-41
(20) The message requesting paper to be loaded is shown
when paper is present in the drawer. ........................................ 3-6-41
(21) The size of paper in the bypass is not displayed correctly. ....... 3-6-41
(22) The size of paper in the drawer is not displayed correctly. ....... 3-6-41
(23) A paper jam is indicated on the message display immediately
after the main switch is turned on. ............................................. 3-6-42
(24) The message requesting the front cover to be closed is
displayed when it is already closed. .......................................... 3-6-42
(25) The message requesting the right side cover to be closed is
displayed when it is already closed. .......................................... 3-6-42
(26) The message requesting the eject cover to be closed is
displayed when it is already closed. .......................................... 3-6-42
DF ................................................................................................... 3-6-43
(1) The DF motor does not operate. ............................................... 3-6-43
(2) A message requesting the DF cover be closed is displayed
with the cover closed correctly. ................................................. 3-6-43
(3) A message indicating an original jam is displayed when
the main switch is turned on. ..................................................... 3-6-43
(4) Original size is not detected correctly. ....................................... 3-6-43
3-6-5 Mechanical problems ........................................................................ 3-6-44
Main body ....................................................................................... 3-6-44
(1) No primary paper feed. .............................................................. 3-6-44
(2) No secondary paper feed. ......................................................... 3-6-44
(3) Skewed paper feed. .................................................................. 3-6-44
(4) The scanner does not travel. ..................................................... 3-6-44
1-1-29
2AA
(5) Multiple sheets of paper are fed at one time. ............................ 3-6-44
(6) Paper jams. ............................................................................... 3-6-44
(7) Toner drops on the paper conveying path. ................................ 3-6-45
(8) Abnormal noise is heard. ........................................................... 3-6-45
DF ................................................................................................... 3-6-46
(1) No original feed. ........................................................................ 3-6-46
(2) An original jams. ........................................................................ 3-6-46
2AA
3-6-1
3-6-1 Image formation problems
(1) No image appears
(entirely white).
See page 3-6-3.
(2) No image appears
(entirely black).
See page 3-6-4.
(3) Image is too light.
See page 3-6-5.
(4) Background is visible.
See page 3-6-5.
(5) A white line appears
longitudinally.
See page 3-6-6.
(6) A black line appears
longitudinally.
See page 3-6-6.
(7) A black line appears
laterally.
See page 3-6-7.
(8) One side of the copy
image is darker than
the other.
See page 3-6-7.
(9) Black dots appear on
the image.
See page 3-6-8.
(10) Image is blurred.
See page 3-6-8.
(11) The leading edge of
the image is consist-
ently misaligned with
the original.
See page 3-6-9.
(12) The leading edge of
the image is sporadi-
cally misaligned with
the original.
See page 3-6-9.
2AA
3-6-2
(13) Paper creases.
See page 3-6-10.
(14) Offset occurs.
See page 3-6-10.
(15) Image is partly
missing.
See page 3-6-11.
(16) Fixing is poor.
See page 3-6-11.
(17) Image is out of focus.
See page 3-6-12.
(18) Image center does
not align with the
original center.
See page 3-6-12.
(19) Image is not square.
See page 3-6-13.
(20) There is a regular
error between the
centers of the original
and copy image when
using the sheet-
through DF.
See page 3-6-14.
(21) There is a regular
error between the
leading edges of the
original and copy
image when using the
sheet-through DF.
See page 3-6-14.
2AA-1
3-6-3
(1) No image appears
(entirely white).
Causes
1. No transfer charging.
2. No developing bias voltage is output.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Repair or replace the wire.
Check for continuity across the terminals. If
none, replace the terminals.
Check if CN8-8 on the engine PCB goes low
during copying. If not, replace the engine
PCB.
Check if transfer charging takes place during
copying when CN1-8 on the high-voltage
transformer PCB goes low. If not, replace the
high-voltage transformer PCB.
Check the developing bias wire. If there is
any problem, replace it.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check if CN8-9 on the engine PCB goes low
during copying. If not, replace the engine
PCB.
Check if the developing bias is output during
copying when CN1-7 on the high-voltage
transformer PCB goes low. If not, replace the
high-voltage transformer PCB.
Causes
1. No transfer charging.
A. Broken transfer wire.
B. Poor contact in the high-voltage
transformer PCB connector
terminals.
C. Defective engine PCB.
D. Defective high-voltage trans-
former PCB.
2. No developing bias voltage is
output.
A. Poor contact in the developing
bias wire.
B. Poor contact in the high-voltage
transformer PCB connector
terminals.
C. Defective engine PCB.
D. Defective high-voltage trans-
former PCB.
2AA
3-6-4
(2) No image appears
(entirely black).
Causes
1. Exposure lamp fails to light.
2. No main charging.
Causes
1. Exposure lamp fails to light.
A. The connector terminals of the
exposure lamp make poor
contact.
B. Defective inverter PCB.
C. Defective engine PCB.
2. No main charging.
A. Broken charger wire.
B. Leaking charger housing.
C. The connector terminals of the
high-voltage transformer PCB
make poor contact.
D. Defective engine PCB.
E. Defective high-voltage trans-
former PCB.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Check for continuity across the terminals. If
none, replace the terminals.
Check if the exposure lamp lights during
copying when CN1-1 and 1-2 on the inverter
PCB go low. If not, replace the inverter PCB.
Check if CN 14-1 and 14-2 goes low during
copying. If not, replace the engine PCB.
Replace the wire.
Clean the charger housing.
Check for continuity across the terminals. If
none, replace the terminals.
Check if CN8-7 goes low during copying. If
not, replace the engine PCB.
Check if main charging takes place during
copying when CN1-9 on the high-voltage
transformer PCB goes low. If not, replace the
high-voltage transformer PCB.
2AA
3-6-5
Causes
1. Misadjusted exposure level.
2. Insufficient toner.
3. Deteriorated developer.
4. Dirty or deteriorated drum.
Causes
1. Deteriorated developer.
(3) Image is too light.
(4) Background is visible.
Check procedures/corrective measures
If the display shows the message requesting
replacement of the IU, replace the imaging
unit.
Causes
1. Deteriorated developer.
Causes
1. Misadjusted exposure level.
2. Insufficient toner.
3. Deteriorated developer.
4. Dirty or deteriorated drum.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Adjust exposure level (see page 3-2-49).
If the display shows the message requesting
toner replenishment, replace the cartridge.
If the display shows the message requesting
replacement of the IU, replace the imaging
unit.
Clean the drum or, if the maintenance level
has been reached, replace the drum (see
page 3-3-26).
2AA
3-6-6
Causes
1. Dirty or flawed charger wire.
2. Foreign matter in the imaging unit.
3. Flawed drum.
Causes
1. Dirty contact glass.
2. Dirty or flawed drum.
3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
4. Dirty scanner mirror.
(5) A white line appears
longitudinally.
(6) A black line appears
longitudinally.
Causes
1. Dirty contact glass.
2. Dirty or flawed drum.
3. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
4. Dirty scanner mirror.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Clean the contact glass.
Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it
(see page 3-3-26).
Replace the cleaning blade (see page
3-3-26).
Clean the scanner mirror.
Causes
1. Dirty or flawed charger wire.
2. Foreign matter in the imaging
unit.
3. Flawed drum.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Clean the charger wire or, if it is flawed,
replace it.
Replace the imaging unit.
Replace the drum (see page 3-3-26).
2AA
3-6-7
Causes
1. Flawed drum.
2. Dirty developing section in the imaging unit.
Causes
1. Dirty charger wire.
2. Defective exposure lamp.
(7) A black line appears
laterally.
(8) One side of the copy
image is darker than
the other.
Causes
1. Flawed drum.
2. Dirty developing section in the
imaging unit.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Replace the drum (see page 3-3-26).
Clean the developing section in the imaging
unit.
Causes
1. Dirty charger wire.
2. Defective exposure lamp.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Clean the wire or, if it is extremely dirty,
replace it.
Check if the exposure lamp light is distrib-
uted evenly. If not, replace the exposure
lamp (see page 3-3-10).
2AA
3-6-8
Causes
1. Dirty or flawed drum.
2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
Causes
1. Scanner moves erratically.
2. Deformed press roller.
3. Paper conveying section drive problem.
(9) Black dots appear on
the image.
(10) Image is blurred.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Clean the drum or, if it is flawed, replace it
(see page 3-3-26).
Replace the cleaning blade (see page
3-3-26).
Causes
1. Dirty or flawed drum.
2. Deformed or worn cleaning blade.
Causes
1. Scanner moves erratically.
2. Deformed press roller.
3. Paper conveying section drive
problem.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Check if there is any foreign matter on the
front and rear scanner rails. If any, remove it.
Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-36).
Check the gears and belts and, if necessary,
grease them.
2AA
3-6-9
(11) The leading edge of
the image is consist-
ently misaligned with
the original.
(12) The leading edge of
the image is sporadi-
cally misaligned with
the original.
Causes
1. Misadjusted scanning start position for the original
on the contact glass.
Causes
1. Registration clutch, bypass paper feed clutch or pa-
per feed clutch installed or operating incorrectly.
Causes
1. Misadjusted scanning start
position for the original on the
contact glass.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Readjust the scanning start position for the
original on the contact glass (see page 3-3-
22).
Causes
1. Registration clutch, bypass paper
feed clutch or paper feed clutch
installed or operating incorrectly.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Check the installation positions and opera-
tions of the registration clutch, bypass paper
feed clutch and paper feed clutch. If any of
them operates incorrectly, replace it.
2AA
3-6-10
Causes
1. Paper curled.
2. Paper damp.
Causes
1. Defective cleaning blade.
(13) Paper creases.
(14) Offset occurs.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Replace the cleaning blade (see page
3-3-26).
Causes
1. Defective cleaning blade.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Check the paper storage conditions.
Check the paper storage conditions.
Causes
1. Paper curled.
2. Paper damp.
2AA
3-6-11
Causes
1. Paper damp.
2. Paper creased.
3. Drum condensation.
4. Flawed drum.
Causes
1. Wrong paper.
2. Flawed press roller.
(15) Image is partly missing.
(16) Fixing is poor.
Causes
1. Paper damp.
2. Paper creased.
3. Drum condensation.
4. Flawed drum.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Check the paper storage conditions.
Replace the paper.
Clean the drum (see page 3-3-29).
Replace the drum (see page 3-3-26).
Causes
1. Wrong paper.
2. Flawed press roller.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Check if the paper meets specifications.
Replace the press roller (see page 3-3-36).
2AA
3-6-12
Causes
1. Defective image scanning unit.
Causes
1. Misadjusted image center line.
2. Original placed incorrectly.
(17) Image is out of focus.
(18) Image center does not
align with the original
center.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Replace the image scanning unit.
Causes
1. Defective image scanning unit.
Causes
1. Misadjusted image center line.
2. Original placed incorrectly.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Readjust the image center line (see page
3-3-7).
Place the original correctly.
2AA
3-6-13
Causes
1. Squareness adjusted (laser scanner unit positioned)
incorrectly.
2. Image scanning unit positioned incorrectly.
(19) Image is not square.
Causes
1. Squareness adjusted (laser
scanner unit positioned) incor-
rectly.
2. Image scanning unit positioned
incorrectly.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Adjust the squareness (installation position
of the laser scanner unit; see page 3-3-18).
Adjust the installation position of the image
scanning unit (see page 3-3-19).
2AA
3-6-14
(20) There is a regular error
between the centers of
the original and copy
image when using the
sheet-through DF.
Causes
1. Misadjusted DF center line.
(21) There is a regular error
between the leading
edges of the original
and copy image when
using the sheet-
through DF.
Causes
1. Misadjusted scanning start position of the DF origi-
nal.
Causes
1. Misadjusted DF center line.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Readjust the DF center line when using the
sheet-through DF (see page 3-3-43).
Causes
1. Misadjusted scanning start
position of the DF original.
Check procedures/corrective measures
Readjust the scanning start position of the
DF original (see page 3-3-44).
3-6-15
2AA
3-6-2 Paper misfeeds
Main body
Check visually and remove it, if
any.
With 5 V DC present at CN5-10
on the engine PCB, check if
CN5-11 on the engine PCB re-
mains low when the registration
switch is turned on and off. If it
does, replace the registration
switch.
Check visually and remove it, if
any.
With 5 V DC present at CN3-1
on the engine PCB, check if
CN3-2 on the engine PCB re-
mains low when the eject switch
is turned on and off. If it does,
replace the eject switch.
Change the paper.
Replace the deformed claw.
Repair the deformed spring.
Check visually and replace the
deformed pulley.
With 5 V DC present at CN5-10
on the engine PCB, check if
CN5-11 on the engine PCB
goes low when the registration
switch is turned on. If not, re-
place the registration switch.
(1)
A paper jam in
the paper feed
or conveying
section is indi-
cated as soon
as the main
switch is
turned on.
(2)
A paper jam in
the eject sec-
tion is indi-
cated as soon
as the main
switch is
turned on.
(3)
A paper jam in
the drawer is
indicated dur-
ing copying.
A piece of paper torn from copy
paper is caught around the reg-
istration switch.
Defective registration switch.
A piece of paper torn from copy
paper is caught around the eject
switch.
Defective eject switch.
Paper in the drawer is extremely
curled.
Check if the front or rear paper
claw of the drawer is deformed.
Check if the drawer spring is
deformed.
Check if the paper feed pulley is
deformed.
Defective registration switch.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
3-6-16
2AA
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
Check and repair if necessary.
See page 3-6-37.
Check and replace the de-
formed pulley.
With 5 V DC present at CN5-10
on the engine PCB, check if
CN5-11 on the engine PCB
goes low when the registration
switch is turned on. If not, re-
place the registration switch.
Check and repair if necessary.
See page 3-6-37.
Check and repair if necessary.
With 5 V DC present at CN3-1
on the engine PCB, check if
CN3-2 on the engine PCB goes
low when the eject switch is
turned on. If not, replace the
eject switch.
Check and repair if necessary.
See page 3-6-38.
Clean or replace the press roller
(see page 3-3-36).
(3)
A paper jam in
the drawer is
indicated dur-
ing copying.
(4)
A paper jam in
the bypass is
indicated dur-
ing copying.
(5)
A paper jam in
the eject sec-
tion is indi-
cated during
copying.
Check if the paper feed clutch
malfunctions.
Electrical problem with the pa-
per feed clutch.
Check if the bypass paper feed
pulley is deformed.
Defective registration switch.
Malfunction of the bypass paper
feed clutch.
Electrical problem with the by-
pass paper feed clutch.
Check if the right and left regis-
tration rollers contact each
other.
Defective eject switch.
Malfunction of the registration
switch.
Electrical problem with the reg-
istration clutch.
Check if the press roller is ex-
tremely dirty or deformed.
3-6-17
2AA
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
Clean or replace the heat roller
separation claws (see page
3-3-36).
Check and repair if necessary.
(5)
A paper jam in
the eject sec-
tion is indi-
cated during
copying.
Check if the heat roller separa-
tion claws are extremely dirty or
deformed.
Check if the upper eject pulley
and lower eject roller contact
each other.
3-6-18
2AA
DF
Check visually and remove it, if
any.
With 5 V DC present at
CN13-17 on the engine PCB of
the copier, check if CN13-14
remains low when the DF timing
switch is turned on and off. If it
does, replace the DF timing
switch.
Use an original conforming to
the specifications.
Check and clean them with iso-
propyl alcohol if they are dirty.
Remedy.
(1)
An original
jams in the DF
simultane-
ously when
scanner ini-
tialization
ends.
(2)
An original
jams fre-
quently.
A piece of paper torn from an
original is caught around the DF
timing switch.
Defective DF timing switch.
An original outside the specifi-
cations is used.
The DF forwarding pulley, DF
original feed pulley or DF sepa-
ration pulley is dirty with paper
powder.
The DF conveying roller and DF
conveying pulley, or the DF
eject roller and DF eject pulley
do not contact each other.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2AA
3-6-19
3-6-3 PCB terminal voltages
Precautions
When handling the circuit boards, do not touch the components with bare hands.
ICs can be damaged by static discharges. If a PCB contains ICs, do not touch the ICs,
cable connectors or edge connectors.
Store the circuit boards wrapped in aluminum foil, conductive sponge rubber, or similar
material.
(1) Power source PCB

1
2
V
+
1
2
V
S
G
N
O
5
V

2
2
4
V

3
2
4
V

2
2
4
V
IN
D
C
2
4
V
D
C
5
V
P
G
N
O
F
G
1
F1 AC250V 15A
F
3
A
C
1
2
5
V
T
4
A
F
2
A
C
2
5
0
V
1
5
AARS1
C33
C34
DB1
C6
VZ2
V
Z
1
R
1
C
2
N
T
H
1
L
3
R
8
D
2
R
3
R
1
5
J
P
1
D
1
Q
1
Z
D
2
C
7
C
1
4
Z
D
1R
1
0D
4
IC
1
R
1
0
6
C
1
0
4
R
1
0
4
D
3
0
3
Z
D
1
0
3
Z
D
3
0
1
F
B
2
0
2
F
B
2
0
1
C
3
0
1
C
2
0
3
P
T
R
I5
1
R
2
0
2
C
1
0
3L
2
0
2 F
B
1
0
2
C
1
0
2
D
1
0
3
C
2
0
1
L
2
0
1
R
2
0
3
J
P
3
1
IC
2
0
1
R
1
0
1
C
1
0
1
D
1
0
1
V
R
2
0
1
J
P
1
5
T
1
R
1
0
2
Z
D
4
0
1
J
P
2
8
J
P
2
2
J
P
1
5
J
P
1
4
J
P
1
0
C
N
4
C
N
3
D
C
24V
D
C
5V
P
G
N
O
S
G
N
O
12V
+
12V
C
4
0
2
R
1
0
7
C
9
C
3
1
C
3
2
P
C
1
_
1
P
C
1
_
2
JP25
JP26
JP27
JP19
D301
D401
JP7
JP8
JP2
JP20
D302
D201
JP9
R201
C202
JP4
IC301
JP21
D102
D403
R110
IC401
C302
C204
JP23 JP16
JP5
JP6
RL1
R108
JP11
1
CN5
1
1
D102
R103
R105
ZD102
Q101
ZD101
D402
R401
C13
D3
R16
R9
TRI51
C8
R2
R52
R51
R6
JP17
JP12
JP30
JP18
JP24
R5
R4
R14
C11
C10
D5
C12
R12
R11
R13
R7
CR51
L
1
C
1
C
N
1
N1L
L
5
1
CN2
HEATER OUT
1
L N
F
4
0
1
A
C
2
5
0
V
0
. 5
A
F
3
0
1
A
C
2
5
0
V
0
. 5
A
F
1
0
3
A
C
1
2
5
V
4
A
F
1
0
2
A
C
1
2
5
V
4
A
F
1
0
1
A
C
1
2
5
V
4
A
F
2
0
1
A
C
1
2
5
V
5
A
F
B
2
120 V area

1
2
V
+
1
2
V
S
G
N
O
5
V

2
2
4
V

3
2
4
V

2
2
4
V
IN
D
C
2
4
V
D
C
5
V
P
G
N
O
FG1
F3 AC250V T2. 0A
F
2
A
C
2
5
0
V
T
6
. 3
A
F
1
A
C
2
5
0
V
T
6
. 3
A
ARS1
C33
C34
C3
C4
R1
V
Z
2
V
Z
1
F
B
3
1
L
2
L
3
C
5
R
8
D
2
R
3
R
1
5
J
P
1
D
1
Q
1
Z
D
2
D
B
1
C
7
N
T
H
1
C
1
4
Z
D
1R
1
8D
4
IC
1
R
1
0
5
R
1
0
6
C
1
0
4
R
1
0
4
D
3
0
3
Z
D
1
0
3
Z
D
3
0
1
F
B
2
0
2
F
B
2
0
1
C
4
0
1 C
2
0
3
C
3
0
1
P
T
R
I5
1
P
T
R
I6
1
R
2
0
2
C
1
0
3L
2
0
2 F
B
1
0
2
C
1
0
2
D
1
0
3
C
2
0
1
L
2
0
1
R
2
0
3
J
P
4
1
IC
2
0
1
R
1
0
1
C
1
0
1
D
1
0
1
V
R
2
0
1
J
P
1
5
T
1
R
1
0
2
Z
D
4
0
1
J
P
2
8
J
P
2
3
J
P
1
7
J
P
1
6
J
P
1
2
C
N
4
C
N
3
D
C
24V
D
C
5V
P
G
N
O
S
G
N
O
12V
+
12V
C
4
0
2
R
1
0
7
C
9
C
3
1
C
3
2
P
C
1
_
1
P
C
1
_
2
JP25
JP26
JP27
JP20
D401
D301
JP9
JP10
JP3
JP2
JP21
D302
D201
JP11
R201
C202
JP5
IC301
JP22
D102
D403
R110
IC401
C302
C204
JP24 JP18
JP6
JP7
RL1
R109
R108
CN5
JP13
1
1
1
D102
R103
ZD102 Q101
ZD101
D402
R401
C13
D3
R16
R9
R52
TRI51
CN1
JP8
R51
C8
R2
FB1
R62
R61
R63
C61
CN2
HEATER
O
U
T
C
O
M
RESISTOR
CN6
JP19
R6
R5
R4
R14
C11
C10
D5
C12
R12
R11
R13
R7
C
2
C
5
1
R
5
3
L
1
C
1
N
1
1
L
L
L
5
1
L
6
1
T
R
I6
1
N
F
4
0
1
A
C
2
5
0
V
T
0
. 5
A
F
3
0
1
A
C
2
5
0
V
T
0
. 5
A
F
1
0
3
A
C
2
5
0
V
T
4
. 0
A
F
1
0
2
A
C
2
5
0
V
T
4
. 0
A
F
1
0
1
A
C
2
5
0
V
T
4
. 0
A
F
2
0
1
A
C
2
5
0
V
T
5
A
230 V area
1-1 1-2 120 V AC AC supply, input
230 V AC
2-1 2-2 75 V AC AC supply for H, output
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
2AA
3-6-20
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
3-1 3-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-2 3-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
3-3 3-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-4 3-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-6 3-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-7 3-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-9 3-8 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for EPCB, output
3-10 3-8 12 V DC 12 V DC supply for EPCB, output
4-1 4-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MPCB, output
4-3 4-5 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for MPCB, output
4-4 4-5 12 V DC 12 V DC supply for MCPB, output
4-6 4-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MPCB, output
5-1 5-2 24/0 V DC PRY on/off, output
5-3 5-2 24/0 V DC H off/on, input
5-4 5-2 24/0 V DC PRY off/on, input
6-1 6-2 120 V AC AC supply for resistors, output
230 V AC
2AA
3-6-21
(2) Main PCB
C1514
CN4
1
2
9
10
C1301
I
C
6
0
I
C
4
7
I
C
4
6
T
R
3
R
1
3
1
5
I
C
2
4
6
7
6
5
6
8
6
6
I
C
7
7
I
C
7
4
I
C
4
8
C1033
R1337
R1501
C1108
I
C
1
8
I
C
1
9
I
C
2
0
I
C
2
1
I
C
2
5
R
I
0
3
2
R1033
R1034
R1001
I
C
3
0
I
C
3
3
I
C
2
9
I
C
2
6
C1007 C1024 C1006
1
0
5
1
0
4
1
5
6
1
5
7
2
0
8
3
1
I
C
1
X
1
I
C
6
2
C
3
0
3
I
C
7
I
C
1
4
I
C
1
5
5
9
5
7
6
0
5
8
1 4 2 3 1 4 2
C
N
7
5
9 5
8
C
N
8
3
I
C
4
5
I
C
5
3
I
C
7
5
C
8
1
9
C
N
6
I
C
5
1
I
C
5
6
I
C
5
2
C508
C509
C510
C
3
0
4
C820
IC76
C
1
5
1
3
R296
3
0
1
I
C
2
2
C907
I
C
2
3
1
0
4
1
0
5
1
5
6
1
5
7
X
2
I
C
3
9
C904 C905
C906
C908
3
0
8
1
C
8
0
5
1
C
N
5
I
C
3
5
R410
IC38
IC37 R409
R407
R408
C1512
C404
C403
6
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
C
1
0
2
3
L1007
C1510
R1025
R1026
R1028
R1029
R1027
R1031
R1030
R1003
R1005
R1007
R1009
R1011
R1013
R1017
R1015
R1018
R308
R803
R804
R282
C806
C1511
L1501
L1502
L1503
L401 C401
C809
C807
C808 C1020
R802
R1002
R1004
R1006
R1008
R1010
R1012
R1014
R1016
C1034
IC78
5
3
5
1
5
0
6
1
9
0
6
0
3
1
9
1
1
2
0
1
5
7
1
5
6
3
1
3
0
I
C
2
I
C
5
C
1
5
0
8
C
1
5
0
2
B
A
T
1
I
C
4
2
I
C
4
3
C
1
0
2
1
C
1
0
1
2
L
1
0
0
2
I
C
4
1
I
C
4
0
I
C
2
8
L
1
0
0
1
C
1
0
1
1
I
C
3
1
C810
R1039
R1038
R1037
R1036
C1019
R1212
R1210
R1208
R1206
R1204
R1202
C1213
R1335
R1247
C1204
R1245
C1221
C
1
2
1
9 I
C
7
9
C1215
R1244
C1518
C1211
R1240
C1216
C1214
C1212
R1230
C1206
C1209
C1104
R1411
R1412
R1405
R1406
R1409
R1410
R1404
R1403
R1401
C1201
R1035
R1408
C
1
5
1
5
C1205
R281
R279
R277
R275
R273
R271
R269
R267
R1211
R1209
R1207
R1205
R1203
R1201
R1227
R1228
R1229
R1108
R1107
R1106
R1105
R1104
R1103
R1102
R1101
R1216
R1215
R1214
R1213
R1219
R1220
R1221
R1222
C1010 C1009
L1005
5
2
5
3
1
0
4
C
2
1
0
C
2
0
1
1
5
1
Z
0
8
8
0
1
8
0
5
2
1
1
I
C
1
7
I
C
7
3
I
C
1
6
I
C
1
3
I
C
5
1
2
0
8
8
1
R1502
L901
C909
R904
R903
R902
R1316
R1320
R1317
R1321
R1318
R1322
R
1
2
8
R
1
3
1
R
1
3
4
R
1
3
6
R
1
4
9
R
1
4
7
R
1
4
5
R
1
4
3
R
1
3
0
R
1
3
2
R
1
3
5
R
1
3
3
R
1
1
2
R
1
4
8
R
1
4
6
R
1
4
4
R
1
4
2
R210
R208
R206
R204
R202
R306
R304
R302
R209
R207
R205
R203
R201
R305
R303
C919
L907
C1105
R1319
R1301
R1302
TR4
R1303
R1304
R1305
R1306
R1336
C1031
C1107
R
9
4
8
R
9
4
6
R
9
4
4
R
9
4
2
R
1
2
4
R
1
1
6
R
1
1
7
R
1
1
8
R
1
1
0
R
9
4
7
R
9
4
5
R
9
4
3
R
9
4
1
1
0
5
3 1 4 2
R1312
R1311
R1314
R1313
R1218
R1334
R1333
R1323
R1328
R1329
R1324
R1330
R1325
R1326
R1331
R1327
R1332
R1307
R1308
R1309
R1310
2AA
3-6-22
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-1 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVCLK)
1-3 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD0)
1-4 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD1)
1-5 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD2)
1-6 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD3)
1-8 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD4)
1-9 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD5)
1-10 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD6)
1-11 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SVD7)
1-13 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (CPRDY)
1-15 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (_PRINT)
1-16 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_PVSYNC)
1-18 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_PHSYNC)
1-21 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (SCINHI)
1-24 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_SRDY)
1-25 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (_SCAN)
1-26 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (PTIM)
1-27 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_SVSYNC)
1-29 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_SHSYNC)
1-31 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (EPRDY)
1-32 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (CMD)
1-33 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_STS)
1-34 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (CCLK)
1-36 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_SBSY)
1-37 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_PRDY)
1-39 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (PVCLK)
1-41 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, output (_PVDO)
1-42 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_LSUOUT)
1-44 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) EPCB control signal, input (_RSTWR)
2-1 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, input
(ONHOOK1 L)
2-2 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, input
(ONHOOK2 L)
2-3 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, output
(TELSEL L)
2-4 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, output
(PLSDIL L)
2-5 1-12, 14 NCUPCB analog signal, input (MODRXD)
2-6 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, output
(RXSEL L)
2AA
3-6-23
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
2-7 1-12, 14 NCUPCB analog signal, input (MODTXD)
2-8 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, output
(DCCUT L)*
1
NCUPCB control signal, output
(EARTM L)*
2
2-9 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, output
(KMUTE)*
2
2-10 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, input
(RNGDET L)
2-11 2-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) NCUPCB control signal, output
(OFFHOOK L)
2-12 1-14, 15 NCUPCB analog signal, input (RXIN_N)
2-13 1-12, 14 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for NCUPCB, output
2-14 1-12, 14 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for NCUPCB, output
2-17 1-12, 14 12 V DC 12 V DC supply for NCUPCB, output
2-18 1-12, 14 12 V DC 12 V DC supply for NCUPCB, output
2-19 1-21, 22 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for NCUPCB, output
2-20 1-21, 22 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for NCUPCB, output
4-1 4-5 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OPCB, output
4-2 4-5 5/0 V DC (pulse) OPCB control signal, output (COM)
4-3 4-5 5/0 V DC (pulse) OPCB control signal, input (STATUS)
4-4 4-5 5/0 V DC (pulse) OPCB control signal, output (SCLK)
4-6 4-5 5/0 V DC (pulse) OPCB control signal, input (SIG1)
4-7 4-5 5/0 V DC (pulse) OPCB control signal, input (SIG2)
4-9 4-8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for OPCB, output
5-1 5-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
5-3 5-5 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply, input
5-4 5-5 12 V DC 12 V DC supply, input
5-6 5-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
6-1 5-2 5/0 V DC (pulse) Printer PCB*
3
control signal
6-68
10-1 10-2 2.4 V DC BUBAT, 24 V DC supply, input
11-1 11-2 Speaker, output
*1 For 120 V specifications only. *2 For 230 V specifications only. *3 Optional.
2AA
3-6-24
(3) Engine PCB
14
13
2
1
CN16
1
F
5
F
6
F
7
F
8
F
9
F
1
0
2
1
CN15
8
7
L67
L66
2
1
6
5
CN14
F
1
F
2
F
3
F
4
I
C
1
1
A
D
8
1
8
A
R
I
C
1
8
L
M
6
3
6
I
M
T
R
2
11
1 1
5
5
I
C
1
9
A
D
8
1
8
A
R
V
R
2
C
3
D
9
T
R
3
A K
1
I
C
2
0
L
M
6
3
6
I
M
I
C
2
4
5
T
P
3
1
I
C
8
A
G
C
6
8
8
A
G
C
6
8
8
T
P
1
I
C
1
3
L
M
6
3
6
I
M
T
A
1
A
KD
6
5
1
5
I
C
4
u
P
C
4
0
8
2
6
2
1
5
I
C
3
u
P
C
4
0
8
2
6
2
1
5
I
C
2
u
P
C
4
0
8
2
6
2
1
5
I
C
1
u
P
C
4
0
8
2
6
2
V
R
1
5
I
C
1
2
L
M
6
3
6
I
M
5
T
P
2
C
N
1
2
1 2
1
1
1
2
I
C
3
9
M
6
6
2
5
8
F
P
IC35
8HD185
1
120
40
41
81
80 121



160
T
P
4
C1
1
4
9
1
6
1
7
3
2
4
8

6
4
1
5
X1
22
3
3
1
4
9
1
6
1
7
3
2
4
8

6
4
3
3
CN19
I
C
4
5
M
6
6
2
5
8
F
P

1
1
1
1
2
I
C
4
4
7
4
F
2
4
4

D
4
0
D
3
1
T
R
8
D
3
0
C
N
8
T
R
7
2
2
2
1
2 1
A K
1
1
3


1
8
I
C
4
9
7
4
L
S
0
7
1 2
23
2
3
2
4
D
1
9
D
2
9
C
N
9
D
3
2
D
2
0
D
2
1
D
2
2
D
2
3
I
C
4
0
O
F
F
A K
D
1
3
A K
+
D
3
3
A K
R
1
D
2
4
V
Y
C
3
5
9
1
M
S
1
1
1
1
I
C
3
7
7
4
F
2
4
4

1
1
1
I
C
3
0
7
4
F
2
4
4
44

1
8

I
C
2
6



7
4
H
C
1
4
1
8
1
8
I
C
2
7



7
4
L
S
0
7

I
C
3
1



7
4
L
S
0
1

1
8
1
8
I
C
2
3
7
4
H
C
0
8

I
C
2
2
7
4
H
C
3
2
1
1
1 I
C
1
4
7
4
H
C
2
4
5

1
8
1
8
I
C
6
7
4
H
C
1
2
5
I
C
5
7
4
L
S
0
7
C
N
2
2
C
N
2
0
1
1
7
5
2 1
2
0
1
9
C
N
1
3
1
8
I
C
7
7
4
L
S
0
7

1
8
1
8

C
N
2
8
D
1
3
D
1
2
1
1
1
1
5
D
1
1
I
C
1
7
X
1
0
6
7
1
I
C
3
3
7
4
H
C
3
7
4
I
C
3
8
I
C
2
9
u
P
C
3
5
8
6
2
1
3
0
3
1
8
1
8
0
5
1
5
0



1
0
0
I
C
3
2

7
4
H
C
1
4

D
1
0
M
6
2
3
5
4
F
P
1
0
2
1
3
0
3
1
8
1
8
0
5
1
5
0



1
0
0
D1
D2
D3
D4
F
E
T
1
F
E
T
2
F
E
T
3
F
E
T
4
1 81 2
1 9

2 5
1 1

5
2 64

1
8
D
5
I
C
9
7
4
H
C
1
4

D
7
I
C
2
1
T
A
8
4
1
5
P

1
9
1
8
1
5
I
C
1
0
u
P
C
3
9
3
6
2
I
C
1
6
7
4
L
S
0
7
C
N
1
8
1 2
2
9
3
0
C
N
1
1
2
1
5 1 CN2
C8 + C7 + CN1 C4 + C2 +
1
1
8
1
5

3
3
1
8
I
C
2
5
7
4
F
3
2
8 2 C 5 4 - 2
IC15
D
8
I
C
3
4
M
3
8
0
2
7
E
8
5
P

1
5
1
9

S
T
9
3
C
4
6
T
1
X4
5

I
C
4
1
1
1
8
D
1
6
7
4
H
C
1
3
8
1
8


I
C
4
7
7
4
L
S
0
7
C
N
1
7
1 2
1
1
1
2
D
3
4
I
C
4
8

D
3
5
F
E
T
5
C
N
1
0
1
1
1
7
4
H
C
1
4

1
9

D
1
7
I
C
4
2
F
E
T
6
1
7
I
C
3
6
T
A
8
0
3
0
8
L
8
1
6
5
0

C
1
1
+
+
1
9
C
1
2
X
2
I
C
4
6
T
D
6
2
3
0
8
A
F
1
9
1
7
1
1
2
D
3
6
C
N
5

T
R
4
D
3
7
D
3
8
C
N
4D
3
9
T
R
6
T
R
5
1
9
D
2
5
D
2
8
C
N
3
C
N
2
3
1
12
5
1
0
34
KA
KA
D
1
8
D
1
4
D
1
5
I
C
4
3
T
D
6
2
3
0
4
A
F

D
2
7
2
1
C
N
7
CN6
CN21
C10 +
C9 +
8
2AA
3-6-25
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-1 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-3 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PSPCB, output
1-4 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-5 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-7 21-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
1-8 21-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
2-2 2-4 0/5 V DC DM on/off, output
2-3 2-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DM, output
2-5 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DM, output
3-1 3-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ESW, output
3-2 3-3 0/5 V DC ESW on/off, input
4-1 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SSW3, output
4-3 1-6 24/0 V DC SSW3 on/off, input
4-5 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for SSW1, output
4-7 1-6 24/0 V DC SSW1 on/off, input
4-8 1-6 24/0 V DC 24 V DC supply for SSW2, output
4-10 1-6 24/0 V DC SSW2 on/off, input
5-1 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for PFCL, output
5-2 1-6 0/24 V DC PFCL on/off, output
5-3 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for RCL, output
5-4 1-6 0/24 V DC RCL on/off, output
5-5 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for BYPPFCL, output
5-6 1-6 0/24 V DC BYPPFCL on/off, output
5-7 5-9 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for PSW, output
5-8 5-9 0/5 V DC PSW on/off, input
5-10 5-12 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for RSW, output
5-11 5-12 0/5 V DC RSW on/off, input
5-13 5-15 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for BYPPSW, output
5-14 5-15 0/5 V DC BYPPSW on/off, input
5-16 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for CL, output
5-17 1-6 0/24 V DC CL on/off, output
6-1 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW1 scan signal, output (SCAN0)
6-2 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW1 return signal, input
6-4 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW2 scan signal, output (SCAN0)
6-5 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW2 return signal, input
6-7 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW3 scan signal, output (SCAN0)
6-8 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW3 return signal, input
7-1 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW4 scan signal, output (SCAN0)
7-2 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) PSSW4 return signal, input
8-1 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) BYPPSSW scan signal, output (SCAN4)
2AA
3-6-26
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
8-2 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) BYPPSSW (1) return signal, input
8-3 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) BYPPSSW (2) return signal, input
8-4 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) BYPPSSW (3) return signal, input
8-5 8-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for HVTPCB, output
8-7 8-6 0/17.7 V DC HVTPCB (MC) on/off, output
8-8 8-6 0/15.7 V DC HVTPCB (TC) on/off, output
8-9 8-6 0/24 V DC HVTPCB (DB) on/off, output
8-10 8-6 0/15.9 V DC HVTPCB (CHG) on/off, output
8-11 8-15 HVTPCB DB control voltage, output
8-12 8-15 HVTPCB GRID control voltage, output
8-13 8-15 0/5 V DC HVTPCB TC short detection signal, input
8-14 8-15 0/5 V DC HVTPCB MC short detection signal, input
8-16 8-18 24/0 V DC CFM1 on/off, output
8-17 8-18 0/5 V DC CFM1 high speed/low speed control
signal, output
8-19 8-21 24/0 V DC CFM2 on/off, output
8-20 8-21 0/5 V DC CFM2 high speed/low speed control
signal, output
8-22 8-6 0/16 V DC HVTPCB (TC CHG) on/off, output
9-1 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) Imaging unit scan signal, output (SCAN4)
9-2 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) Imaging unit differentiation signal, input
(DEV A)
9-3 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) Imaging unit differentiation signal, input
(DEV B)
9-4 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) Imaging unit differentiation signal, input
(DEV C)
9-6 9-5 TNS detection voltage, input
9-7 9-5 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for TNS, output
9-8 9-5 TNS control voltage, output
9-9 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for DEVF, output
9-10 1-6 24/0 V DC Imaging unit new/old differentiation
signal, input
9-18 9-19 24/0 V AC TFM on/off, output
9-20 21-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DTH, output
9-21 21-1 DTH detection voltage, input
9-24 1-6 24/0 V DC Feeder heater* on/off, output
10-2 10-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for OSSW, output
10-3 10-1 0/5 V DC OSSW on/off, input
11-1 21-1 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for FTH, output
11-2 21-1 FTH detection voltage, input
* Optional.
2AA
3-6-27
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
12-1 12-5, 6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MOTPCB, output
12-2 12-5, 6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for MOTPCB, output
12-3 12-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for MOTPCB, output
12-7 12-5, 6 5/0 V DC (pulse) MOTPCB coil energization pulse, output
(MOT A)
12-8 12-5, 6 5/0 V DC (pulse) MOTPCB coil energization pulse, output
(MOT _A)
12-9 12-5, 6 5/0 V DC (pulse) MOTPCB coil energization pulse, output
(MOT B)
12-10 12-5, 6 5/0 V DC (pulse) MOTPCB coil energization pulse, output
(MOT _B)
12-11 12-4 MOTPCB motor control voltage, output
12-12 12-4 5/0 V DC MOTPCB DFM/SM selection signal,
output
13-1 13-3 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for ODSW, output
13-2 13-3 0/5 V DC ODSW on/off, input
13-4 1-6 0/24 V DC ISUH on/off, output
13-5 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for ISUH, output
13-7 13-6 5/0 V DC SHPSW on/off, input
13-8 13-6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for SHPSW, output
13-10 13-16, 20 0/5 V DC DFSDPCB (SIZE4) on/off, input
13-11 13-16, 20 0/5 V DC DFSDPCB (SIZE3) on/off, input
13-12 13-16, 20 0/5 V DC DFSDPCB (SIZE2) on/off, input
13-13 13-16, 20 0/5 V DC DFSDPCB (SIZE1) on/off, input
13-14 13-16, 20 0/5 V DC DFTSW on/off, input
13-15 13-16, 20 0/5 V DC DFSDPCB (OD) on/off, input
13-17 13-16, 20 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for DFSDPCB, output
13-18 13-19 0/5 V DC DFSSW on/off, input
14-1 14-5, 6 0/24 V DC INPCB (EL) on/off, output
14-2 14-5, 6 0/24 V DC INPCB (EL) on/off, output
14-3 14-5, 6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output
14-4 14-5, 6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for INPCB, output
15-1 15-2, 3, 4 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output
15-5 15-6 CCDPCB control voltage, input (OS2)
15-7 15-8 CCDPCB control voltage, input (OS1)
16-1 16-2 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for CCDPCB, output
16-3 16-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) CCDPCB control signal, output (RS1)
16-5 16-6 5/0 V DC (pulse) CCDPCB control signal, output
(CCDCLK1)
2AA
3-6-28
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
16-7 16-8 5/0 V DC (pulse) CCDPCB control signal, output
(CCDCLK2)
16-9 16-10 5/0 V DC (pulse) CCDPCB control signal, output [ROG
(SH)]
16-11 16-12 5/0 V DC (pulse) CCDPCB control signal, output [S/H
(SP1)]
16-13 16-14 5/0 V DC (pulse) CCDPCB control signal, output (CP1)
17-1 17-2 0/5 V DC LSU control signal, input (MSYNC)
17-3 17-6 0/5 V DC LSU control signal, output (PMOT)
17-4 17-2 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for LSU, output
17-5 17-6 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LSU, output
17-7 17-8 5/0 V DC (pulse) LSU control signal, output (VIDEO)
17-9 17-8 5/0 V DC (pulse) LSU control signal, output (LDRDY)
17-10 17-11 5/0 V DC (pulse) LSU control signal, output (ADJUST)
17-12 17-11 5/0 V DC (pulse) LSU control signal, input (BD)
18-1 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for STMOTPCB*, output
18-2 1-6 24 V DC 24 V DC supply for STMOTPCB*, output
18-3 1-6 0/24 V DC STPFCL1* on/off, output
18-4 1-6 0/24 V DC STPFCL2* on/off, output
18-5 1-6 0/24 V DC STPFCL3* on/off, output
18-6 1-6 0/24 V DC STFCL1* on/off, output
18-7 1-6 0/24 V DC STFCL2* on/off, output
18-8 1-6 0/24 V DC STFCL3* on/off, output
18-9 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* scan signal, output (SCAN1)
18-10 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* scan signal, output (SCAN2)
18-11 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* scan signal, output (SCAN3)
18-12 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS0)
18-13 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS1)
18-14 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS2)
18-15 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS3)
18-16 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS4)
18-17 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STPSSW* return signal, input (SENS5)
18-18 18-22 0/5 V DC STMOTPCB* (STDM1) on/off, output
18-19 18-22 0/5 V DC STMOTPCB* (STDM2) on/off, output
18-20 18-22 0/5 V DC STMOTPCB* (STDM3) on/off, output
18-21 18-22 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for STMOTPCB*, output
18-23 18-22 0/5 V DC STMOTPCB* (STPSW1) on/off, input
18-24 18-22 0/5 V DC STMOTPCB* (STPSW2) on/off, input
18-25 18-22 0/5 V DC STMOTPCB* (STPSW3) on/off, input
18-26 18-22 0/5 V DC STFSW1* on/off, input
* Optional.
2AA
3-6-29
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
18-27 18-22 0/5 V DC STFSW2* on/off, input
18-28 18-22 0/5 V DC STFSW3* on/off, input
18-29 18-22 5/0 V DC (pulse) STMOTPCB* STDM drive pulse signal,
output
19-1 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVCLK)
19-3 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD0)
19-4 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD1)
19-5 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD2)
19-6 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD3)
19-8 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD4)
19-9 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD5)
19-10 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD6)
19-11 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SVD7)
19-13 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (CPRDY)
19-15 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (_PRINT)
19-16 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_PVSYNC)
19-18 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_PHSYNC)
19-21 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SCINHI)
19-24 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_SRDY)
19-25 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (_SCAN)
19-26 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (PTIM)
19-27 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_SVSYNC)
19-29 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_SHSYNC)
19-31 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (EPRDY)
19-32 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (CMD)
19-33 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_STS)
19-34 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (CCLK)
19-36 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_SBSY)
19-37 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_PRDY)
19-39 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (PVCLK)
19-41 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (_PVD0)
19-42 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_LSUOUT)
19-44 21-1 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (_RSTWR)
21-2 21-1 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply, input
21-3 21-1 12 V DC 12 V DC supply, input
21-4 21-1 24/0 V DC H off/on, output
21-5 21-1 24/0 V DC PRY off/on, output
* Optional.
2AA
3-6-30
(4) Motor PCB
TR2
T
R
2
J
3
C
5
C
I
C
6
D
3
4
1
D
4
8
7
C
2
C
O
N
2
D
2
D
1
1
1
J
4
C
O
N
3
J
1
0
R4
R3
TR1
R1
J2
8
J5
J8
J8
494VO
BD 3
J7
R5
C4
R6
1
J19
J9
J18
CON1
IC1
LS07 E C B
E C B
D5
IC2
LS04
8
1
16
STK8711BMK4 J12
J13
J11
3592814 REV:1
J14
C3
1
1
+

D6
+
J1
J16
J17
12
J15
IC3
2AA
3-6-31
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-1 1-9 5/0 V DC DFM/SM selection signal, input (MOTSEL)
1-2 1-9 Motor control voltage, input (SMREF)
1-3 1-9 5/0 V DC (pulse) Motor coil energization pulse signal, input
(MOT _B)
1-4 1-9 5/0 V DC (pulse) Motor coil energization pulse signal, input
(MOT B)
1-5 1-9 5/0 V DC (pulse) Motor coil energization pulse signal, input
(MOT _A)
1-6 1-9 5/0 V DC (pulse) Motor coil energization pulse signal, input
(MOT A)
1-10 1-9 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
1-11 1-7, 8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
1-12 1-7, 8 24 V DC 24 V DC supply, input
2-1 1-7, 8 0/24 V DC DFM on/off, output
2-2 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) DFM motor coil energization pulse, output
(_A)
2-3 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) DFM motor coil energization pulse, output
(A)
2-4 1-7, 8 0/24 V DC DFM on/off, output
2-5 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) DFM motor coil energization pulse, output
(_B)
2-6 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) DFM motor coil energization pulse, output
(B)
3-1 1-7, 8 0/24 V DC SM on/off, output
3-2 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) SM motor coil energization pulse, output
(_A)
3-3 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) SM motor coil energization pulse, output
(A)
3-4 1-7, 8 0/24 V DC SM on/off, output
3-5 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) SM motor coil energization pulse, output
(_B)
3-6 1-7, 8 24/0 V DC (pulse) SM motor coil energization pulse, output
(B)
2AA
3-6-32
(5) Operation unit PCB
1-1 1-3 24 V DC 24 V DC supply from MPCB, input
1-2 1-4 5 V DC 5 V DC supply from MPCB, input
1-5 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (SCLK)
1-6 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (COM)
1-7 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (STATUS)
1-8 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (SIG1)
1-9 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (SIG2)
2-1 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal, output (D1)
2-2 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal, output (FLM)
2-3 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal, output (M)
2-4 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal, output (CL1)
2-5 1-4 5/0 V DC (pulse) LCD control signal, output (CL2)
2-7 2-8 5 V DC 5 V DC supply for LCD, output
2-9 2-10 12.7 V DC 12.7 V DC supply for LCD, output
3-1 1-4 VR voltage, input (VR1)
3-2 1-4 VR voltage, input (VR2)
3-3 1-4 VR voltage, input (VR3)
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
CN1
C
N
2
2AA
3-6-33
(6) NCU PCB
120 V specifications
+

21
C
N
1
L2
K1
.PC1
IC1
L10
L3
L5
L4
L7
L9
L6
L8
J19
J18
J20
MCN2
MCN3
C22
J12
D5
D4
C7
C5 +
+
+
+
+
MCN1
V2
V
1
J
7
J
1
D
B
1
C
2
L1
Y
Y B
Y
B
B
4 4
3
1
C 2
5 1
1
1
7
4
8 12
1
1
3
+
+
3
4
3
J9
J21
D6
J22
J
8
T
1
C
1
R
3
P
C
4
1
3
5
P
C
3
J
1
0
J
1
1
J
4
J
3
J
2
J
5
C
3
2
2
2
1
J
1
5
J
6
J
1
6
J
1
7
J
1
4
J
2
5
J
2
6
J
2
9
J
2
4
J
2
8
L
1
1
J
2
3
J
1
3
R
1
4
C
2
1
I
C
4
J
2
7
Vout Vout+
C
2
3
230 V specifications
J
P
1
Y
1
C
1
0
Y
2
C
9
D
2
C2
K1
D1
R2
R3 R1
F1 F2
F3
Y
Y
B
B
Y
Y
B
B
F4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
MCN1 MCN2
JP7 L8
R19
C26
C0
L7
DB1 DB2
C27
R21
PC3
R20
TR5
K
2
1
7
2
4
1
2
3
8
3
1
7
I
C
1
L
2
L
1
L
5
L
6
L
9
L
1
0
L
4 C
3
K3
T1
R7
C30
L3
C7 C5
CN1
JP6
JP4
R30
R28
PC2
4 6
4
6
5
3
1
1
1
D
1
0
D
9
D
8
D
1
1J
P
8
1
0
J
P
1
0
I
C
4
J
P
5
P
C
4
5
1
1
T
R
6
C
2
9
C
2
8
B
C
E
B
C
E
PC1
D3
5
1
2
1
2AA
3-6-34
Terminals (CN) Voltage Remarks
1-1 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output
(ONHOOK1 L)
1-2 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output
(ONHOOK2 L)
1-3 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (TELSEL L)*
1
MPCB control signal, input (KCMCNT)*
2
1-4 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (PLSDIL L)
1-5 1-19, 20 MPCB analog signal, output (MODRXD)
1-6 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, input (RXSEL L)
1-7 1-19, 20 MPCB analog signal, output (MODTXD)
1-8 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (DCCUT L)*
1
MPCB control signal, output (EARTM L)*
2
1-9 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (KMUTE)*
2
1-10 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (RNGDET)
1-11 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output
(OFFHOOK L)
1-12 1-19, 20 5/0 V DC (pulse) MPCB control signal, output (RXIN_L)
1-13 1-13, 14 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply, input
1-14 1-13, 14 +12 V DC +12 V DC supply, input
1-17 1-13, 14 12 V DC 12 V DC supply, input
1-18 1-13, 14 12 V DC 12 V DC supply, input
1-19 1-19, 20 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
1-20 1-19, 20 5 V DC 5 V DC supply, input
*1 For 120 V specifications only. *2 For 230 V specifications only.
2AA
3-6-35
No electricity at the
power outlet.
The power cord is
not plugged in
properly.
The front cover is
not closed com-
pletely.
Broken power cord.
Defective main
switch.
Blown fuse in the
power source PCB.
Defective safety
switch 1, 2 or 3.
Defective power
source PCB.
Poor contact in the
drive motor con-
nector terminals.
Defective engine
PCB.
Broken drive motor
gear.
3-6-4 Electrical problems
Main body
(1)
The machine
does not oper-
ate when the
main switch is
turned on.
(2)
The drive mo-
tor does not
operate.
Measure the input voltage.
Check the contact between the power plug
and the outlet.
Check the front cover.
Check for continuity. If none, replace the
cord.
Check for continuity across the contacts. If
none, replace the main switch.
Check for continuity. If none, remove the
cause of blowing and replace the fuse.
Check for continuity across the contacts of
each switch. If none, replace the switch.
With AC present, check for 5 V DC at CN4-1
and CN3-6 on the power source PCB and
24 V DC at CN4-6, CN3-1 and CN3-4. If
none, replace the power source PCB.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check if the drive motor rotates when CN2-2
on the engine PCB is held low. If it does,
replace the engine PCB.
Check the gear visually and replace the drive
motor if necessary.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2AA
3-6-36
Broken scanner
motor coil.
Poor contact in the
scanner motor con-
nector terminals.
Defective engine
PCB.
Defective motor
PCB.
Broken toner feed
motor coil.
Poor contact in the
toner feed motor
connector termi-
nals.
Broken coil in cool-
ing fan motor 1.
Poor contact in the
connector termi-
nals of cooling fan
motor 1.
Defective engine
PCB.
(3)
The scanner
motor does
not rotate.
(4)
The toner feed
motor does
not rotate.
(5)
Cooling fan
motor 1 does
not rotate.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
replace the scanner motor.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check if CN12-12 on the engine PCB goes
low and motor coil energizing pulses are in-
put to each of CN12-7, CN12-8, CN12-9 and
CN12-10 during the scanner initial operation
immediately after the main switch is turned
on. If not, replace the engine PCB.
Check if the scanner motor rotates when
CN1-1 on the engine PCB goes low and mo-
tor coil energizing pulses are input to each of
CN1-3, CN1-4, CN1-5 and CN1-6 during the
scanner initial operation immediately after
the main switch is turned on. If not, replace
the motor PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
replace the toner feed motor.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
replace cooling fan motor 1.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check if cooling fan motor 1 rotates when
CN8-17 on the engine PCB is held low. If it
does, replace the engine PCB.
2AA
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
3-6-37
Broken cooling fan
motor 2 coil.
Poor contact in the
cooling fan motor 2
connector termi-
nals.
Defective engine
PCB.
Broken paper feed
clutch coil.
Poor contact in the
paper feed clutch
connector termi-
nals.
Defective engine
PCB.
Broken bypass
paper feed clutch
coil.
Poor contact in the
bypass paper feed
clutch connector
terminals.
Defective engine
PCB.
(6)
Cooling fan
motor 2 does
not rotate.
(7)
The paper
feed clutch
does not oper-
ate.
(8)
The bypass
paper feed
clutch does
not operate.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
replace cooling fan motor 2.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check if cooling fan motor 2 rotates when
CN8-20 on the engine PCB is held low. If it
does, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
replace the paper feed clutch.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check if the paper feed clutch operates
when CN5-2 on the engine PCB is held low.
If it does, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
replace the bypass paper feed clutch.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check if the bypass paper feed clutch oper-
ates when CN5-6 on the engine PCB is held
low. If it does, replace the engine PCB.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2AA
3-6-38
Broken registration
clutch coil.
Poor contact in the
registration clutch
connector termi-
nals.
Defective engine
PCB.
Poor contact in the
cleaning lamp con-
nector terminals.
Defective cleaning
lamp.
Defective engine
PCB.
Poor contact in the
exposure lamp
connector termi-
nals.
Defective inverter
PCB.
Defective engine
PCB.
Defective inverter
PCB.
Defective engine
PCB.
(9)
The registra-
tion clutch
does not oper-
ate.
(10)
The cleaning
lamp does not
turn on.
(11)
The exposure
lamp does not
turn on (C10).
(12)
The exposure
lamp does not
turn off.
Check for continuity across the coil. If none,
replace the registration clutch.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check if the registration clutch operates
when CN5-4 on the engine PCB is held low.
If it does, replace the engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check for one-way continuity across each
LED comprising the cleaning lamp. If none,
replace the cleaning lamp.
If the cleaning lamp turns on when CN5-17
on the engine PCB is held low, replace the
engine PCB.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
If the exposure lamp does not turn on when
CN1-1 and CN1-2 on the inverter PCB are
held low, replace the inverter PCB.
If the exposure lamp turns on when CN14-1
and CN14-2 on the engine PCB are held low,
replace the engine PCB.
If the exposure lamp does not turn off with
CN1-1 and CN1-2 on the inverter PCB high,
replace the inverter PCB.
If CN14-1 and CN14-2 on the engine PCB
are always low, replace the engine PCB.
2AA
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
3-6-39
Broken wire in the
fixing heater.
Fixing unit thermo-
stat 1 or 2 trig-
gered.
Broken fixing unit
thermistor wire.
Dirty sensor in the
fixing unit thermis-
tor.
Defective power
source PCB.
Defective engine
PCB.
Broken main
charger wire.
Leaking charger
housing.
Poor contact in the
high-voltage trans-
former PCB con-
nector terminals.
Defective engine
PCB.
Defective high-
voltage transformer
PCB.
(13)
The fixing
heater does
not turn on
(C60).
(14)
The fixing
heater does
not turn off
(fixing unit
thermostat
triggered;
C60).
(15)
Main charging
is not per-
formed (C51).
Check for continuity across the heater. If
none, replace the fixing heater (see page
3-3-33).
Check for continuity across each thermostat.
If none, remove the cause and replace the
thermostat.
Measure the resistance. If it is , replace
the fixing unit thermistor.
Check visually and clean the thermistor sen-
sor.
If the fixing heater stays on with CN5-3 on
the power source PCB high, replace the
power source PCB.
If CN21-4 on the engine PCB is always low,
replace the engine PCB.
See page 3-6-4.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2AA
3-6-40
Broken transfer
wire.
Poor contact in the
high-voltage trans-
former PCB con-
nector terminals.
Defective main
PCB.
Defective engine
PCB.
Defective high-
voltage transformer
PCB.
Poor contact in the
developing bias
wire.
Poor contact in the
high-voltage trans-
former PCB con-
nector terminals.
Defective high-
voltage transformer
PCB.
Defective engine
PCB.
Defective original
detection switch.
(16)
Transfer
charging is not
performed
(C52).
(17)
No developing
bias voltage is
output.
(18)
The original
size is not
detected.
See page 3-6-3.
Check the developing bias wire. If there is
any problem, replace it.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check if the developing bias is output during
copying when CN1-7 on the high-voltage
transformer PCB goes low. If not, replace the
high-voltage transformer PCB.
Check if CN8-9 on the engine PCB goes low
during copying. If not, replace the engine
PCB.
If the level of CN13-2 on the engine PCB
does not change when the original detection
switch is turned on and off, replace the origi-
nal detection switch.
2AA
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
3-6-41
Original is not
placed correctly.
Poor contact in the
original size switch
connector termi-
nals.
Defective original
size switch.
Defective paper
switch.
Poor contact in the
bypass paper size
switch connector
terminals.
Defective bypass
paper size switch.
Poor contact in the
connector termi-
nals of paper size
switch 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Defective paper
size switch 1, 2, 3
or 4.
(19)
The original
size is not
detected cor-
rectly.
(20)
The message
requesting
paper to be
loaded is
shown when
paper is
present in the
drawer.
(21)
The size of
paper in the
bypass is not
displayed cor-
rectly.
(22)
The size of
paper in the
drawer is not
displayed cor-
rectly.
Check the original and set it correctly.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
With 5 V DC present at CN10-2 on the en-
gine PCB, check if CN10-3 goes low when
an original is set on the original size switch. If
not, replace the original size switch.
If CN5-8 on the engine PCB remains high
when paper is set in the drawer, replace the
paper switch.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check for continuity across CN8-1 and each
of CN8-2, CN8-3 and CN8-4. Change the
position of the bypass slider and check if the
continuity status changes depending on the
position of the slider. If no change, replace
the bypass paper size switch.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check for continuity across each of paper
size switches 1, 2, 3 and 4 as each switch is
turned on. If none, replace paper size switch
1, 2, 3 or 4.
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2AA
3-6-42
A piece of paper
torn from copy pa-
per is caught
around the regis-
tration switch or
eject switch.
Defective registra-
tion switch.
Defective eject
switch.
Poor contact in the
connector termi-
nals of safety
switch 1.
Defective safety
switch 1.
Poor contact in the
connector termi-
nals of safety
switch 2.
Defective safety
switch 2.
Poor contact in the
connector termi-
nals of safety
switch 3.
Defective safety
switch 3.
(23)
A paper jam is
indicated on
the message
display imme-
diately after
the main
switch is
turned on.
(24)
The message
requesting the
front cover to
be closed is
displayed
when it is al-
ready closed.
(25)
The message
requesting the
right side
cover to be
closed is dis-
played when it
is already
closed.
(26)
The message
requesting the
eject cover to
be closed is
displayed
when it is al-
ready closed.
Check and remove if any.
With 5 V DC present at CN5-10 on the en-
gine PCB, check if CN5-11 on the engine
PCB remains low when the registration
switch is turned on and off. If it does, replace
the registration switch.
With 5 V DC present at CN3-1 on the engine
PCB, check if CN3-2 on the engine PCB re-
mains low when the eject switch is turned on
and off. If it does, replace the eject switch.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check for continuity across the contacts of
safety switch 1. If there is no continuity when
the switch is on, replace safety switch 1.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check for continuity across the contacts of
safety switch 2. If there is no continuity when
the switch is on, replace safety switch 2.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace them.
Check for continuity across the contacts of
safety switch 3. If there is no continuity when
the switch is on, replace safety switch 3.
2AA
3-6-43
Broken DF motor
coil.
The connector ter-
minals of the DF
motor make poor
contact.
The connector ter-
minals of the DF
safety switch make
poor contact.
Defective DF
safety switch.
A piece of paper
torn from an origi-
nal is caught
around the DF tim-
ing switch.
Defective DF tim-
ing switch.
Defective connec-
tor terminals of the
DF size detection
PCB.
Defective DF size
detection PCB.
(1)
The DF motor
does not oper-
ate.
(2)
A message
requesting the
DF cover be
closed is dis-
played with
the cover
closed cor-
rectly.
(3)
A message
indicating an
original jam is
displayed
when the main
switch is
turned on.
(4)
Original size is
not detected
correctly.
Check for continuity across the coils. If none,
replace the DF motor.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals of the DF motor. If none, replace
the connector terminals.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace the connector ter-
minals.
Check for continuity across the contacts of
the switch. If none when the switch is on,
replace the switch.
Check visually and remove it, if any.
With 5 V DC present at CN13-17 on the en-
gine PCB of the copier, check if CN13-14
remains low when the DF timing switch is
turned on and off. If it does, replace the DF
timing switch.
Check for continuity across the connector
terminals. If none, replace the terminals.
Check if each of CN13-10 to 13 on the en-
gine PCB of the copier changes when each
of four size detection sensors on the DF size
detection PCB is turned on and off. If any of
them does not, replace the DF size detection
PCB.
DF
Problem Causes Check procedures/corrective measures
2AA
3-6-44
3-6-5 Mechanical problems
Main body
If dirty, clean with isopropyl al-
cohol.
Replace any deformed or worn
pulley (see page 3-3-3, 4).
If dirty, clean with isopropyl al-
cohol.
Repair or replace.
Repair or replace.
Reinstall the scanner wires
(see page 3-3-11).
Reinstall the scanner wires
(see page 3-3-11).
Reinstall the belt.
Repair or replace.
Repair or replace.
Change the paper.
Change the paper.
Repair or replace.
Repair or replace.
Check if the paper feed pulley
or bypass paper feed pulley is
dirty with paper powder.
Check if the paper feed pulley
or bypass paper feed pulley is
deformed.
Check if the right or left registra-
tion roller is dirty with paper
powder.
Check if the front or rear claw of
the drawer is deformed.
Check if the drawer spring is
deformed.
Check if the scanner wires are
loose.
Check if the screws holding the
wire retainers are loose.
Check if the scanner drive belt
is out of place.
Check if the front or rear claw of
the drawer is deformed.
Check if the drawer spring is
deformed.
Check if the paper is exces-
sively curled.
Check if the paper is exces-
sively curled.
Check if the front or rear claw of
the drawer is deformed.
Check if the drawer spring is
deformed.
(1)
No primary
paper feed.
(2)
No secondary
paper feed.
(3)
Skewed paper
feed.
(4)
The scanner
does not
travel.
(5)
Multiple
sheets of pa-
per are fed at
one time.
(6)
Paper jams.
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
2AA
3-6-45
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
If there is any problem, repair.
Repair or replace.
Repair or replace.
Clean or replace the press roller
(see page 3-3-36).
Repair if any springs are off the
separation claws.
If there is any problem, repair.
Clean the developing section of
the imaging unit.
Apply grease to the bushings
and gears.
If there is any problem, repair.
(6)
Paper jams.
(7)
Toner drops
on the paper
conveying
path.
(8)
Abnormal
noise is heard.
Check if the contact between
the right and left registration
rollers is correct.
Check if the fixing unit front
guide is deformed.
Check if the fixing unit upper
guide is deformed.
Check if the press roller is ex-
tremely dirty or deformed.
Check if the contact between
the heat roller and the heat
roller separation claws is cor-
rect.
Check if the contact between
the lower eject roller and the
upper eject pulley is correct.
Check if the developing section
of the imaging unit is extremely
dirty.
Check if the pulleys, rollers and
gears operate smoothly.
Check if the paper feed clutch,
bypass paper feed clutch and
registration clutch are installed
correctly.
2AA
3-6-46
Clean with isopropyl alcohol if
they are dirty.
Use an original conforming to
the specifications.
Clean with isopropyl alcohol if
they are dirty.
Remedy.
(1)
No original
feed.
(2)
An original
jams.
The surfaces of the DF forward-
ing pulley or DF separation pul-
ley are dirty with paper powder.
An original outside the specifi-
cations is used.
The surfaces of the DF forward-
ing pulley, DF original feed pul-
ley or DF separation pulley are
dirty with paper powder.
The DF conveying roller and DF
conveying pulley, or the DF
eject roller and DF eject pulley
do not contact each other.
DF
Problem Causes/check procedures Corrective measures
1-1-31
2AA
CONTENTS
3-7 Appendixes
Timing chart No. 1 ......................................................................................... 3-7-1
Timing chart No. 2 ......................................................................................... 3-7-2
Timing chart No. 3 ......................................................................................... 3-7-3
Timing chart No. 4 ......................................................................................... 3-7-4
Timing chart No. 5 ......................................................................................... 3-7-5
Power source PCB (120 V area) ................................................................... 3-7-6
Power source PCB (230 V area) ................................................................... 3-7-7
Main PCB 1/29 .............................................................................................. 3-7-8
Main PCB 2/29 .............................................................................................. 3-7-9
Main PCB 3/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-10
Main PCB 4/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-11
Main PCB 5/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-12
Main PCB 6/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-13
Main PCB 7/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-14
Main PCB 8/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-15
Main PCB 9/29 ............................................................................................ 3-7-16
Main PCB 10/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-17
Main PCB 11/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-18
Main PCB 12/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-19
Main PCB 13/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-20
Main PCB 1429 ........................................................................................... 3-7-21
Main PCB 15/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-22
Main PCB 16/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-23
Main PCB 17/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-24
Main PCB 18/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-25
Main PCB 19/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-26
Main PCB 20/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-27
Main PCB 21/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-28
Main PCB 22/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-29
Main PCB 23/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-30
Main PCB 24/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-31
Main PCB 25/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-32
Main PCB 26/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-33
Main PCB 27/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-34
Main PCB 28/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-35
Main PCB 29/29 .......................................................................................... 3-7-36
Engine PCB 1/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-37
Engine PCB 2/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-38
Engine PCB 3/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-39
Engine PCB 4/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-40
Engine PCB 5/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-41
Engine PCB 6/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-42
Engine PCB 7/12 ......................................................................................... 3-7-43
Engine PCB 8/12......................................................................................... 3-7-44
1-1-32
2AA
Engine PCB 9/12......................................................................................... 3-7-37
Engine PCB 10/12....................................................................................... 3-7-46
Engine PCB 11/12....................................................................................... 3-7-47
Engine PCB 12/12....................................................................................... 3-7-48
NCU PCB (120 V area) ............................................................................... 3-7-49
NCU PCB (230 V area) ............................................................................... 3-7-50
Operation unit PCB ..................................................................................... 3-7-51
Connection diagram .................................................................................... 3-7-52
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
2AA
3-7-1
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Timing chart No. 1 From main switch on to stabilization
7 s
2000 ms
100 ms
5 15 s
0 600 s
5 s
60 s
Preheat mode High temperature 190C/374F
Secondary stabilization
fixing temperature
165C/329F
Primary stabilization
fixing temperature
120C/248F
H CN1-4
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Full
speed
Half
speed
Full
speed
Half
speed
OFF
DB REM CN8-9
DM CN2-1
CFM1 CN8-17
CFM2 CN8-20
STDM2* CN18-19
STDM1* CN18-18
STDM3* CN18-20
Preheat temperature 150C/302F
MSW: ON
100 ms
100 ms
Approx. 1C/1.8F
Approx. 1C/1.8F
Approx. 1C/1.8F
* Optional.
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-2
2AA
Timing chart No. 2 Printing the image onto a sheet of paper fed from the drawer or bypass table
START KEY
MSYNC
PM
DM
DB REM
MC REM
DB CHG
GRID CONT
DB CONT
RSW
RCL
PVSYNC
ESW
TC REM
CN17-1
CN17-3
CN2-2
CN8-9
CN8-7
CN8-10
CN8-12
CN8-11
CN5-11
CN5-4
CN3-2
CN8-8
PFCL
BYPPFCL
CN5-2
CN5-6
100 ms
100 ms
500 ms 150 ms
300 ms
*1
100 ms
*2
230 ms
*3
50 ms
20 ms 4
50 ms 2
100 ms 5
100 ms 3
100 ms
130 190 ms
*4
230 290 ms
*5
470 ms 470 ms
100 ms 3
150 ms
100 ms 4
650 ms
3800 ms
500 ms
400 ms
400 ms
150 ms
5 105 ms
5.00 V
3.98 V
3.49 V
2.82 V
2.16 V
4.05 V
3.04 V
2.03 V
1.01 V
5.00 V
1.44 V
4.05 V
3.04 V
2.03 V
1.01 V
5.00 V
3.98 V
3.49 V
2.82 V
2.16 V
1200 ms
Pre-feed command PRINT and SVSYNC signals (during copying)
PRINT signal (during printing)
*1: Paper fed from the drawer or bypass table
*2: Paper fed from the drawer or special cassette (option)
*3: Paper fed from the bypass table
*4: Paper fed from the drawer or special cassette (option)
*5: Paper fed from the bypass table
Chatter removal
At least 500 ms and after the laser diode has been turned on.
Slack formed
1.44 V
50 ms 2
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
2AA
3-7-3
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Timing chart No. 3 Initial operation of the DF and scanner
MSW: ON
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
CN12-7
CN12-12
CN14-1
CN14-2
CN12-7
CN12-12
CN13-7
40 ms
40 ms
800 P
992 P
1000 P
1000 ms
SM
DFM
EL
SHPSW
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-4
2AA
Timing chart No. 4 Scanning operation 1: original placed on the contact glass
SCAN signal
Fwd.
Rev.
SM CN12-7
CN12-12
EL CN14-1
SHPSW CN13-7
SVSYNC
560
800 P
20 ms
120 ms
50 ms
100 ms 40 ms
992 P
CN14-2
During scanning: 446 686 P
During copying: 398 638 P
2500 P
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
2AA
3-7-5
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Timing chart No. 5 Scanning operation 2: original placed on the DF
Scan signal
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
Fwd. rotation
Rev. rotation
SM CN12-7
CN12-12
EL CN14-1
CN14-2
DFM CN12-7
CN12-12
SVSYNC
SHPSW CN13-7
DFTSW CN13-14
560
800 P
58 154 P
150 P 2500 P
992 P
50 ms
75 395 P
20 ms
120 ms
50 ms
During scan: 200 - 520 pulses
During copy: 168 - 488 pulses
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-6
2AA
Power source PCB (120 V area)
+
+ +
+
+
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
L
CN1
CN1
1
2
F1 F3
F2
N
CN2
1
L
CN2
2
L51
R52 R108
PTR151 PTR151
C
R
5
1
R51
VZ1
C1
L1
C2
C33
C34
L3
D2
R8
R9
ZD1
C6
R15
ZD2
Q1
D1 R5
R4
C8
R2
T1
D101 FB102
R103
R106
Q101
FB201
FB202
F201
PC1_2
VR201
R
2
0
3
C
2
0
4
R
2
0
2Q
1
0
2
R
1
1
0
D
4
0
3
C104
D103
RL1
F101
1
+24 V
+24 V IN
+24 V
+24 V
+5 V
+5 V
GND
GND
CN3
2
CN3
3
CN3
4
CN3
5
CN3
6
CN3
7
CN3
8
CN3
+12 V
9
CN3
+5 V
1
CN4
+12 V
3
CN4
12 V
4
CN4
GND
5
CN4
+24 V
6
CN4
RY 24 V
1
CN5
GND
2
CN5
H REM
3
CN5
GND
2
CN4
12 V
10
CN3
F102
F103 RL1
C101
C202 R201
IC201
1 5
2 3 4
L
2
0
1
C
1
0
3
R
1
0
1
R
1
0
2
P
C
1
_
1
R
1
0
4
D
1
0
2
R
1
0
7
Z
D
1
0
2
Z
D
1
0
3
R
1
0
5
C
1
0
2
Z
D
1
0
1
R6
R3
F
B
2
D4
D5
R10
R
1
4
C14
C10
C
1
2
R
1
2
R
1
1R
7
PC1_1
C13
C401
D401
IC401
C402 D402
F401 R
4
0
1
Z
D
4
0
1
PC1_2
R13
C11
IC1
C9
R16
D3 C31 C32
C201 D201 L202
C203
ZD301 D303
F301
D301 D302
C301
IC301
C302
FG
FG
DB1
C7
NTH1
R1
T
R
1
5
1
N
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-7
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Power source PCB (230 V area)
+
+ +
+
+
+
+ +
+
+
+
+
L
CN1
CN1
1
2
F1 F3
F2
N
CN2
1
L
CN2
2
CN6 1
CN6 2
CN6 L61
C61
R63
R51
L51
R53 R52 R108
PTR151 PTR151
C51
R51
ARS1
FB31
VZ1
C34
C33
C1
L1 L2
C2
C3
C4
C5
L3
D2
R8
R9
ZD1
R14
R15
ZD2
Q1
D1 R5
R4
C8
R2
T1
D101 FB102
R103
R106
Q101
FB201
FB202
F201
PC1_2
VR101
R
2
0
3
C
2
0
4
R
2
0
2Q
1
0
2
R
1
1
0
D
4
0
3
C104
D103
RL1
F101
1
+24 V
+24 V IN
+24 V
+24 V
+5 V
+5 V
GND
GND
CN3
2
CN3
3
CN3
4
CN3
5
CN3
6
CN3
7
CN3
8
CN3
+12 V
9
CN3
+5 V
1
CN4
+12 V
3
CN4
12 V
4
CN4
GND
5
CN4
+24 V
6
CN4
RY 24 V
1
CN5
GND
2
CN5
H REM
3
CN5
R REM
4
CN5
GND
2
CN4
12 V
10
CN3
F102
F103 RL1
C101
C202 R201
IC201
1 5
2 3 4
L
2
0
1
C
1
0
3
R
1
0
1
R
1
0
2
P
C
1
_
1
R
1
0
4
D
1
0
2
R
1
0
7
Z
D
1
0
2
Z
D
1
0
3
R
1
0
5
C
1
0
2
Z
D
1
0
1
R6
R3
FB1
D4
D5
R10
C14
C10
C
1
2
R
1
2
R
1
1R
7
PC1_1
C13
C401
D401
IC401
C402 D402
F401 R
4
0
1
Z
D
4
0
1
PC1_2
R13
C11
IC1
C9
R16
D3 C31 C32
C201 D201 L202
C203
ZD301 D303
F301
D301 D302
C301
IC301
C302
FG
FG
DB1
C7
NTH1
R1
VZ2
T
R
1
5
1
R62 R109
PTR161 PTR161 T
R
1
6
1
3
N
N
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-8
2AA
Main PCB
1
/29
R152
+
5
V
GND
C101 C108 C102 C109 C103 C110 C104 C111 C105 C112
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND GND GND
+5V
C106 C113
+5V
C107 C114
+5V
CPU
'028_09A'
'004_09F'
'004_03E'
'009_08C'
'010_09C'
'004_03A'
'004_02A'
IC1
'012_09C'
'018_10D'
'009_08C'
'022_10D'
'010_09C'
'008_10C'
'027_01D'
'027_01E'
'027_01E'
'027_01D'
'024_01E'
'024_01E'
'027_02B'
12
11
110
8
6
4
5
76
75
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
62
61
60
59
63
43
42
38
40
6
4
5
8
1
2
0
8
3
1
0
8
9
1
7
4
5
7
4
4
1
01
1
0
9
8
2
6
5
5
3
2
3
1
3
1
1
1
7
3
7
2
7
1
7
0
6
9
6
8
6
7
6
6
112
115
114
113
117
116
119
9
7
3
2
118
14
80
79
78
77
36
35
34
33
32
31
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
56
55
54
41
37
39
1
0
7
1
0
6
1
0
5
1
0
4
1
0
3
1
0
2
1
0
1
1
0
0
9
9
9
8
9
7
9
6
9
5
9
4
9
3
9
2
9
1
9
0
8
9
8
8
8
7
8
6
8
5
8
4
2
2
2
1
2
0
1
9
1
8
1
7
1
6
1
5
1
5
1
4
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
09876543210
2
3
2
2
2
1
2
0
1
9
1
8
1
7
1
6
R
1
4
9
R
1
4
8
R
1
4
7
R
1
4
6
R
1
4
5
R
1
4
4
R
1
4
3
R
1
4
2
R
1
7
5
R
1
7
4
R
1
7
3
R
1
7
2
R
1
7
1
R
1
7
0
R
1
6
9
R
1
6
8
R
1
6
7
R
1
6
6
R
1
6
5
R
1
6
4
R
1
6
3
R
1
6
2
R
1
6
1
R
1
6
0
R141
R140
R139
R138
R136
R135
R134
R133
R132
R131
R129
R128
R127
R126
R125
R123
R124
R122
R121
R117
R118
R116
R115
R112 R111
R114
R113
R151
R119
R150 1
2
3
ST1 XST1
PLUG 2P
R102
R101
R110
R107
+
5
V
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
+
5
V
+
5
V
GND
GND
+5V
+5V
+
5
V
+
5
V
GND
G
N
D
+5V
'004_03D'
'004_03D'
'004_03D'
'004_03D'
'004_03D'
'004_03D'
'027_02A'
'027_02A'
'008_02C'
'027_01D'
'023_01F'
'004_03E'
'018_01E'
'004_09F'
'027_02B'
'027_02B'
'029_02E'
'024_01D'
'004_05F'
'004_03E'
'004_03D'
'006_08B'
'006_08B'
'006_08A'
'004_03E'
'007_01G'
'007_01G'
'007_01G'
'007_01H'
'027_01F'
'027_01F'
AD(15:0)
AB(23:1)
DREQ0
CPUX1
INTRC_
INTVC_
INTQM_
INTOP_
RESET_
INTACE
INTMDM_
OFFHOOK_
RNGDET_
ONHOOK2_
ONHOOK1_
ECCLK
ESTS
READY
KPSD1
DREQ1
ASTB_
RD_
WRL_
WRH_
IORD_
IOWR_
SYSCLK
RICCE
RTCCLK
RTCD
RASCONT
RAS_
REFRQ_
KPSIG0
KPSD0
KPSCLK
SELDP2
'027_01D'
PLSDIL_
'027_01D'
RXSEL_
'027_01D'
FNET_
'027_01E'
EXTRING_
RESETM
TELSEL_
'022_03F'
SELDP1
ECMD
CSSEL_
KPSIG1
DACK0_
FIDRST2
'018_01G'
FIDRST1
'018_01F'
FIDRST0
'014_02F'
ESVSYNC
DACK1_
SPKENB_
SPSEL1
SPSEL2
SPSEL3
POLE2_
POLE1_
A
2
3
A
2
2
A
2
1
A
2
0
A
1
9
A
1
8
A
1
7
A
1
6
A
D
1
5
A
D
1
4
A
D
1
3
A
D
1
2
A
D
1
1
A
D
1
0
A
D
9
A
D
8
A
D
7
A
D
6
A
D
5
A
D
4
A
D
3
A
D
2
A
D
1
A
D
0
P
0
7
P
0
6
P
0
5
P
0
4
P
0
3
P
0
2
P
0
1
P
0
0
A
V
C
C
A
G
N
D
N
C
1
IC
H
D
V
C
C
7
D
V
C
C
6
D
V
C
C
5
D
V
C
C
4
D
V
C
C
3
D
V
C
C
2
D
V
C
C
1
D
G
N
D
6
D
G
N
D
5
D
G
N
D
4
D
G
N
D
3
D
G
N
D
2
D
G
N
D
1
IC
L
R
T
P
7
_
P
7
7
R
T
P
6
_
P
7
6
R
T
P
5
_
P
7
5
R
T
P
4
_
P
7
4
R
T
P
3
_
P
7
3
R
T
P
2
_
P
7
2
R
T
P
1
_
P
7
1
R
T
P
0
_
P
7
0
ASTB
RD
WRL
WRH
IORD
IOWR
DEX
DACK0
CLKD
WDID
HACK
BUSLOCK
RAS
REFREQ
TCE1
TCE0
DACK1
PD4_P44
TO30_P25
TO21_P24
TO20_P23
TO01_P22
TO00_P21
PWM_P20
PD7_P47
PD6_P46
PD5_P45
TXD1_SO1_P34
PD3_P43
PD2_P42
PD1_P41
PD0_P40
BUSY_P52
ACK_P51
DSTB_P50
TXC_SCK0_P32
TXD0_SB0_P30
X2
X1
D8H16L
RST
DREQ0_PB0
POLL
HREQ
RDY
DREQ1_PB1
ANI3_P63
INT5_P16
INT4_P15
INT3_P14_TI
INT2_P13
INT1_P12
INT0_P11
NMI_P18
CTSI_SCK1_P36
ANI2_P62
ANI1_P61
ANI0_P60
AVREF
CTS0_P33
RXD0_SB1_P31
RXD1_S11_P35
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-9
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
2
/29
IODIR
READY0
REFR00
DACK10
DACK00
RAS0
IORD0
IOWR0
RD0
WRL0
WRH0
AST0
AB23
AB22
AB21
AB20
AB19
AB18
AB17
AB16
AD15
AD14
VSS
VDD
AD13
AD12
AD11
AD10
AD9
AD8
AD7
VSS
VDD
AD6
AD5
AD4
AD3
AD2
AD1
AD0
IO
E
N
O
M
D
IR
M
E
N
O
V
D
D
V
S
S
R
E
S
E
T
0
C
S
S
E
L
T
S
T
1
T
S
T
0
V
S
S
S
Y
S
C
L
K
C
L
K
1
6
M
V
S
S
V
S
S
S
C
A
S
4
L
0
S
C
A
S
3
L
0
S
C
A
S
2
L
0
S
C
A
S
1
L
0
S
C
A
S
0
L
0
S
C
A
S
4
U
0
S
C
A
S
3
U
0
V
D
D
S
C
A
S
2
U
0
S
C
A
S
1
U
0
S
C
A
S
0
U
0
S
R
A
S
0
V
S
S
IC
A
S
4
0
IC
A
S
3
0
IC
A
S
2
0
IC
A
S
1
0
IC
A
S
0
0
IR
A
S
0
M
A
B
0
M
A
B
1
M
A
B
2
M
A
B
3
V
D
D
V
D
D
M
A
B
4
M
A
B
5
M
A
B
6
M
A
B
7
M
A
B
8
M
A
B
9
B
M
D
IR
B
M
E
N
0
ID
B
0
V
S
S
V
S
S
ID
B
1
ID
B
2
ID
B
3
ID
B
4
V
D
D
ID
B
5
ID
B
6
ID
B
7
ID
B
8
ID
B
9
ID
B
1
0
ID
B
1
1
V
S
S
ID
B
1
2
V
S
S
C
S
M
O
D
0
C
K
O
U
T
C
S
F
IP
0
C
S
V
C
0
C
S
R
C
0
C
S
A
C
E
0
C
S
O
M
0
C
S
O
P
0
V
D
D
C
S
F
L
M
0
W
R
F
L
M
0
C
S
C
G
0
C
S
S
R
M
V
S
S
W
R
S
R
M
N
0
W
R
S
R
M
L
0
B
A
C
K
0
0
B
A
C
K
1
0
B
A
C
K
2
B
A
C
K
3
0
R
D
Q
M
0
W
R
Q
M
0
V
S
S
B
R
E
O
0
0
B
R
E
O
1
0
B
R
E
O
2
B
R
E
O
3
A
E
N
M
B
C
S
IM
A
S
0
V
S
S
IM
R
D
0
IM
W
A
IT
0
IM
W
A
IT
0
S
A
B
1
5
S
A
B
1
4
V
S
S
S
A
B
1
3
S
A
B
1
2
S
A
B
1
1
S
A
B
1
0
V
D
D
S
A
B
9
S
A
B
8
S
A
B
7
S
A
B
6
V
S
S
S
A
B
5
S
A
B
4
S
A
B
3
S
A
B
2
S
A
B
1
IN
T
C
P
D
0
S
D
B
1
5
S
D
B
1
4
S
D
B
1
3
S
D
B
1
2
S
D
B
1
1
V
S
S
V
D
D
S
D
B
1
0
S
D
B
9
S
D
B
8
IDB13
IDB14
IDB15
IA0
IA1
IA2
IA3
VDD
VSS
IA4
IA5
IA6
IA7
IA8
IA9
IA10
IA11
IA12
IA13
IA14
IA15
IA16
IA17
IA18
IA19
IA20
IA21
IA22
IA23
SIOW0
SIOR0
VSS
SDB0
SDB1
SDB2
SDB3
SDB4
SDB5
SDB6
SDB7
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
1
6
8
1
6
7
1
6
6
1
6
5
1
6
4
1
6
3
1
6
2
1
6
1
1
6
0
1
5
9
1
5
8
1
5
7
1
5
6
1
5
5
1
5
4
1
5
3
1
5
2
1
5
1
1
5
0
1
4
9
1
4
8
1
4
7
1
4
6
1
4
5
1
4
4
1
4
3
1
4
2
1
4
1
1
4
0
1
3
9
1
3
8
1
3
7
1
3
6
1
3
5
1
3
4
1
3
3
1
3
2
1
3
1
1
3
0
1
2
9
1
2
8
1
2
7
1
2
6
1
2
5
1
2
4
1
2
3
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
0
1
1
9
1
1
8
1
1
7
1
1
6
1
1
5
1
1
4
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
9
1
0
8
1
0
7
1
0
6
1
0
5
1
6
8
1
6
7
1
6
6
1
6
3
1
6
2
1
5
8
1
5
6
1
5
4
1
5
3
1
5
2
1
5
1
1
5
0
1
4
9
1
4
8
1
4
6
1
4
5
1
4
4
1
4
3
1
4
1
1
4
0
1
3
9
1
3
8
1
3
7
1
3
6
1
3
4
1
3
3
1
3
2
1
3
1
1
2
9
1
2
8
1
2
7
1
2
6
1
2
4
1
2
3
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
0
1
1
8
1
1
7
1
1
6
1
1
5
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
9
1
0
8
1
0
5
1
0
6
123456789
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
4
1
4
2
4
3
4
4
4
5
4
6
4
7
4
8
4
9
5
0
5
1
5
2
5
3
5
4
5
5
5
6
5
7
5
8
5
9
6
0
6
1
6
2
6
3
6
4
234567891
2
1
1
1
3
1
4
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
9
4
0
4
1
4
2
4
4
4
5
4
6
4
7
4
9
5
0
5
1
5
2
5
3
5
4
5
5
5
6
5
7
5
8
5
9
6
2
6
3
6
4
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
71
72
70
69
68
67
66
65
IC2
CPDBUS(208:1)
'004_01A'
GND
+5V
CPD
CPD
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-10
2AA
Main PCB
3
/29
GND
C201 C210 C202 C211 C203 C212 C204 C213 C205 C214 C206 C215 C207 C216 C217 C218 C208
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
C219 C221 C228 C222
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
C209
GND
+5V
GND
R282 R283 R284 R285
GND
+5V
+
5
V
+
5
V
+
5
V 23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
202
203
204
205
207
206
208
175
176
179
178
177
180
171
172
173
170
174
148
147
146
145
144
154
153
152
151
150
36
37
39
40
41
42
44
45
46
47
49
50
51
52
53
55
56
57
58
59
62
64
63
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
74
75
143
11
13
14
12
16
17
102
8
4
6
8
5
9
10
R211
R212
R213
R214
R215
R216
R217
R218
R219
R220
R221
R222
R223
R224
R225
R226
R227
R228
R229
R230
R231
R233
R232
R234
R235
R236
R237
R238
R239
R240
R241
CSMDM_
BEEP
CSFIP_
CSYC_
CSRC_
CSACE_
CSOPEX_
SIORD_
SIOWR_
SRAS_
CSFLM_
CSCG_
CSSRM_
WRFLM_
WRSRM_
WRDRM_
CSSEL_
RDRC
IC73
IC73
RDVC
IRD_
IWR_
IWAIT_
MBCS
IAS_
OMEN_
OMDIR
IOEN
IDDIR_
SYSCLK
CLK16M
RESET_
R242
R243
R244
R245
R246
R247
R248
R249
R250
R251
R252
R253
R254
R255
R256
R257
R258
R259
R260
R261
R262
R264
R263
R265
R266
R267
R268
R269
R270
R272
R271
R273
R274
R275
R276
R277
R278
R279
R280
R281
R286
R287
R288
R289
R290
R291
R292
R293
R294
R295
R296
R297
R298
R299
R300
R301
IRAS0_
ICAS4_
ICAS3_
ICAS2_
ICAS1_
ICAS0_
BACK1_
BACK2_
BACK3
BREQ0_
BREQ1_
BREQ2
BREQ3
AEN
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
98
100
99
101
102
103
104
105
106
108
109
110
111
112
113
115
116
117
118
120
33
34
35
30
31
123
124
126
127
128
129
131
132
133
134
136
141
140
139
138
137
19
20
21
25
26
27
29
166
167
168
169
158
156
163
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
1
2
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
4
3
2
1
0
4
3
2
1
0
IORD_
IOWR_
WRH_
WRL_
RD_
ASTB_
REFRQ_
DACK1_
DACK0_
READY
RAS_
'002_10B'
'002_10B'
'002_10B.007_01E'
'002_10B.007_01E'
'002_10B.005_01F'
'002_10B'
'002_10C.029_02G'
'002_10C.009_02C'
'002_10D.010_01C'
'002_02C'
'002_10C'
'023_01D'
'023_01D'
'022_01E'
'022_01E'
RDOM
WROM
BMEN
BMDIR
22
23
121
122
'009_02G'
'009_02G'
'011_02D'
'011_02D'
'002_10C'
'009_02C'
'002_02C.005_01E'
'008_02B'
'007_01F'
'014_02D'
'018_02D'
'012_09A'
'010_01C'
'022_07E'
'008_02D'
'008_02C'
'023_08E'
'005_01F'
'005_01D'
'006_02D'
'005_01F'
'006_02D'
'006_02D'
'002_10E.024_08B'
'009_02B'
'012_09B'
'018_02D'
'011_02G'
'026_02E'
'026_02E'
'026_02E'
'026_02E'
'011_02G'
'010_09F'
'012_09C'
'010_01F'
BACK0_ 18
'018_05E'
'009_02G'
'012_09C'
'010_09F'
'009_08G'
28
'018_05E'
'010_09F'
'010_09F'
'010_09F'
'010_09F'
'012_02D'
R201
R202
R203
R204
R205
R206
R207
R208
R209
R210
'003_11A'
CPDBUS(208:1)
'002_02A.005_01B'
'002_02A'
AB(23:16)
AD(15:0)
'023_08A'
SCASH(4:0)
'023_08C'
SCASL(4:0)
'005_01B'
'005_01A'
SAB(15:1)
SDB(15:0)
R302
'010_09C'
IAB(23:0)
'009_02E'
IDB(15:0)
'011_02D'
MAB(9:0)
CPD PIN
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-11
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
4
/29
GND
GND
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
NC4
RST
CS
OE
WE
BYTE
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
NC3
NC2
NC1
BSY
VCC
GND2
GND1
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
OE
CS
BYTE
NC3
NC2
NC1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
VCC2
VCC1
GND5
GND6
GND3
GND4
GND1
GND2
16
17
48
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
14
12
26
28
11
47
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
27
24
1
14
13
11
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
45
43
41
39
36
34
32
30
44
42
40
38
35
33
31
29
13
10
9
15
37
46
27
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
46
44
42
40
35
33
31
29
45
43
41
39
34
32
30
28
38
37
48
47
36
26
12
25
IC4 IC3
+5V
+5V
C301 C302
C303
R309
C304
+5V
4M MASK ROM 512K16 EEPROM
+
5
V
+
5
V
SDB(15:0)
CSCG
RESET_
CSFLM_
RD_
WRFLM_
AB(23:16)
SAB(15:1)
'004_05F'
'004_05F'
'004_09F.006_08G'
'004_03D.006_02D'
'004_04A.006_2A'
'004_05A.006_02A'
'004_04A.006_02A'
'004_05F'
CG ROM & FLASH MEM
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-12
2AA
Main PCB
5
/29
GND GND GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
VCC
GND
GND
GND
GND
C402
RTC
IC6
RIC-4513
R411 R412 R413
IC5
328 SRAM
C401
R401 R403 D1
C408
IC34
VDD
NC2 OUT
NC1
GND
VCC
RSTIN RST+
NC3
NC2
NC1
CT
GND
IC35
R407
R408 C404
2
3
1
1
4
2
3
5
2
7
8
7
6
4
4
1
2
1
T
5
6
8
3
Q
3
R
S
D
QC
4
R406
C406
C405
R409
IC37
VCC
GND
GND
GND
IC36
RESET_
BCHG_
C403
R404
R410 R404
R405
BAT1 +
R402
TR2
TR1
1 3
2
1
23
12
3
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
'005_01A.007_01A'
'004_05F'
'004_05F'
'005_01B.023_05A'
SDB(15:0)
AB(23:16)
'005_01B.007_01A'
SAB(15:1)
WRSRML_
'004_05F'
CSSRM
WRSRMH_
'005_01F.007_01D'
RD_
A14
A15
A16
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
CS0
CS1
OE
WE
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
VCC2
NC
VCC1
3
28
4
25
23
26
27
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
22
27
38
22
CS0
CS1
OE
WE
22
27
38
22
15
14
13
31 16
2 17
31 16
2 17
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1 NC 1
0
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
11
28
37
GND
IC81
32K8 SRAM
C407
L402 L401
A14
A15
A16
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
VCC
GND
3
28
4
25
23
26
27
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
11
32
16
DATA
CLK
CE
NC4
NC3
NC2
NC1
STDP
KC8
VCC
KC7
KC6
KC7
2
13
12
7
5
4
1
3
14
11
10
8
6
9
'002_10D'
RTCD
RTCCLK
RTCCE
'002_10D'
'002_10D'
SRAM & RTC & BACKUP
'005_01E.009_02C'
'030_02D'
5
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-13
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
6
/29
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
NC7
NC6
NC5
NC4
NC3
NC2
NC1
CASL
RAS
CASU
OE
WE
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
GND3
GND2
GND1
VCC3
VCC2
VCC1
32
31
30
29
28
27
24
23
22
21
40
36
20
19
16
15
11
18
34
35
33
17
Y7
Y6
Y5
Y4
Y3
Y2
Y1
Y0
VDD
GND
VEE
COM
C
B
A
G
4
2
5
1
12
15
14
13
16
8
7
3
9
10
11
6
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
49
48
47
46
44
43
42
41
10
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
25
6
1
50
45
26
IC7
IK16 DRAM
AG
1 SP
CN11
2 AG
I/O
AG
C506
R510
C507
1
8
5
7
6
4
3
2
VCC
C505
C504
R509
C503
C502
R507 R506
R508
IC9
ANA MPX PWAMP
IC10 +12V
GND
IN+
IN-
GA+
GA-
OUT
BYP
+
AG
AG
AG
-12V
AG
R504 R503 R502
R501
R505
C501
AG
GND
C508 C509 C510
L501
DRAM & SP AMP
SPEAKER
+5V
+5V
+
5
V
+5V_B
'006_02A.022_01A'
'006_02A.022_01A'
SDB(15:0)
SAB(15:1)
'023_11E'
'023_11C'
'023_11E'
'006_02C.023_05E'
'004_05E'
'002_09A'
'002_09A'
'002_09A'
'002_09A'
SPKENB_
SPSEL1
SPSEL2
SPSEL3
DMCASOH_
DMCASOL_
'023_05E'
WRDRM '004_03D'
'004_03D'
WRL_
WRH_
RD_
DMRAS_
BEEP
RXIN_N
'027_01E'
1
2
3
IC74
74HC08
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-14
2AA
Main PCB
7
/29
-
+
-
+
C620 C621 C622 C623
GND
AG
AG
12V
AG
AG
AG
+
+
+
+
+
5
V
+5V
AG
R611
IC12
R610
R609
R606
A_+5V
L602
C602
C609
MODEM
'002_02D'
'009_02A'
'009_02A'
'004_05E'
'004_05E.009_02B'
'004_05E.009_02B'
'002_10G'
'027_01D'
'027_01D'
INTMOM
MODRXD R608
MODTXD C619
C616
C617
C618
C615
R607
R612
IC12
5
6
7
+12
2
3
1
IODB(15:0)
IOAB(10:1)
CSMDM_
SIORD_
SIOWR_
RESETM_
+5V
R604
R603
R602
C612
C613
C614
GND
L601
X3
R615
R605
C603 C610
C611 C604
C601 C605 C606 C607 C608
GND
IC11
5
4
3
2
1
63
64
65
66
20
62
60
61
59
18
67
17
68
16
15
9
14
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RS4
RS3
RS2
RS1
RS0
CS
RD
WR
32
39
2
33
3
57
7
34
1
49
42
54
RST
POR
N.C
DSPRST
CLKIN
IACKIN
TXD
RTS
DTR
NC
TXDAT
RXOUT
XTCLK
XTLI
XTLO
VREF
VC
DVCC4
DVCC3
DVCC2
DVCC1
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
IRO
N.C
DSPIRO
N.C
TMODD
RXD
CTS
RXRD_DSR
TXRD_RI
RLSD
TDCLK
RDCLK
RDN
TXA2
TXA1
CHRC
RINGD
TALK
SPKR
GP0
EYESYN
EYECLK
EYEXY
AVCC
AGND2
AGND1
8
38
4
44
45
35
37
58
5
51
50
52
23
26
27
31
6
28
29
53
46
47
48
21
30
22
12
13
25
24
56
41
36
11
55
43
40
19
10
28.8K Modem
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-15
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
8
/29
'008_029.010_01A'
IOAB(10:1)
'004_05F'
CSOM_
'008_02A.010_01A'
IODB(15:0)
'008_02B.010_01C'
SIORD_
'008_02C.010_01C'
SIOWR_
'006__08G.010_01C'
RESET_
'004_09F.010_01B'
CLK16M
'004_03E'
DACK1_
'004_06D.010_01E'
IDB(15:0)
'004_09E'
RDOM
'004_09E'
WROM_
'004_10D'
BACK3_
'002_02D'
INTQM
'002_02C'
DREQ1
'004_10D'
BREQ3
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
C701 C712
GND
+5V
C702 C713
GND
+5V
C703 C714
GND
+5V
C704 C715
GND
+5V
C705 C716
GND
+5V
C706 C717
GND
+5V
C707 C718
GND
+5V
C708 C719
GND
+5V
C709 C720
GND
+5V
C710 C721
GND
+5V
C711 C722
GND
GND
GND
GND
92
91
90
89
86
85
84
83
80
79
78
77
74
73
72
71
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IC82
JBIG/JPEQ CEP
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
A3
A2
A1
A0
BHE
CS
RD
WR
RST
BUS16
TEST1
TEST0
MCLK
DACK
PD31
PD30
PD29
PD28
PD27
PD26
PD25
PD24
PD23
PD22
PD21
PD20
PD19
PD18
PD17
PD16
PD15_PEUPE
PD14
PD13
PD12
PD11_CX11
PD10_CX10
PD9_CX9
PD8_CX8
PD7_CX7
PD6_CX6
PD5_CX5
PD4_CX4
PD3_CX3
PD2_CX2
PD1_CX1
PD0_CX0
PDRD
PDWR
PDACK
PTIM_X
PXCK
SVID_PIX
XWAIT
INTR
DREQ
YCC11
YCC10
YCC9
YCC8
YCC7
YCC6
YCC5
YCC4
YCC3
YCC2
YCC1
GND11
GND10
GND9
GND8
GND7
GND6
GND5
GND4
GND3
GND2
GND1
TOUT2
TOUT1
PDREQ
X.PRDY
PXCKO
PIX_RYID
XCLK
53
54
100
93
87
81
75
69
59
50
39
26
13
94
88
82
76
70
60
51
40
27
14
1
96
97
38
45
95
44
52
67
66
65
64
63
62
57
58
68
55
98
99
61
56
41
42
43
47
48
46
45
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
3
2
1
R702
R701
QM_CODER
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-16
2AA
Main PCB
9
/29
IOAB(10:1)
'009_02A.012_02A'
CLK16M
'009_02C.012_02C'
RESET_
'009_02C.012_09B'
CSACE_
'004_05E'
SIORD_
'009_02B.014_02D'
SIOWR_
'009_02B.012_09B'
BACK2
'004_10D'
DACK0_
'004_03E'
IODB(15:0)
'009_02A.012_02A'
IDB(15:0)
'009_02E.011_02A'
3
2
1
91
92
94
93
8
4
5
6
3
100
46
45
44
43
42
41
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
1
97
78
81
82
83
9
6
8
7
7
3
6
1
5
7
5
3
1
57
9
0
8
0
7
9
6
8
6
0
5
2
4
0
2
8
1
0921
2
9
95
27
26
24
25
23
22
21
20
19
18
16
13
17
12
11
98
99
77
76
75
74
72
71
70
69
67
66
65
64
63
62
59
56
55
54
51
50
49
48
47
88
89
84
85
86
58
14
15
14
12
13
11
10
9
8
7
6
4
2
5
1
0
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
8
3
INTACE
'002_02D'
DRE Q0
'002_02D'
IAB(23:0)
'004_06A.012_09F'
AEN
'004_10D'
MBCS
'004_07F'
IRD_
'004_07F.011_82G'
IWR_
'004_07F.011_82G'
BRE Q2
'004_10D'
GND
GND
GND
R801 R802
+5V
+5V +5V +5V
R803
R804
IOA3
IOA2
IOA0
IOA1
CLK
CS
UBE
IORW
IORD
DACK
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
IC2
IC1
RC64L 128H
RDY
MACK
RST
IOD15
IOD14
IOD12
IOD13
IOD11
IOD10
IOD9
IOD8
IOD7
IOD6
IOD4
IOD2
IOD0
IOD5
IOD1
INT
DRE Q
RFR_RLR_A23
A22
A21
A20
A19
A18
A17
A16
A15
A14
A13
A12
A11
A10
A9
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
NBCS
MWR
A8
A1
A0
AEN
MRD
MRE Q
IOD3
V
C
C
8
V
C
C
7
V
C
C
6
V
C
C
5
V
C
C
4
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
2
G
N
D
1
3
G
N
D
1
2
G
N
D
1
1
G
N
D
1
0
G
N
D
9
G
N
D
8
G
N
D
7
G
N
D
6
G
N
D
5
G
N
D
4
G
N
D
3
G
N
D
2
G
N
D
1
V
C
C
1
IC13
ACEE
GND
C801 C809 C802 C810 C803 C811 C804 C812
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
C805 C813 C806 C814 C807 C815 C808 C816
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-17
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
10
/29
'010_01E.012_02F'
IDB(15:0)
'004_09E'
RMDIR
'004_09E'
BMEN_
'004_10A.026_02A'
MAB(9:0)
'004_10C.026_02E'
IRAS0_
'004_10C'
ICAS0_
'010_09F.012_02D'
IRD_
'010_09F.012_02D'
IWR_
'026_02A'
BMOB(15:0)
C817
C818 C819
C820
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
IC84
IC83
IC14
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
DIR OC
DIR OC
1 19
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
1 19
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
+5V
R820
R819
R818
R817
R816
R815
R814
R813
R812
R811
R810
R805
R806
R807
R808
R809
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
32
31
30
29
28
27
24
23
22
21
40
36
20
19
16
15
11
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
MC7
MC6
MC5
MC4
MC3
MC2
MC1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
49
48
47
46
44
43
42
41
10
9
8
7
5
4
3
2
1M16 DRAM
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RAS
CASU
CASL
OE
WE
VCC3
VCC2
VCC1
GND3
GND2
GND1
18
34
35
33
17
25
6
1
50
45
26
L801
IC83 IC84
20
18 18
20
C821
BIT MAP MEM.
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-18
2AA
Main PCB
11
/29
GND
C831 C838 C832 C839 C833 C840 C834 C841
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
C835 C842 C836 C843 C837 C844
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
GND
GND
RCSC
IC16
GND
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
GND GND GND
+
5
V
+
5
V
GND
0
1
2
+5V +5V
+
5
V
+
5
V
+5V
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
123456789
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
34567891
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
01234567891
0
1
1
8
0
7
9
7
8
7
7
7
6
7
5
7
4
7
3
7
2
7
1
7
0
6
9
6
8
6
7
6
6
6
5
6
4
6
3
6
2
6
1
6
0
5
9
5
8
5
7
5
6
5
5
5
4
5
3
5
2
5
1
654321
1
5
1
4
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
09876543210
'002_02D'
'004_10D'
'004_10D'
'010_09C.018_10A'
'004_05E'
'004_06G'
'010_01C.014_02D'
'010_01B.018_10D'
'004_07F.018_10D'
'011_02G.018_10D'
'010_01A.014_02B'
'010_01A.014_02A'
'011_02G.018_10D'
'011_02A.019_07A'
RCSC
V
D
D
IM
D
3
IM
D
4
IM
D
5
IM
D
6
IM
D
7
V
S
S
IM
D
8
IM
D
9
IM
D
1
0
IM
D
1
1
IM
D
1
2
IM
D
1
3
IM
D
1
4
V
S
S
IM
D
1
5
IM
A
0
IM
A
1
IM
A
2
IM
A
3
V
D
D
IM
A
4
V
S
S
IM
A
5
IM
A
6
IM
A
7
IM
A
8
IM
A
9
IM
A
1
0
IM
A
1
1
C
P
A
5
C
P
A
4
C
P
A
3
C
P
A
2
C
P
A
1
C
P
A
0
V
S
S
C
P
D
1
5
C
P
D
1
4
C
P
D
1
3
C
P
D
1
2
C
P
D
1
1
C
P
D
1
0
V
D
D
V
S
S
C
P
D
9
C
P
D
8
C
P
D
7
C
P
D
6
C
P
D
5
V
S
S
C
P
D
4
C
P
D
3
C
P
D
2
C
P
D
1
C
P
D
0
C
S
L
R
D
L
W
R
L
R
E
S
E
T
L
VSS
CLKI6M
VSS
TST5
TST4
TST3
TST2
TST1
TST0
VSS
VDD
IMASL
IMWRL
IMADL
TST6
VDD
VSS
IMD0
IMD1
IMD2
IRQL
VDD
VSS
IMBREQL
IMBACKL
IMA23
IMA22
IMA21
IMA20
VDD
VSS
IMA19
IMA18
IMA17
IMA16
IMA15
IMA14
IMA13
IMA12
VSS
IODB(15:0)
IDB(15:0)
IAB(23:0)
BACK1_
BREQ1_
INTRC_
RESET_
'010_01C.014_02D'
SIOWR_
RDRC_
CSRC_ IOAB(10:1)
CLK16M
IAS_
IWR_
IRD_
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-19
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
12
/29
FI4D2
FI4D3
FI4D4
FI4D5
FI4D6
FI4D7
GND
SHSYNCL
SYSYNCL
FHSYNCL
FYSYNCL
RRS2L
WRS2L
GND
VDD
EK0D0
EK0D1
EK0D2
EK0D3
GND
EK0D4
EK0D5
EK0D6
EK0D7
VDD
EKID0
EKID1
EKID2
EKID3
EKID4
EKID5
EKID6
EKID7
GND
SCINHI
PTIM
GND
NITIOUT
TOUT
VDD
F
I4
D
1
F
I4
D
0
V
D
D
F
I3
D
7
F
I3
D
6
F
I3
D
5
F
I3
D
4
F
I3
D
3
F
I3
D
2
F
I3
D
1
F
I3
D
0
V
D
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
X
T
A
L
G
N
D
F
I2
D
7
F
I2
D
6
F
I2
D
5
F
I2
D
4
F
I2
D
3
F
I2
D
2
F
I2
D
1
F
I2
D
0
V
D
D
G
N
D
F
I1
D
7
F
I1
D
6
F
I1
D
5
F
I1
D
4
F
I1
D
3
F
I1
D
2
F
I1
D
1
F
I1
D
0
G
N
D
R
W
R
S
IL
F
IP
C
L
K
G
N
D
V
D
D
M
R
E
O
U
T
M
R
E
F
IP
G
N
D
F
I0
D
7
F
I0
D
6
F
I0
D
5
F
I0
D
4
G
N
D
F
I0
D
3
F
I0
D
2
F
I0
D
1
F
I0
D
0
G
N
D
V
D
D
S
D
2
7
S
D
2
6
S
D
2
5
S
D
2
4
G
N
D
S
D
2
3
S
D
2
2
S
D
2
1
S
D
2
0
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
G
N
D
R
E
S
E
T
L
G
N
D
A
1
A
2
A
3
A
4
A
5
A
6
A
7
T
IN
T
E
B
V
D
D
D
0
D
1
D
2
G
N
D
D
3
D
4
D
5
G
N
D
V
D
D
D
6
D
7
G
N
D
V
D
D
D
8
D
9
D
1
0
G
N
D
D
1
1
D
1
2
D
1
3
G
N
D
V
D
D
D
1
4
D
1
5
G
N
D
F
IP
C
S
L
ID
R
D
L
ID
W
R
L
ID
IN
0
ID
IN
1
ID
IN
2
ID
IN
3
ID
IN
4
ID
IN
5
ID
IN
6
ID
IN
7
G
N
D
G
N
D
V
D
D
G
N
D
W
R
IL
O
E
IL
G
N
D
S
A
1
0
S
A
1
1
S
A
1
2
S
A
1
3
G
N
D
S
A
1
4
S
A
1
5
VDD
GND
WR2L
DE2L
GND
SA212
SA211
SA210
SA29
VDD
SA28
SA27
SA26
SA25
SA24
GND
SA23
SA22
SA21
SA20
GND
SD17
SD16
SD15
SD14
GND
VDD
SD13
SD12
SD11
SD10
GND
SAI12
SAI11
SAI10
SAI9
VDD
SAI8
SAI7
SAI6
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
169
170
171
172
173
174
176
177
178
179
180
181
184
185
186
187
189
189
191
192
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
203
204
206
1
6
8
1
6
7
1
6
6
1
6
5
1
6
5
1
6
4
1
6
4
1
6
3
1
6
2
1
6
2
1
6
1
1
6
1
1
6
0
1
6
0
1
5
9
1
5
8
1
5
8
1
5
7
1
5
6
1
5
5
1
5
4
1
5
3
1
5
2
1
5
1
1
5
0
1
4
9
1
4
8
1
4
7
1
4
7
1
4
6
1
4
5
1
4
4
1
4
3
1
4
2
1
4
2
1
4
1
1
4
0
1
3
9
1
3
8
1
3
7
1
3
6
1
3
5
1
3
4
1
3
3
1
3
2
1
3
1
1
3
0
1
2
9
1
2
8
1
2
7
1
2
6
1
2
5
1
2
4
1
2
3
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
0
1
1
9
1
1
9
1
1
8
1
1
7
1
1
6
1
1
5
1
1
4
1
1
4
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
9
1
0
8
1
0
7
1
0
6
1
0
5
1
6
8
1
6
7
1
6
3
1
5
9
1
5
4
1
5
2
1
5
1
1
5
0
1
4
9
1
4
8
1
4
6
1
4
5
1
4
1
1
4
0
1
3
9
1
3
8
1
3
7
1
3
6
1
3
5
1
3
3
1
3
2
1
2
9
1
2
8
1
2
6
1
2
5
1
2
4
1
2
3
1
2
1
1
2
0
1
1
8
1
1
5
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
0
1
0
9
1
0
8
1
0
7
123456789
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
4
1
4
2
4
3
4
4
4
5
4
6
4
7
4
8
4
9
5
0
5
1
5
2
5
3
5
4
5
5
5
6
5
7
5
8
5
9
6
0
6
1
6
2
6
3
6
4
3567891
0
1
1
1
6
1
5
1
7
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
4
2
5
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
7
3
8
4
0
4
1
4
2
4
3
4
4
4
5
4
6
4
7
4
8
4
9
5
0
5
5
5
6
5
8
5
9
6
0
6
1
6
3
6
4
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
102
101
99
98
99
98
94
93
92
91
90
88
87
86
85
83
82
81
80
77
76
75
74
72
71
70
69
67
66
65
IC17
FIPBUS(208:1)
'014_01A'
GND
+5V
FIP
FIP
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-20
2AA
Main PCB
13
/29
'013_11A'
FIPBUS(208:1)
R941
R942
R943
R944
R945
R946
R947
R948
192
191
190
189
187
186
185
184
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
201
200
199
198
197
196
195
194
180
181
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
'016_05E'
'016_08E'
'016_05F'
'016_05F'
EK0D(7:0)
EKID(7:0)
FRRES2_
FWRES2_
GND
+5V
FIP PIN
20
10
IC39
C935
R933
R934
R935
R936
R937
R938
R939
R940
126
125
124
123
121
120
119
118
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
'015_01B'
FI0D(7:0)
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
'015_04B'
FI1D(7:0)
152
151
150
149
148
147
146
145
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
'015_06B'
FI2D(7:0)
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
'015_08B'
FI3D(7:0)
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
133
154
167
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
'015_10B'
'015_01E'
'028_05D'
FI4D(7:0)
FRWRESI
FXIAL
R905
R906
R907
R908
R909
R910
R911
R912
R913
R914
R915
R916
R917
72
71
70
69
67
66
65
64
63
61
60
59
58
9
8
7
12
11
10
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
'016_02A'
FS1A(12:0)
83
82
81
80
77
76
75
74
55
56
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
'016_04A'
'016_02C'
'016_02C'
FSID(7:0)
R918
R919
R920
R921
R922
R923
R924
R925
R926
R927
R928
R929
R930
R931
R932
99
98
97
96
94
93
92
91
90
88
87
86
85
9
8
7
12
11
10
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
'016_05A'
FS2A(12:0)
FWRSI
FRDSI
115
114
113
112
110
109
108
107
102
101
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
'016_08A'
'016_05C'
'016_05C'
FS2D(7:0)
FWRS2
'015_01E'
FIPCLK1
'015_01E'
FIPCLK2
'016_02G'
FIPCLK3
FRDS2
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
38
37
34
33
32
30
29
28
25
24
21
20
19
17
15
16
41
42
40
3
SIOWR_
SIORD_
CSFIP_
RESET_
'012_09B.018_02D'
'010_01C.022_07F'
'004_05E'
'012_09B.018_02D'
'012_02A.018_02A'
'012_02A.018_02B'
IOAB(10:1)
IODB(15:0)
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
128
176
177
203
204
132
179
178
129
206
FHSYNC
FVSYNC
FMREOUT
FNITI
'018_05B'
'018_05B'
'018_01E'
'018_05A'
ESVSYNC_
ESHSYNC_
ESCINHI
FIPIM
FMREFIP
'002_1DE.024_01D'
'024_01D'
'016_02F'
'024_01G'
'022_03E'
'016_04E'
FIDIN(7:0)
2A3
2A4
2A2
2A1
1A4
1A3
1A2
1A1
2Y3
2Y4
2Y2
2Y1
1Y4
1Y3
1Y2
1Y1
17
15
13
11
8
6
4
2
3
5
7
9
12
14
16
18
R901
IC39
1G
1 19
2G
GND GND
R902
R903
R904
L910
L911
L912
G
N
D
GND
C901 C918 C902 C919 C903 C920 C904 C921
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
C905 C922
GND
+5V
GND
C906 C923 C907 C924 C908 C925 C909 C926
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
C910 C927
GND
+5V
GND
C911 C928 C912 C929 C913 C930 C914 C931
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
C915 C932
GND
+5V
GND
C916 C933 C934 C917
+5V
GND
+5V
L901
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-21
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
14
/29
Q15
Q14
Q13
Q12
Q11
Q10
Q9
Q8
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC2
VCC1
GND2
GND1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
OE
MD
RE
WE
RSTR
WRST
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
10
36
12
33
13
32
9
35
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
IC21
504816 LINE
'014_07E'
FI4D(7:0)
'014_07E'
'014_05G'
'014_05H'
FRWRES1_
FIPCLK1
FIPCLK2
G
N
D
G
N
D
+5V
GND
Q15
Q14
Q13
Q12
Q11
Q10
Q9
Q8
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC2
VCC1
GND2
GND1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
OE
MD
RE
WE
RSTR
WRST
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
10
36
12
33
13
32
9
35
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
IC20
504816 LINE
G
N
D
G
N
D
+5V
GND
Q15
Q14
Q13
Q12
Q11
Q10
Q9
Q8
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC2
VCC1
GND2
GND1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
OE
MD
RE
WE
RSTR
WRST
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
10
36
12
33
13
32
9
35
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
IC19
504816 LINE
G
N
D
G
N
D
+5V
GND
Q15
Q14
Q13
Q12
Q11
Q10
Q9
Q8
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC2
VCC1
GND2
GND1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
OE
MD
RE
WE
RSTR
WRST
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
10
36
12
33
13
32
9
35
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
31
14
34
11
IC18
504816 LINE
GND
C936 C937
L902
+5V
31
14
34
11
GND
C938 C939
L903
+5V
31
14
34
11
GND
C946 C941
L904
+5V
31
14
34
11
GND
C942 C943
L905
+5V G
N
D
G
N
D
+5V
GND
'014_07D'
FI3D(7:0)
'014_07C'
FI2D(7:0)
'014_07B'
FI1D(7:0)
'014_07A'
FI0D(7:0)
FIP FIFO
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-22
2AA
Main PCB
15
/29
Q15
Q14
Q13
Q12
Q11
Q10
Q9
Q8
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC2
VCC1
GND2
GND1
D15
D14
D13
D12
D11
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
OE
MD
RE
WE
RSTR
WRST
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
10
36
12
33
13
32
9
35
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
31
14
34
11
IC25
504816 LINE
C947 C948
G
N
D
G
N
D
+5V
GND
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC24
8K8 LINE
GND
C946
G
N
D
EK1D(7:0)
'014_11B'
EK0D(7:0)
'014_11A'
FRRES2_
'014_11C'
FWRES2_
'014_11C'
FIDIN(7:0)
'014_02D'
ESVD(7:0)
'024_02A'
FMREFIP
'014_02E'
ERSTWR_
'024_01F'
ESVCLK
FIPCLK3
'014_02A'
'014_05H.018_01G'
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
VCC
GND
A12
A11
A14
A13
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
CS
OE
A3
A2
A1
A0
WE
8
7
10
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
26
25
24
23
21
20
22
27
0
7
6
5
4
3
12
11
10
9
8
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
11
IC22
32K8 SRAM
GND
GND
C944
L906
+5V
28
14
FS1D(7:0)
'014_05C'
FS1A(12:0)
'014_05A'
FRDS1_
'014_05D'
FWRS1_
'014_05D'
FIP RAMRF IFO
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
VCC
GND
A12
A11
A14
A13
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
CS
OE
A3
A2
A1
A0
WE
8
7
10
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
26
25
24
23
21
20
22
27
0
7
6
5
4
3
12
11
10
9
8
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
11
IC23
32K8 SRAM
GND
GND
C945
28
14
FS2D(7:0)
'014_05E'
FS2A(12:0)
'014_05D'
FRDS2_
'014_05F'
FWRS2_
'014_05F'
GND
L908
+5V
L907
+5V
L909
+5V
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-23
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
16
/29
IMWAITL
TST6
VDD
VSS
IMA0
IMA1
IMA2
IMA3
IMA4
IMA5
IMA6
IMA7
VSS
IMA8
IMA9
IMA10
IMA11
IMA12
IMA13
IMA14
IMA15
VDD
VSS
IMA16
IMA17
IMA18
IMA19
IMA20
IMA21
IMA22
IMA23
VSS
VDD
TST7
TST8
TST9
VSS
CLK16M
VSS
CPUCSL
IM
W
R
L
IM
R
D
L
IM
A
S
L
V
D
D
V
S
S
IM
B
R
E
Q
L
IM
B
A
C
K
L
T
S
T
5
T
S
T
4
T
S
T
3
T
S
T
2
T
S
T
1
T
S
T
0
V
S
S
F
F
W
2
R
D
E
L
F
F
W
2
R
C
K
F
F
W
2
R
R
S
L
F
F
W
2
W
C
K
F
F
W
2
W
R
S
L
F
F
W
1
R
D
E
L
F
F
W
IR
C
K
V
D
D
F
F
W
IR
R
S
L
F
F
W
IW
C
K
F
F
W
IW
R
S
L
W
3
7
4
D
E
L
V
S
S
W
3
7
4
C
K
2
W
3
7
4
C
K
1
F
IP
D
0
F
IP
D
1
F
IP
D
2
F
IP
D
3
F
IP
D
4
F
IP
D
5
F
IP
D
6
F
IP
D
7
V
S
S
F
F
R
2
0
F
F
R
2
1
F
F
R
2
2
F
F
R
2
3
F
F
R
2
4
F
F
R
2
5
F
F
R
2
6
F
F
R
2
7
F
F
R
2
R
C
K
F
F
R
2
R
R
S
L
F
F
R
2
W
C
K
V
S
S
F
F
R
2
W
R
S
L
R
3
7
4
D
E
2
L
R
3
7
4
D
E
1
L
R
3
7
4
C
K
V
D
D
F
F
R
IR
C
K
F
F
R
IR
R
S
L
F
F
R
IW
C
K
F
F
R
IW
R
S
L
F
F
R
1
0
F
F
R
1
1
F
F
R
1
2
F
F
R
1
3
F
F
R
1
4
C
P
U
R
D
L
C
P
U
W
R
L
C
P
U
IR
Q
L
C
P
U
R
S
T
L
C
P
U
D
1
5
C
P
U
D
1
4
C
P
U
D
1
3
C
P
U
D
1
2
C
P
U
D
1
1
V
D
D
C
P
U
D
1
0
C
P
U
D
9
C
P
U
D
8
C
P
U
D
7
V
S
S
C
P
U
D
6
C
P
U
D
5
C
P
U
D
4
C
P
U
D
3
C
P
U
D
2
C
P
U
D
1
C
P
U
D
0
V
S
S
C
P
U
A
8
C
P
U
A
7
C
P
U
A
6
C
P
U
A
5
C
P
U
A
4
C
P
U
A
3
C
P
U
A
2
C
P
U
A
1
M
R
E
IN
N
IT
IIN
F
V
S
Y
N
C
L
F
H
S
Y
N
C
L
V
S
S
F
IP
C
L
K
V
S
S
P
R
C
L
K
V
S
S
P
V
S
Y
N
C
L
P
H
S
V
N
C
L
V
D
D
W
R
E
O
U
T
N
IT
IO
U
T
E
P
R
D
Y
C
P
R
D
Y
S
B
S
Y
L
P
R
D
Y
L
S
R
D
Y
L
P
R
IN
T
S
C
A
N
V
S
S
S
R
A
M
A
1
4
S
R
A
M
A
1
3
S
R
A
M
A
1
2
S
R
A
M
A
1
1
S
R
A
M
A
1
0
S
R
A
M
A
9
V
S
S
V
D
D
S
R
A
M
A
8
S
R
A
M
A
7
S
R
A
M
A
6
FFR15
FFR16
FFR17
FF6RCK
FF5PRSL
FF6WCK
FF6WRSL
VDD
VSS
FF600
FF601
FF602
FF603
FF604
FF605
FF6I0
FF6I1
FF6I2
FF6I3
FF6I4
FF6I5
SRAMRDL
SRAMWRL
SRAMCSL
SRAMD0
SRAMD1
SRAMD2
SRAMD3
VSS
SRAMD4
SRAMD5
SRAMD6
SRAMD7
VDD
SRAMA0
SRAMA1
SRAMA2
SRAMA3
SRAMA4
SRAMA5
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
169
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
189
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
206
208
1
6
8
1
6
7
1
6
6
1
6
5
1
6
6
1
6
4
1
6
3
1
6
2
1
6
2
1
6
1
1
6
0
1
5
9
1
5
8
1
5
7
1
5
6
1
5
5
1
5
4
1
5
3
1
5
2
1
5
1
1
5
0
1
4
9
1
4
8
1
4
7
1
4
6
1
4
5
1
4
4
1
4
3
1
4
2
1
4
1
1
4
0
1
3
9
1
3
8
1
3
7
1
3
6
1
3
5
1
3
4
1
3
3
1
3
2
1
3
1
1
3
0
1
2
9
1
2
8
1
2
7
1
2
6
1
2
5
1
2
4
1
2
3
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
0
1
1
9
1
1
8
1
1
7
1
1
6
1
1
5
1
1
4
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
9
1
0
8
1
0
7
1
0
6
1
0
5
1
6
8
1
6
7
1
6
3
1
5
4
1
5
3
1
5
2
1
5
1
1
5
0
1
4
9
1
4
8
1
4
6
1
4
5
1
4
4
1
4
3
1
4
1
1
4
0
1
3
9
1
3
8
1
3
7
1
3
6
1
3
5
1
3
4
1
3
3
1
3
2
1
3
0
1
2
9
1
2
8
1
2
7
1
2
6
1
2
4
1
2
5
1
2
3
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
2
0
1
1
8
1
1
5
1
1
6
1
1
7
1
1
3
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
9
1
0
8
1
0
7
1
0
5
1
0
6
123456789
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
4
1
4
2
4
3
4
4
4
5
4
6
4
7
4
8
4
9
5
0
5
1
5
2
5
3
5
4
5
5
5
6
5
7
5
8
5
9
6
0
6
1
6
2
6
3
6
4
34 2 1567891
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
7
3
9
4
1
4
2
4
4
4
5
4
6
4
7
4
8
4
9
5
0
5
1
5
2
5
5
5
4
5
6
5
7
5
8
5
9
6
2
6
3
6
4
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
94
95
93
92
91
90
88
89
87
86
85
83
84
82
81
80
77
78
79
75
74
72
73
70
69
68
67
66
65
IC17
VCBUS(208:1)
'018_01A'
GND
+5V
FIP
VC
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-24
2AA
Main PCB
17
/29
+5V
+5V
R
S
10
12
13
11
T
Q
9
8
D
QC
IC77
+5V
R
S
4
2
1
3
T
Q
5
6
D
QC
IC77
C1023
IC74
14
7
+5V
GND
C1024
IC73
14
7
+5V
GND
C1025
IC77
14
7
+5V
GND
VC PIN
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
199
198
197
196
195
194
193
192
189
188
187
186
185
184
182
183
180
179
178
177
176
175
173
174
167
168
166
169
IWR_
IRD_
IAS_
IWAIT_
'012_02D.026_02H'
'012_02D.026_02H'
'012_02D'
'004_07F'
206
3
CLK16M
INTVC_
'012_02C.02B_09B'
'002_02D'
'012_09F'
'019_02A'
IAB(23:0)
110
112
111
VFI1RRS_
VFI1WRS_
VFI1WCK
'020_02F'
'020_02F'
'020_02F'
113 VFI1RCK
'020_02F'
R1028
R1027
52
51
47
EPRINT
ESCAN
ECPRDY
'024_02G'
'024_02H'
'024_02B'
49 EPRDY_
'024_01F'
R1033
R1032
R1034
48
46
50
EEPRDY
ESBSY_
ESRDY_
'024_01D'
'024_01F'
'024_01C'
1
3
IC73
IC74
GND
2
13
11
12
140
141
143
VLOCK2
VLOCK1
VLOEN_
'019_02F'
'019_02F'
'019_02F'
144 VFO1WRS_
'019_02C'
146
145
148
VFO1WCK
VFO1RRS_
VFO1RCK
'019_02C'
'019_02C'
'019_02G'
150
152
151
VFO2RRS
VFO2WRS_
VFO2WCK
'019_02E'
'019_02E'
'019_02E'
153 VFO 2RCK
'019_02G'
149
154 VFO2RE_
VFO1RE_
'019_02E'
'019_08B'
'019_02C'
118
121
120
VFI2RRS_
VFI2WRS_
VFI2WCK
'020_02E'
'020_02F'
'020_02F'
122 VFI2RCK
'020_02F'
R1030
R1029
115
116
117
VLIEN1_
VLICK
VLIEN2_
'020_02E'
'020_02E'
'020_02E'
R1031
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
'020_07C'
VFI1D(7:0)
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
'020_07A'
VFI2D(7:0)
R1002
R1003
R1004
R1005
R1006
R1007
R1008
R1009
R1015
R1016
R1017
R1018
R1019
R1020
R1021
R1022
R1023
R1024
98 VF6WRS
'019_08C'
100 VF6RRS
'019_08C'
99
101 VF6RCK
VF6WCK
'019_08C'
'019_08C'
R1025
R1026
R1010
R1011
R1012
R1013
R1014
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
VFIPD(7:0)
90
91
92
93
94
95
5
4
3
2
1
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
VFGO(15:0)
VSA(14:0)
'019_11B'
84
85
86
87
88
89
5
4
3
2
1
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
VF61(5:0)
37
33
32
FNIT1
'014_02F'
35 FHSYNC_
'014_02F'
34
44
FVSYNC_
VMREOUT_
'014_02F'
'023_01E'
45
39 VFIPCLK
VNITIOUT
'023_01E'
'021_01B'
'023_01E'
83
82
81
VWRS_
VRDS_
VCSS_
'021_01D'
'021_01D'
'021_01D'
42
41
162
163 BREQ0_
BACK0_
'004_10D'
'004_10C'
R1001
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
54
55
56
57
58
59
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
IOAB(10:1)
'014_02A.022_10A'
8
7
6
5
4
2
3
1
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
72
73
74
75
77
78
79
80
'021_01B'
VSD(7:0)
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
3
0
1
5
6
7
8
9
11
13
12
14
16
17
18
19
20
22
21
'014_02B.022_05A'
IODB(15:0)
208
1
CSVC_
RDVC_
'004_05E'
'004_06G'
2
4
SIDWR2_
RESET_
'014_02D.022_07D'
'014_02D.022_07F'
VCBUS(208:1)
'017_11A'
'014_02F'
FWREOUT
FIFORST2
EPHSYNC_
FIFORST0_
EPVSYNC_
FIFORST1_
FIPCLK3
11
IC73
IC74
IC74
12
13
10
9
5
4
'002_10C'
'022_07F'
'002_10D'
'022_07F'
'002_10C'
'016_02G'
GND
C1001 C1012 C1002 C1013 C1003 C1014 C1004 C1015
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
C1005 C1016
GND
+5V
C1006 C1017
GND
+5V
GND
C1007 C1018 C1008 C1019 C1009 C1020 C1010 C1021
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
GND
+5V
C1011 C1022
GND
+5V
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-25
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
18
/29
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC27
5K8 LINE
GND
C1026
G
N
D
VFIDPDD(7:0) VFIPD(7:0)
VFO1RE_
VFO1RRS_
VFO1WRS_
VFO1WCK
'018_07A'
'018_07C'
'018_07B'
'018_07B'
'018_07C'
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
5
4
3
2
1
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC29
5K8 LINE
G
N
D
VF6I(5:0)
VF6O(5:0)
IDB(5:0)
VF6RRS_
VF6WRS_
VF6RCK
VF6WCK
'018_07C'
'012_02F.020_02A'
'018_07D'
VPVD0 R1035
'024_01F'
'018_07E'
'018_07E'
'018_07E'
'018_07E'
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC30
5K8 LINE
G
N
D
ELSUOUT_
VMREOUT_
EPVCLK
VFCLK
'022_07F'
VNITIOUT_
'023_04E'
'023_04E'
'022_07F'
'023_04E'
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC28
5K8 LINE
G
N
D
VFO2RE_
VFO2RRS_
VFO2WRS_
VFO2WCK
'018_07C'
'018_07C'
'018_07C'
'018_07C'
VLOCK1
VLOCK2
'018_07B'
'018_07B'
VLOEN_
'018_07B'
GND
+5V
20
10
IC41
C1031
GND
+5V
20
10
IC40
C1030
D7
D8
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
Q7
Q8
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
18
17
14
13
8
7
4
3
19
16
15
12
9
6
5
2
IC40
T
11 1
OC
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
D7
D8
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
Q7
Q8
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
18
17
14
13
8
7
4
3
19
16
15
12
9
6
5
2
IC41
T
11 1
OC
VC FIF01
VF01RCK
VF02RCK
5
3
4
Vcc
'018_07C'
'018_07C'
GND
+5V
GND
C1032
+5V
L1001
+5V
GND
C1028
L1003
+5V
GND
C1027
L1002
+5V
GND
C1029
L1004
+5V
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-26
2AA
Main PCB
19
/29
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC31
5K8 LINE
GND
C1033
+5V
G
N
D
VFI2D(7:0)
VF1DB(7:0)
'019_07A'
VFI2RRS_
VFI2WRS_
VFI2RCK
VFI2WCK
'018_09B'
'018_09B'
'018_09B'
'018_09B'
Q7
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q0
VCC
GND
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
RCLK
WCLK
RE
WE
RRST
WRST
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
5
20
6
19
8
17
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
12
11
10
9
4
3
2
1
18
7
IC32
5K8 LINE
G
N
D
VFI1RRS_
VFI1WRS_
VFI1RCK
VFI1WCK
VLIEN1_
'018_09A'
'018_09A'
'018_09B'
'018_09B'
'018_09B'
'018_09D'
8
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IDB(15:0)
VLICK
'018_09B'
'018_09C'
VLIEN2_
D7
D8
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
Q7
Q8
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
18
17
14
13
8
7
4
3
19
16
15
12
9
6
5
2
IC42
T
11 1
OC
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
D7
D8
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
Q7
Q8
Q6
Q5
Q4
Q3
Q2
Q1
18
17
14
13
8
7
4
3
19
16
15
12
9
6
5
2
IC43
T
11 1
OC
GND
+5V
20
10
IC43
C1036
GND
+5V
20
10
IC42
C1035
VC FIF02
VFI1D(7:0)
'018_09C'
R
1
0
3
6
R
1
0
3
7
R
1
0
3
8
R
1
0
3
9
R
1
0
4
0
R
1
0
4
1
R
1
0
4
2
R
1
0
4
3
L1005
+5V
GND
C1034
L1006
+5V
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-27
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
20
/29
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
VCC
GND
A12
A11
A14
A13
A10
A9
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
CS
OE
A3
A2
A1
A0
WE
8
7
10
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
26
25
24
23
21
20
22
27
0
7
6
5
4
3
12
13
14
11
10
9
8
2
1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
19
18
17
16
15
13
12
11
IC33
32K8 SRAM
GND
C1038
+5V
L1007
28
14
VSD(7:0)
'018_05D'
VSA(14:0)
'018_05B'
VRDS_
'018_05E'
VCSS_
'018_05E'
VWRS_
'018_05E'
VC SRAM
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-28
2AA
Main PCB
21
/29
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
IC85
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
DIR OC
R1116
R1115
R1114
R1113
R1112
R1111
R1110
R1109
R1135
R1136
R1137
R1138
R1139
R1140
R1141
R1142
+5V
1 19
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
17
15
13
11
8
6
4
2
3
5
7
9
12
14
16
18
17
15
13
11
8
6
4
2
3
5
9
14
16
18
17
15
13
11
8
6
4
2

5
7
9
12
14
16
18
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
IC46
2A4
2A3
2A2
2A1
1A4
1A3
1A2
1A1
2Y4
2Y3
2Y2
2Y1
1Y4
1Y3
1Y2
1Y1
2A4
2A3
2A2
2A1
1A4
1A3
1A2
1A1
2Y4
2Y3
2Y2
2Y1
1Y4
1Y3
1Y2
1Y1
1G
GND GND
2G
1G
GND GND
2G
1 19
1 19
2
1
2
1
IC47
GND
GND
GND
GND
2A4
2A3
2A2
2A1
1A4
1A3
1A2
1A1
2Y4
2Y3
2Y2
2Y1
1Y4
1Y3
1Y2
1Y1
1G
GND GND
OP I/F Buffer
2G
1 19
IC48
+5V
IC45
20
10
C1103
GND GND GND GND
+5V
IC46
20
10
C1104
+5V
IC85
20
10
C1102
GND
+5V
IC47
20
10
C1105
+5V
IC48
L1102
20
10
C1106
'018_02B.025_08C'
'018_02A.025_08C'
'025_08F'
'002_02D'
OPEXCS_
OPRD_
OPWR_
'025_08F'
'025_08F'
'025_08F'
'025_06E'
OPHSYNC_
OPVSYNC_
OPVCLK
DLSUOUT_ R1120
R1119
R1118
'025_06E'
'025_06E'
'025_06E'
OPINT INTOP_
OPRST_ RESET
'025_08F'
CSOPEX_
SIORD_
SIOWR_
EPHSYNC_
EPHSYNC_
EPVCLK_
ELSUOUT_
'004_05E'
'014_02D'
'018_02D'
'018_01F.024_02C'
'018_01G.024_02C'
'019_08E.024_01F'
'019_08E.024_01F'
'007_91A_023_01A' '007_01A.023_05B'
SAB(15:1)
'018_02D_029_02F'
SDBI(15:0) IODB(15:0)
IOAB(10:1)
R1117
R1132
R1133
R1134
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IC45
IC86
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
DIR OC
R1108
R1107
R1106
R1105
R1104
R1103
R1102
R1101
R1143
R1144
R1145
R1146
R1147
R1148
R1149
R1150
13
14
18
11
6
5
3
2
12
9
7
4
4B
4A
3B
3A
2B
2A
1B
1A
4Y
3Y
2Y
1Y
+5V
1 19
'004_09F'
IDEN_
'004_09F'
'025_06D'
'014_02F' '024_01D'
IOOIR_
OPTIM_
'002_10G'
SELOP1_
FPTIM_ EPTIM_
R1122
R1123
GND
+5V
IC86
L1101
16
8
C1101
R1121
S G
1 15
7
12
3
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-29
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
22
/29
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
IC51
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IC52
A8
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
B8
B7
B6
B5
B4
B3
B2
B1
DIR OC
DIR OC
R1201
R1202
R1203
R1204
R1205
R1206
R1207
R1208
R1209
R1210
R1211
R1212
R1213
R1214
R1215
R1216
1 19
1 19
'004_09E'
OMDIR
VNITIOUT
ONITIOUT
VMREOUT_
OMREOUT_
VFIPCLK
OCLK
OMEN_
'004_09E'
'019_08E'
'018_05B'
'025_06B'
'018_05B'
'025_06B'
'018_05B'
'025_06B'
'002_10G'
+5V_B
'024_08B'
'006_02A'
'022_07A'
022_01A'
OMD(15:0) SDB(15:0)
13
14
10
11
6
5
3
2
9
7
4
VFNITIOUT
VFMREOUT
VFCLK
R1218
'019_08E'
R1217
'019_08E'
4B
4A
3B
3A
2B
2A
1B
1A
4Y
3Y
2Y
1Y
IC53
S G
1 15
GND
GND
GND
GND
'024_08E'
'024_08E'
13
14
10
11
6
5
3
2
12
9
7
4
R1237
R1238
'024_08E'
'024_08E'
R1239
R1240
4B
4A
3B
3A
2B
2A
1B
1A
4Y
3Y
2Y
1Y
S G
1 15
GND
15
14
13
12
11
17
15
13
11
8
6
4
2
3
5
7
9
12
14
16
18
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
IC54
GND GND
GND GND
GND GND GND
2A4
2A3
2A2
2A1
1A4
1A3
1A2
1A1
2Y4
2Y3
2Y2
2Y1
1Y4
1Y3
1Y2
1Y1
2A4
2A3
2A2
2A1
1A4
1A3
1A2
1A1
2Y4
2Y3
2Y2
2Y1
1Y4
1Y3
1Y2
1Y1
2A4
2A3
2A2
2A1
1A4
1A3
1A2
1A1
2Y4
2Y3
2Y2
2Y1
1Y4
1Y3
1Y2
1Y1
1G 2G
R1219
R1220
R1221
R1222
R1223
R1224
R1225
R1226
+5V
1 19
17
15
13
11
8
6
4
2
3
5
7
9
12
14
16
18
IC55
1G 2G
1G 2G
R1227
R1228
R1229
R1230
R1231
R1232
R1233
R1234
1 19
17
15
13
11
8
6
4
2
3
5
7
9
12
14
16
18
IC56
1 19
'007_01D'
'007_06E'
RD
WRDRM
'024_08D'
OMRD_
OMWR_
'024_08D'
'029_11E'
'004_05E'
'029_09E'
'024_08G'
'004_03E'
'029_09B'
'029_09B'
AB(23:16)
SAB(15:1)
18
17
16
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
R1235
R1236
2
1
2
1
+5V
IC57
4
3
2
1
'007_01C'
'024_08E'
'004_03F'
13
14
10
11
6
5
3
2
12
9
7
4
R1241
R1242
'024_08E'
'024_08E'
R1243
R1244
4B
4A
3B
3A
2B
2A
1B
1A
4Y
3Y
2Y
1Y
S G
1 15
GND
+5V
IC58
0
4
3
2
'024_08D'
'007_01C'
13
14
10
11
6
5
3
2
12
9
7
4
R1245
R1246
'007_01C.024_08D'
R1247
4B
4A
3B
3A
2B
2A
1B
1A
4Y
3Y
2Y
1Y
S G
1 15
GND
GND
IC59
0
1
0
BURAS_
SRAS_
BUSEL
R1253
R1254
R1255
R1256
R1257
SCASL_(4:0)
BUCAS1
BUCAS0
SCASH(4:0)
OMC AS1L_
OMC AS0L_
OMR AS_
DMC AS0H_
DMC AS4L_
DMC AS3L_
DMC AS2L_
DMC AS4H_
DMC AS3H_
DMC AS2H_
DMC AS1H_
+5V
C1201
IC53 L1103
16 16 16 16
8 8 8 8
C1202
IC57
C1203
IC58
C1204
IC59
C1205
IC51
20
10
20
10
20
10
20
10
20
10
C1206
IC52
C1207
IC54
C1208
IC55
C1209
IC56
+
5
V
SELOP2
OMA(18:1)
R1248
R1249
R1250
R1251
R1252
C
1
2
1
4
C
1
2
1
3
C
1
2
1
2
C
1
2
1
1
GND
C
1
2
1
8
C
1
2
1
7
C
1
2
1
6
C
1
2
1
5
GND
C
1
2
2
1
C
1
2
2
0
C
1
2
1
9
GND
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-30
2AA
Main PCB
23
/29
'004_05F. 029_02F'
'016_02G_025_06D'
'016_02E_025_06C'
'022_07F'
'022_07F'
'014_02F_025_06E'
'014_02E_025_06E'
'022_07F'
'014_02F_025_06D'
'+5V_B'
'023_07E'
'023_07E'
'023_11E'
'023_11E'
'023_11B'
'023_11D'
'023_11B'
'023_11D'
'023_11B'
'023_11C'
'023_11B'
OMMR_
OMRD_
OMRAS_
OMCAS1L_
OMCAS1H_
OMCASL2_
OMCAS2H_
OMCAS3L_
OMCAS3H_
OMCAS4L_
OMCAS4H_
'023_07A'
1 SVCLK
2 SG
3 SVD0
4 SVD1
5 SVD2
6 SVD3
7 SG
8 SVD4
9 SVD5
10 SVD6
11 SVD7
12 SG
13 CPRDY
14 SG
15 _PRINT
16 _PVSYNC
17 SG
18 _PHSYNC
19 SG
20 SG
21 SCINHI
22 SG
23 SG
24 _SRDY
25 _SCAN
26 PTIM
27 _SVSYNC
28 SG
29 _SHSYNC
30 SG
31 EPRDY
32 CMD
33 _STS
34 CCLK
35 SG
36 _SBSY
37 _PRDY
38 SG
39 PVCLK
40 SG
41 _PVDO
42 _LSUOUT
43 SG
44 _RSTWR
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
+
5
V
R1303
R1304
R1305
R1306
R1307
R1308
R1309
R1310
+5V
R1302
+
5
V R1312
R1314
R
1
3
1
8
R
1
3
1
7
R
1
3
1
6
R
1
3
1
5
+
5
V
+
5
V
R
1
3
2
3
R
1
3
2
4
R
1
3
2
5
R
1
3
2
6
R
1
3
2
7
IC60
IC60
IC60
R1337
+
5
VR1336
1
2
3
1
2
3
TR3
TR4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
'023_04A'
'018_09E'
'018_09F'
'022_05E'
'018_09E'
'002_10E'
'002_02F'
'002_02F'
'018_09E'
'018_09E'
'018_09E'
'018_09E'
'022_07F'
'019_11E'
'016_02F'
+5V_B
OMA(18:1)
R1335
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
1
3
CSSEL_
OMD(15:0)
+5V
I/O
I/O
CN1
ENGINE
CN7
G
N
D
G
N
D
OPTION MEM.
ENGINE I/F & OM I/F
ESVCLK R1301
ESVD(7:0)
ECPRDY
EPVSYNC_
EPHSYNC_
ESRDY
ECMD
EEPRDY
ESHSYNC_
ESVSYNC_
EPTIM
R1311
R1313
ECCLK 10 11
9 8
12 13
ESTS
ESCINHI
ERSTWR_
ELSUOUT_
VPVDO_
EPVCLK
EPRDY_
ESBSY_
R1319
R1320
R1321
R1322
R1328
R1329
R1330
R1331
R1332
R1333
R1334
GND
GND
GND
ESCAN
EPRINT
IC60
C1301
14
7
+5V
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-31
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
24
/29
G
N
D
34
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ESVD(7:0)
I/O
CN6
+
5
V
OPTION PCB
OP. PCB CONNECTOR
+
5
V
'024_02A'
'022_03E'
OPTIM
ESCTNHI
ESVCLK
ESVSYNC_
ESHSYNC_
OLSUOUT_
OPHSYNC_
OPHSYNC_
OPVCLK
'024_01G'
'024_02A'
'024_01D'
'024_01D'
'022_10F'
'022_10F'
'022_10F'
'022_10F'
G
N
D
G
N
D
68
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
GND +
5
V
+
5
V
IODB(15:0)
IOAB(10:0)
'022_06A'
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
'022_10A'
'022_10F'
'022_10F'
'022_10E'
'022_10D'
'022_07D'
R1408
+5V
R
1
4
0
1
R
1
4
0
3
R
1
4
0
4
R
1
4
0
9
R
1
4
1
0
R1411
R1412
R1405
'023_01E'
'023_01E'
'023_01E'
DMREOUT_
DCLK
ONITIOUT_
OPRD_
OPWR_
OPEXCS_
OPRST_
OPINT_
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-32
2AA
Main PCB
25
/29
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
I/O
'011_07A'
BMDB(15:0)
MAB(9:0)
'011_02D'
'011_02G'
'004_10C'
'004_10C'
'004_10C'
'004_10C'
IRAS0_
ICAS1_
ICAS2_
ICAS3_
ICAS4_
IWR_
IRD_
'018_10D'
'018_10D'
BITMAP MEM. BITMAP MEM.
GND
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
I/O
GND
CN9 CN8
+5V
+5V
+5V
R1416 R1415
+5V
R1414 R1413
BIT MAP MEM.I/F
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-33
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
26
/29
'002_10E'
A_+5V
'002_10E'
'002_02F'
'002_10C'
'002_10C'
+
1 5V
2 COM
3 STATUS
4 SCLK
1
2
3
4
5
6
5V
SG
+12V
12V
PG
24VIN
5 SG
6 SIG1
7 SIG2
8 PG
9 24V
10
R1502
KPSCLK
KPSDO
IC60
IC60
R1501
+5V
+5V
OPCB
NCU
POWER
CN4
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
CN2
KPSD1
KPS1G1
KPS1G0
'002_02E'
ONHOOK1_
IC60
+
2
4
V
+
2
4
V
+24V
CN5
C1503
C1517
C1519
C1518
C1504
+
C1520
+
C1501 C1502
+
+
C1505 C1506

1
2
V
+
1
2
V

1
2
V
+
1
2
V
+
5
V
C1508
C1507
C1510
+5V
1 2
JP1
C1511 C1512 C1513 C1514 C1515 C1516
+5V
GND GND
AG
GND
GND
GND
GND
G
N
D
GND
2
1
3 4
5 6
L1501
L1502
L1503
L1504
L1505
L1506
+5V
R1511 R1503
R1512
'002_02E'
ONHOOK2_ R1513
'002_10G'
TELSEL_ R1514
'002_10G'
PLSDIL_ R1515
'008_10C'
MOORXD_
'002_10G'
RXSEL_ R1516
'008_10O'
MOOTXD_
'002_10G'
FNET_ R1517
'002_10G'
EXTRING_ R1518
'002_02E'
RNGDET_
'002_02E'
OFFHOOK1_
'007_01F'
RXIN_N
'002_09A'
POLE1_
'002_09A'
POLE2_
R1504
+5V
R1519 R1520
R1505 R1506 R1507 R1508 R1509 R1510
0
0
0
I/O
I/O
I/O
CONNECTORS
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-34
2AA
Main PCB
27
/29
'002_02B'
'018_10D'
'014_07F'
X1
1 2
L1601
R1602
R1601 3 4
IC61
5 6
IC61
L3
C1602 C1601 C1603
GND
GND
GND
GND GND
GND GND
GND GND
L1603 R1603
R1604
CPUX1
CLK16M
L1605 R1605
+5V
+5V
IC62
S
R
T
D Q
QC
+5V
+5V
IC62
C1604
R1607
R1608
L1606
L1607
RI606
X2
FXTAL
VCC
GND
OUT
NC
+5V
13 12
IC61
11 10
IC61
9 8
IC61
S
R
T
D Q
QC
+5V
IC61
14
7
C1605
GND
+5V
IC62
14
7
C1606
IC61
10
9
8
12
11
13
CLOCK GEN.
4
2 5
6
3
1
+5V
R1609
R1610
L1608 L1609
1
3
2
4
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-35
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Main PCB
28
/29
'023_08A'
'023_08A'
'023_08E'
'023_08F'
'002_10E'
'004_03D'
'024_08B'
'022_07D_030_02D'
GND
C1703
C1701
C1702
R1701
R1702
6
3
1
2
8
4
5
7
IC63
GND
GND
X4
3
2
4
5
6
1
11
12
10
9
8
13
IC65
T T
S
R
3
2
4
5
6
1
IC64
T
S
R
11
12
10
9
8
13
IC64
+5V_B
+5V_B
+5V_B
+5V_B
T
S
R
RASCON1
REFRQ_
RESET_
CSSEL_
R1708
R1709
IC65
R1706
R1707
3
2
IC68
IC68
BUCAS0
BUCAS1
BURAS_
BUSEL_
IC64
4
7
C1705
+5V_B
IC65
4
7
C1706
+5V_B
IC68
4
7
L1704
C1704
L1705
Backup Refresh
9
10
8
1
2
3
GND GND GND
GND
GND
GND
S
R
D Q
QC
D Q
QC
D Q
QC
D Q
QC
+5V_B
+5V_B
3Y
2Y
1Y
3A
Vcc
GND
2A
1A
IC68
IC68
12
13
11
9
10 8
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-36
2AA
Main PCB
29
/29
'002_08E'
'029_02F'
+5V_B

+
1
2
CN10
BUBUT
GND
1
2
3
1
2
3 1
2
3
R1801
C1810
D2
5
4
2
3
1
C1806 C1807
+
+

+
C1809
IC69
BCC2
14
7
5
6
7
IC70
C1804
R1808
1
2
3
4
5
IC70
R1810
R1802 C1803 R1811
D5 D6
+12V
+5V
C1615
GND
+5V
BCHG_
RESET_
IC69
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
13
11
IC69
IC69
IC69
9
10
8
R1803
TR5 R1805
R1804
1
2
3
R1806
TR6
1 3
2
D3 L4 D7
TR8
1
2 3
C1805
R1807
3 2
1
LX OUT
+5V
D8
+5V
IC71
IC72
BATT Backup
VDD
OUT
GND
GND
NC2
NC1
GND
GND GND GND GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
DC-DC Conv.
GND GND
GND
GND
GND
I/O
BCC2
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA-1
3-7-37
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Engine PCB
1
/12
S G
S G
CS
SK
D I
DO
S
S
S
3
4
5
6
2
1
8
7
C152
C121
C125
IC38 R244
R441
R442
R443
R444
R245
VCC
NC
NC
GND
WDP
THERMISTOR
THX
TONER
PRINT
MTCLK
_TMOT2
_TMOT1
M3X
M2X
M1X
M0X
_SBSY
_CCLK
_CMD
SCAN
_PTIM
_RES
_TIMER
_HERR
R246
R257
R304
R303
R258
R259
R260
R261
R262
R263
R265
R267
S G
S G
S G
S
S
R264
R266
R268
C157
C158
C184
IC48
IC26
10 11
IC26
12 13
IC48
2 1
IC48
12 13
IC48
10 11
IC48
8 9
X2
R282
STS
P30
P31
_ONW
_RESETOUT
SYNC
_WR
_RD
P00
P01
P02
P03
P04
P05
P06
P07
P10
P11
P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
P17
P20
P21
P22
P23
P24
P25
P26
P27
VCC
VREF
AVSS
P67
P66
P65
P64
P63
P62
P61
P60
P57
P56
P55
P54
P53
P52
P51
P50
P47
P46
P45
P44
P43
P42
CNVSS
_RESET
P41
P40
XIN
XOUT
VSS
S
S
_MSRY
_CPUADJUST
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
R190
R191
R192
R193
R194
R195
R196
R197
R198
R199
R200
R201
R202
R203
R204
R205
R206
R207
R208
R209
R210
R211
R177
R178
R232
R233
R234
R235
R236
R237
R151
R152
AD0
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
AD8
AD9
AD10
AD11
AD12
AD13
AD14
AD15
A
D
0
A
D
1
A
D
2
A
D
3
A
D
4
A
D
5
A
D
6
A
D
7
A
D
8
A
D
9
A
D
1
0
A
D
1
1
A
D
1
2
A
D
1
3
A
D
1
4
A
D
1
5
C
1
9
5
C
1
9
6
C
1
9
7
C
1
9
8
C
1
9
9
C
2
0
0
C
2
0
1
C
2
0
2
C
2
0
3
C
2
0
4
C
2
0
5
C
2
0
6
C
2
0
7
C
2
0
8
C
2
0
9
C
2
1
0
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
R187
_WR
_RD

R445
R446
R186 AD
AD11 1
AD12 2
AD13 3
AD14 6
AD15 4
5
IC41
16
L56 L24 L16
IC25
IC25
8
6
4
5
9
10
IC41
8
S
S
S G
A
B
C
G1
_G2A
_G2B
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
R288
R308
R309
R310
R311
R312
R313
R289
R290
R291
R292
R293
R294
R295
_XIOCS
_VTCCS
_AGC1CS
_AGC2CS
_SHDCS
_TIMERCS
_Y0
_Y1
_Y2
_Y3
_Y4
_Y5
_Y6
_Y7
DB
R185
IC33
3
1
2
IC25
C11
R301
R302
C144
WDP
_RES
C147
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
W
D
T
C
_
R
E
S
1
G
N
D
A
D
J
V
C
C
_
R
E
S
2
IC36
R349
C173
C174
IC33
R214
C109
C108
IC25
R112
C72
C79
S
S G
+
C122
L32
IC34
2
5
6
9
12
15
16
19
3
4
7
8
13
14
17
18
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
_FLICKREM
_FANST2
_DSKHT
_YOBI1
_YOBI2
_YOBI3
_YOBI4
_YOBI5

REF5V
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q8
_OC
CLK
S
_WR
20
10
S
S G
14
7
S
S G S G
S G
14
7
S
S G
1
11
S G
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-38
2AA
Engine PCB
2
/12
AD4 29
_FAN2
AD3 30 48
49
FTOP
AD2 31 47
RCOVO
EJOP
AD1 32 46
45
_RES
_WR
_LDS
_XIOCS
_REG.SW
_M LEAK
_T LEAK
_VFD1FSW
_VFD2FSW
_VFD3FSW
_DFSZ1
_DFSZ2
_DFSZ3
_DFSZ4
_TBLSZ1
_TBLSZ2
_PEMP
_ORGSW
_PE1FSW
_PE2FSW
_PE3FSW
_BYPE
_EJTSW
_SENS0
_SENS1
_SENS2
_SENS3
_SENS4
_SENS5
_LMPHP
_DFORG
_DFTIM
DB7 7 44
_PFCL2F
_PFCL1F
DB6 8 43
_PFCL3F
DB5 9 42
_LDRDY
DB4 10
DB3 11 68
_HEAT.REM
DB2 12 67
_MOTREM
DB1 13 65
_DMREM
DB0 14 64
_FDCL1F
39 63
_FDCL2F
2 62
_FDCL3F
36 61
_FANST
60
_FAN
3
4 76
SCINHI
5 75
_T.COUNT
74
_PMOT
73
_INVERTER
58 72
_FEED.CL
_SCAN0
_SCAN1
_SCAN2
_SCAN3
_SCAN4
_SCAN5
57 71
_REG.CL
56 70
_BYS.CL
55 69
MOTSEL
54
53 23
52 22
51 21
20
99 19
98 18
97 17
_INHI
96 16
_SHORTO
95
94 27
_MC.REM
93 26
_TC.REM
92 25
_DB.REM
24
_CHG.REM
89
88 1
87 41
86 59
77
85 91
84
83
82
81 6
80 15
79 28
78 33
40
37 50
35 66
34 90
38 100
AD
DB
R175
R174
R173
R172
R171
R170
S
S
S
S
R147
R146
R145
R144
R143
R142
S
S G
S G
S G
R117
C41
L8
L14
L15
L5
C
5
1
C
4
2
C
5
9
C
7
5
C
7
6
C
7
6
C
7
7
C
7
8
C
5
4
R84
R
8
0
R
1
1
6
R
1
1
8
R
8
3
A4
A3
A2
A1
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
/RESET
FXECLK
XIOINT
R/W
/LDS
/XIOCS
PG0
PG1
PG2
PG3
PG4
PG5
PG6
PG7
PH0
PH1
PH2
PH3
PH4
PH5
PH6
PH7
PI0
PI1
PI2
PI3
PF0
PF1
PF2
PF3
PF4
PF5
PF6
PF7
SIN
SOUT
SCLK
CKCHG
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7
PB0
PB1
PB2
PB3
PB4
PB5
PB6
PB7
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
PC4
PC5
PC6
PC7
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
PD7
PE0
PE1
PE2
PE3
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
IC17

*CN20-1
*CN20-2
*CN20-3
*CN20-4
*CN20-5
IC7
IC7
IC7
IC7
IC7
IC7
1 2
3 4
5 6
13 12
11 10
9 8
C36
7
14
IC7
* Not installed
S G
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-39
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Engine PCB
3
/12
AD8
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
53
54
55
56
58
59
60
61
R157
R158
R159
R160
R161
R162
R163
R164
8
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
ID10
ID11
ID12
ID13
ID14
ID15
ID16
ID17
R454
R453
R452
R451
R450
R449
R448
R447
ADCCLK1
SI
ADCCLK1
SH
ADIN1
52
50
51
38
47
4
3
AIN
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
VREFH
VREFL
DOUT1
DOUT2
VREFH1
VREFH2
VREFL1
VREFL2
AVDD
AVSS
45
43
20
IC24
ID1
S
_ASB
_IOWR
_IORD
_RESET
_AGCCS
_RTCCS2
PDWN
XI
XO
BUSY
CLK1K
BVDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
_WR
_RES
_AGC1CS
S G
64
1
5
41
2
7
17
44
62
6
12
23
39
48
57
63
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
31
32
33
34
35
36
40
42
46
30
37
49
19
21
26
29
24
27
25
28
18
22
C
8
6
L
1
8
L
2
2
L
1
9
L
1
7
C
1
0
4
C
8
2
C
8
3
C
8
4
R
1
3
7
R
2
1
2
R
1
2
1
R
1
2
2
C
8
7
C
1
0
5
C
1
8
1
TO1
TO2
TO3
TO4
TO5
TO6
TEST1
TEST2
TEST3
MTEST
MTIN1
MTC1
DOUT11
DOUT21
*R154
R138
S
A
C92
R510 C88
C89
L
4
L
6
L
1
L
3
S G A G
A G
S G
S
VREFH1
VREFL1
AD8
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
53
54
55
56
58
59
60
61
8
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
ID20
ID21
ID22
ID23
ID24
ID25
ID26
ID27
R455
R456
R457
R458
R459
R460
R461
R462
ADCCLK
SI
ADCCLK2
SH
ADIN2
52
50
51
38
47
4
3
AIN
ID0
ID1
ID2
ID3
ID4
ID5
ID6
ID7
VREFH
VREFL
DOUT1
DOUT2
VREFH1
VREFH2
VREFL1
VREFL2
AVDD
AVSS
45
43
20
IC8
ID2
S
S
_ASB
_IOWR
_IORD
_RESET
_AGCCS
_RTCCS2
PDWN
XI
XO
BUSY
CLK1K
BVDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
VDD
_WR
_RES
_AGC2CS
S G
S G S G
64
1
5
41
2
7
17
44
62
6
12
23
39
48
57
63
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
VSS
31
32
33
34
35
36
40
42
46
30
37
49
19
21
26
29
24
27
25
28
18
22
R
4
9
R
8
5
R
1
5
R
4
8 C
3
4
C
5
6
C
1
6
C
3
1
C
3
2
C
3
3
C
5
5
C
1
5
TO1
TO2
TO3
TO4
TO5
TO6
TEST1
TEST2
TEST3
MTEST
MTIN1
MTC1
DOUT12
DOUT22
*R39
R38
S
A
S
A
C48
R511 C22
C47
S G A G
A G
S G
S G
A G
VREFH2
VREFL2
C62
14
7
IC22
S
S G
C71
14
7
IC23
S
S G
C38 20
10
IC14
C39
R61
L7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
R97
R98
R99
R100
R101
R102
R103
R104
DB
IC14
19
1
3
6
8
11
_OE1
_OE2
_OE3
_OE4
A1
A2
A3
A4
_WR
_RD
_LDS
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
2
5
9
12
VDD
VSS
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
1
4
10
13
9
10
IC22
8
_AGC1CS
_AGC2CS
_WR
4
5
6
6
4
5
IC22
IC23
3 4
AD
IC26
1
2
3 2 1
IC23 IC26
_RD
IC22
3
2
1
C28 C29
R47
14
7
R28
R26
R25
R27
8
4
2
3
IC1
DOUT21 +
-
6
7
5
+
-
C18
C24
VREFH1
1
A G
A G
IC1
8
4
2
3
IC2
DOUT22 +
-
6
7
5
+
-
C19
C25
VREFH2
1
A G
A G
IC2
8
4
2
3
*IC3
DOUT11 +
-
6
7
5
+
-
*C20
*C26
VREFL1
1
A G
A G
*IC3
8
4
2
3
*IC4
DOUT12 +
-
6
7
5
+
-
*C21
*C27
VREFL2
1
A G
A G
*IC4
IC6
L2
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
* Not installed
_G
DIR
A
A G
S
S G
S G S G
S
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-40
2AA
Engine PCB
4
/12
IC40
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
0
4
1
4
2
4
3
4
4
4
5
4
6
4
7
4
8
4
8
5
0
A
D
1
A
D
2
A
D
3
A
D
4
A
D
5
D
B
0
DB
C154 C153
R327
D
B
1
D
B
2
D
B
3
D
B
4
D
B
5
D
B
6
D
B
7
/IO
W
R
A
1
A
2
A
3
A
4
A
5
A
6
T
E
S
T
1
C
L
K
A
G
N
D
V
D
D
D
0
D
1
D
2
D
3
G
N
D
D
4
D
5
D
6
D
7
1
0
0
C
1
6
9
R
3
4
7
C
1
7
0
9
9
9
8
9
7
9
6
9
5
9
4
9
3
9
2
9
1
9
0
8
9
8
8
8
7
8
6
8
5
8
4
8
3
8
2
8
1
/R
E
S
E
T
T
E
S
T
3
/P
V
D
0
T
E
S
T
2
C
1
6
6
C
1
6
7
R
3
2
6
C
L
K
B
G
N
D
V
D
D
IN
D
0
IN
D
1
IN
D
2
IN
D
3
IN
D
4
IN
D
5
IN
D
6
IN
D
7
O
P
6
G
N
D
X
O
B
X
IB
R297
R296
R248 C123
C124
C142 C143
V
D
D
1
VDD
IP0
/LDout
GND
PWMD0
PWMD1
PWMD2
PWMD3
GND
PWMD4
PWMD5
PWMD6
PWMD7
GND
OP0
OP1
SDMin
LTMin
SDMout
LTMout
IP1
IP2
VDD
XIA
XOA
GND
GND
VDD
/IORD
GND
R314
R463
R464
C
1
7
2
C
1
7
1
R
3
4
8
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
80
VDD
/EN
/LDON
LBON
/ADJUST
OP5
OP4
OP3
OP2
GND
PMCLK
LSUout
SCDE
GND
/PHSYNC
IP4
IP3
PVCLK
GND
/PVSYNC
EXSCLE
SCLE
/PPST
/BD
/MSYNC
/VTCCS _VTCCS
_MSYNC
_PVSYNC
_SHORTI
_ADFCOVO
_PHSYNC
_LSUout
_PRDY
_CPULDON
_ADJUST
VTC5V
VTC5V
VTC5V
VTC5V
L35
L40
L44
L48
R249
R502
R251
R252
R503
R504
R253
R254
R255
R256
DAO
R250
DALD
DACLK
PVCLK
_BD
GND
VDD
GND
GND
_PVD0
_RES
_CPRDY
EPRDY
_SRDY
_OVERFLOW
_TBLS3
_RD
_WR
C151
L51
C162
R321
1 4
8
X4
+5V OUT
AD
R317
NC GND
5
_LDout
S G
S G
S
S G
S G
S G S G
S
S
VTC5V
C138 C135
R287
VTC5V
VTC5V
VTC5V
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-41
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Engine PCB
5
/12
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
AD1
AD2
AD3
AD4
AD5
AD6
AD7
AD8
AD9
AD10
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
R298
C132 C133
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
8
4
5
1
_RES
_CLAMP
RS1
CCDCLK1
CCDCLK2
SHD5V
SHD5V
X1
V
G
OUT
C126
C129
R277
L38
NC
R276
R275
R274
R273
R272
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
C114
C115
R239
SP1
R184
R183
R182
C113
SH
CL1
R238
C112
R181
R180
ADCCLK2
ID2
C120
R241
C111
ID1
ADCCLK1
*TP4
1
_SHDCS
_WR
_RD
AD
DB
SHD5V
/CS
/IOWR
/IORD
GND
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
D0
D1
D2
D3
VDD
GND
D4
D5
D6
D7
GND
CLOCK
GND
/RESET
GND
/BCLAMP
GND
RS1
RS2
GND
CCDCLK1
GND
CCDCLK2
NC
VDD
VDD
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
BRD5
R323
C163
C149
BRD4
BRD3
BRD2
BRD1
BRD0
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
WWD6
WWD7
_WBRSTWR
SHD5V
SHD5V
_WBRSTRD
WBCLK1
WBCLK2
WWD5
WWD4
WWD3
WWD2
WWD1
WWD0
92
91
90
R215
R478
R484
R283
R501
R476
R475
R474
R473
C139
C128
R483
R482
R481
R480
R479
C118 C119
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
WRD7
WRD
WWD
BRD
BWR
WRD6
WRD5
WRD4
WRD3
WRD2
WRD1
WRD0
SHD5V
82
81
120
SVD1
SVD2
SVD3
SVD0
SVD4
SVD5
SVD6
SVD7
_RSTWR
SVCLK
_SVSYNC
_SHSYNC
_PHSYNC
SHD5V
R316
R315
C156
C155
NC
GND
BRD5
BRD4
BRD3
BRD2
BRD1
BRD0
GND
WBCLK2
1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
24
23
22
21
16
15
14
13
WWD0
WWD WRD
WWD1
WWD2
WWD3
WWD4
WWD5
WWD6
WWD7
WRD0 R485
R486
R487
R488
R489
R490
R491
R492
R493
R494
R495
R496
R497
R498
R499
R500
WRD1
WRD2
WRD3
WRD4
WRD5
WRD6
WRD7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
Q0
IC39
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
6
19
8
17
18 C160
L45
C148 7
5
R318 20
Vcc
GND
_RE
_WE
_WBRSTRD
_WBRSTWR
WBCLK1
WBCLK2
_RRES
_WRES
RCK
WCK
GND
WBCLK1
GND
/WBRSTRD
GND
/WBRSTWR
GND
WWD7
GND
VDD
WWD6
WWD5
WWD4
WWD3
WWD2
WWD1
WWD0
VDD
GND
WRD7
WRD6
WRD5
WRD4
WRD3
WRD2
WRD1
WRD0
VDD
VDD
VDD
4
2
4
3
4
4
4
5
4
6
4
7
4
8
4
9
5
0
5
1
5
2
5
3
5
4
4
1
5
6
5
7
5
8
5
9
6
0
6
1
6
2
6
3
6
4
6
5
6
6
6
7
6
8
5
5
7
0
7
1
7
2
7
3
7
4
7
5
7
6
7
7
7
8
7
9
8
0
6
9
ID
1
0
ID
1
1
ID
1
2
ID
1
3
ID
1
4
ID
1
5
ID
1
7
ID
2
0
ID
2
1
ID
2
2
ID
2
3
ID
2
4
ID
2
5
ID
2
6
ID
2
7
ID
1
6
G
N
D
C
C
D
C
L
K
3
S
M
C
C
N
T
T
E
S
T
S
O
T
G
N
D
C
C
D
C
L
K
4
G
N
D
S
P
H
O
L
D
1
S
P
H
O
L
D
2
G
N
D
S
H
IF
T
G
N
D
G
N
D
C
L
A
M
P
2
G
N
D
V
D
D
A
D
C
C
L
K
1
G
N
D
A
D
C
C
L
K
2
G
N
D
ID
1
0
ID
1
1
ID
1
2
ID
1
3
ID
1
4
ID
1
5
C
L
A
M
P
1
ID
1
7
ID
2
0
ID
2
1
ID
2
2
ID
2
3
ID
2
4
ID
2
5
ID
2
6
ID
2
7
G
N
D
G
N
D
ID
1
6
1
5
9
1
5
8
1
5
7
1
5
6
1
5
5
1
5
4
1
5
3
1
5
2
1
5
1
1
5
0
1
4
9
1
4
8
1
4
7
1
6
0
1
4
5
1
4
4
1
4
3
1
4
2
1
4
1
1
4
0
1
3
9
1
3
8
1
3
7
1
3
6
1
3
5
1
3
4
1
3
3
1
4
6
1
3
1
1
3
0
1
2
9
1
2
8
1
2
7
1
2
6
1
2
5
1
2
4
1
2
3
1
2
2
1
2
1
1
3
2
B
W
D
6
B
W
D
5
B
W
D
4
B
W
D
3
B
W
D
2
B
W
D
1
B
W
D
0
B
R
D
7
B
R
D
6
B
W
D
7
R
4
6
5
R
3
3
5
R
3
5
0
R
3
7
5
R
3
4
2
R
2
9
9R
3
3
4
R
3
3
3
R
3
3
2
R
3
3
1
R
3
3
0
R
3
2
9
R
2
7
1
R
4
6
9
R
4
7
0
R
4
7
1
R
4
7
2
R
4
6
8
R
4
6
7
R
4
6
6
G
N
D
F
0
M
I
T
E
B
/O
H
S
Y
N
C
A
M
C
O
V
S
T
T
E
S
T
1
S
C
K
/S
H
S
Y
N
C
G
N
D
/S
V
S
Y
N
C
G
N
D
S
V
C
L
K
G
N
D
/R
S
T
W
R
G
N
D
V
D
D
O
D
7
O
D
6
O
D
5
O
D
4
O
D
3
O
D
2
O
D
1
O
D
0
G
N
D
V
D
D
G
N
D
B
W
D
6
B
W
D
5
B
W
D
4
B
W
D
3
B
W
D
2
B
W
D
1
B
W
D
0
B
R
D
7
B
R
D
6
G
N
D
G
N
D
B
W
D
7
S G
S G
S G
S G
S
S G
S G
S G
S G
IC35
S G
S
1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
24
23
22
21
16
15
14
13
BWD0
BWD BRD
BWD1
BWD2
BWD3
BWD4
BWD5
BWD6
BWD7
BRD0
BRD1
BRD2
BRD3
BRD4
BRD5
BRD6
BRD7
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
Q0
IC45
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q5
Q6
Q7
6
19
8
17
18 C175
C179
L60
7
5
R354 20
Vcc
GND
_RE
_WE
_WBRSTRD
_WBRSTWR
WBCLK1
WBCLK2
_RRES
_WRES
RCK
WCK
* Not installed
SHD5V SHD5V
C150
C164
C140
R284
C141
R324
SHD5V
SHD5V
L26
L28
L29
L30
S
S G
S
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-42
2AA
Engine PCB
6
/12
A
A G
A G
A G
A G
5
7 3
2
1
4
8
IC18
6
C66
C73
A G
5
7 3
2
1
4
8
6
C60
A G 5
7 3
2
1
4
8
IC11
6
C43
A G
C58
OS1
R176
C91 C90
R139
R166
L20
A G
A G
A G
A G
A
A
A G
1
4
2
3
A
A G
1
4
2
3
ADIN1
*TP1
* Not installed
R72
D6
C1
*C50
R82
R79
*R95
+

ZD2
IC13
C46
*R71
R73
R92
R78
TR1
*TP2
6 5
C
4
4
R93
R60
VR1
R74
3
2
1
A
A G
A G
A G
A G
5
7 3
2
1
4
8
IC12
6
C45
C57
A G
5
7 3
2
1
4
8
6
C80
A G 5
7 3
2
1
4
8
IC19
6
C67
A G
C74
OS2
R179
C99 C100
R140
R168
L21
A G
A G
A G
A
ADIN2
R110
D9
C3
R119
R106 IC20
C63
*R124
R141
R123
R136
TR3
*TP3
C
6
8
R77
R105
VR2
R153
3
2
1
R76
R113
R75
R115
R135
R114
R111
*C93
ZD3
R120
IC26
_CLAMP
R94
+

A G S G
*C14
A G S G
*C101
A G S G
*C61
A G S G
*C103
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-43
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Engine PCB
7
/12
C176 IC43
9
8
S G
S
C187 C180
1,8 9,16
4,5 HS 12,13
S G
S
CN1-1 24VIN
CN1-2 NC
24V-2
24V-3
PG
5V
+12V
-12V
H REM
NC
DM REM
5V-2 5V-2
SG
24V-2
24V-3
5V
_ELLED
ESW
SG
NC
SG
5V-2 5V-2
24VOUT
24VIN
24VIN
24VR
24VF
24V-2
TC REM
MSWREM
NC
SSW3
SSW1
SSW2
24V-2
PFCL
RCL
24V-2
24V-2
BYPPFFCL
PSW
5V
5V
RSW
SG
5V
BYPPSW
SG
24V-2
CL REM
SG
NC
NC
NC
24VIN
24V-3
24VOUT
CN4-1
EJOP
FTOP
RCOVO
_T.COUNT
_MSRY
24VIN
24VOUT
24VIN
R388
R390
R391
TR4
TR5
TR6
D28
D25
IC43
IC43
*D37
*D38
*D39
B
E
C
CN5-1
IC46
FET6
IC48
R383
R381
R384
FET5
R382
R421
R422
R420
R425
R424
R423
D36
D35
2 3
5 6
D
D
S
G
S
G
CN4-2
CN5-2
CN4-3
CN5-3
CN4-5
NC CN4-4
CN5-4
CN4-6
CN5-5
CN4-7
CN5-6
CN4-8
CN5-7
CN4-9
CN5-8
CN4-10
CN5-9
CN5-10
CN23-1
NC CN23-2
CN5-11
CN23-3
CN5-12
CN23-4
CN5-13
CN23-5
CN5-14
CN5-15
CN5-16
CN5-17
CN5-18
CN1-3
CN1-4
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-8
CN21-1
CN21-2
CN21-3
CN21-4
CN2-1
CN2-2
CN2-3
CN2-4
CN2-5
CN3-1
R394
R393
CN3-2
CN3-3
CN3-4
+
+
+
+
C85 C2
*C4
C7 C102
C8 C117
+
+
C9
C10
2
IC16
IC16
1 11
12
13
12
13
8 9
C131
C145
C98
S A
S G A G
_ELLED
_BYPE
_REG.SW
_PEMP
_BYS.CL
_REG.CL
_FEED.CL
FG5 FG4 FG3
C191
FG2
S
F G
C30
FG1
S G
S G
R REM CN21-5
4
IC16
3 11
6 5
IC16
IC9
R91
R90
C37
IC10
_HEAT.REM
_FLICKREM
IC10
R89
R87
1
4
8
3
5
6
7
2
8 9
IC16
10 11
_EJTSW
_MOTREM
_HERR
TH
THX
S S
S S
B
E
C
B
16 1
15 2
E
C
S G
S G
S G
S
R58
R88
+
-
+
-
S G
S G
S G
R86
S
R387
R389
R392
S G
S G
IC48
3 4
S
IC43
14 3
* Not installed
S
S
F G
S
F G
S
F G
S
F G
IC22
IC25
R169
IC46
C23
R14
C189
C185
R404
C182
C190
R397
C49
C181
R368
C40
R59
R
5
0
5
R
1
3
R
5
2
R
5
1
R
5
0
6
R
4
1
0
R
4
1
5
R
4
3
8
R
5
0
7
R
4
0
7
R
4
4
0
R
4
3
9
R
5
0
8
R
4
0
8
R
4
3
5
R
4
0
9
R
5
0
9
R
3
R
4
0
R
5
0
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-44
2AA
Engine PCB
8
/12
S
S
S G
CN6-1
NC
SCAN0
PSSW1
PSSW2
SCAN0
PSSW3
SCAN0
PSSW4
SCAN0
NC
CN6-2
CN6-3
CN6-4
CN6-5
CN6-6
CN6-7
CN6-8
CN7-1
CN7-2
CN8-1
CN8-2
CN8-3
CN8-4
CN8-5 24V-2
SCAN4
BYPPSW1
BYPPSW2
BYPPSW3
PG
MC REM
TC REM
DB REM
DB CHG
DB CONT
GRID CONT
TC ALM
MC ALM
CFM1 REM
CFM2 REM
SG
24V-2
24V-2
PG
PG
TC CHG
DSKHT
* Not installed
24V-2
NC
5V
DTH
SG
TFM1
TFM2
5V
OFSW
24V-2
SHORT
SCAN5
TCDES1
TCDES2
TCDES3
24V-2
SG
TNS
TVR
SCAN4
DEV A
DEV B
DEV C
CN8-6
CN8-7
CN8-8
CN8-9
CN8-10
CN8-11
CN8-12
CN8-13
CN8-14
R401
R402
R403
R399
TR8
R366
R400
CN8-15
CN8-16
CN8-17
CN8-18
CN8-19
CN8-20
CN8-21
CN8-22
CN9-1
CN9-2
CN9-3
CN9-4
CN9-5
CN9-6
CN9-7
CN9-8
CN9-9
CN9-10
CN9-11
CN9-12
CN9-13
CN9-14
CN9-15
CN9-16
CN9-17
CN9-18
CN9-19
CN9-20
CN9-21
CN9-22
CN9-23
CN9-24
_TMOT1
IC42
IN1
3
6
11
14
16
4
5
12
13
IN2
IN3
IN4
O1
O2
O3
O4
V2
GND
GND
GND
GND
_INH1
_TMT1
_TMT2
_INH2
C146
V1
_TMOT2
_INHI
_SHORTO
C12
IC43
R360 R359
R358
_SHORT
_SHORTI
*D15
*R328
1 2
3
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G S G
1
2
7
10
15
1
9
8
1
D27
2
4
3
1
D14
2
4
3
2
2
4 13
1
2 1
D16
D17
3
3
D18 3
1
D31
D30
IC49
2
2 1
4
3
1
D29
_SCAN4
_SCAN4
_SCAN0
_SENS0
_SENS1
_SENS2
_SENS3
_SENS0
_SENS1
_SENS2
_MC.REM
_TC.REM
_DB.REM
_CHG.REM
_T LEAK
_M LEAK
_FANST
_FAN
_FAN2
TKVR
DBVR
GRIDVR
_SENS3
_SENS4
_SENS5
_SHORT
_SENS3
_SENS4
_SENS5
_SCAN5
_SENS0
_SENS1
_SENS2
_OVERFLOW
_TMT1
_TMT2
_DSKHT
THERMISTOR
TONER
TVR
*SW1
2
4
3
1
D33
2
4
3
D21
+
S
S
S
S G
*R436
*D40
1 2
3
S
S G
1
4
2
3
D19
S
S
S G
S G
*R376
1
D22
D23
D24
2
3
8
7
6
*D20
1 2
3
R49 R418
R1
C13
IC49
12 13
IC49
4 3
IC49
10 11
S
IC27
4 3
IC49
6 5
IC49
IC49
14
7
C194
8 9
S G
S
IC47
*R369
R371
R370
4 3
R377
R378
S G
S G
S
+
_FANST2
S G
S
S
S S
*
*
*
R365
R398 R379
TR7
IC47
2 1
D32
R380
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-45
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Engine PCB
9
/12
CN10-1
CN10-2
CN10-3
CN10-4
CN10-5
CN10-6
CN10-7
CN10-8
CN10-9
CN10-10
CN10-11
CN11-1
CN11-2
CN12-1
CN12-2
CN12-3
CN12-4
CN12-5
CN12-6
CN12-7
CN12-8
CN12-9
CN12-10
CN12-11
CN12-12
CN13-1 CN14-1
CN14-2
CN14-3
CN14-4
CN14-5
CN14-6
CN15-1
CN15-2
CN15-3
CN15-4
CN15-5
CN15-6
CN15-7
CN15-8
CN13-2
CN13-3
CN13-4
CN13-5
CN13-6
CN13-7
CN13-8
CN13-9
CN13-10
CN13-11
CN13-12
CN13-13
CN13-14
CN13-15
CN13-16
CN13-17
CN13-18
CN13-19
CN13-20
S
S
S
O
O
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
A G
_ORGSW
_INVERTER
_LMPHP
_LMPHT
24VIN
_DFSZ4
_DFSZ3
_DFSZ2
_DFSZ1
_DFTIM
_DFORG
_DFCOVO
_TBLSZ1
_TBLSZ2
_TBLSZ3
SG
5V
NC
SG
5V
NC
SG
5V
R429
R431
R433
R430
R432
R434
TH
24VIN
M0
M1
M2
M3
SMVR
MOTSEL
R2
IC31
12 13
5V
24VIN
24VIN
5V
SG
PG
PG
R37
R12
D1
12 13
IC9
R63
R64
C
FET1
D
S
5V
ODSW
SG
24V-2
SG
5V
24VIN
SG
5V
SG
SG
R11
R10
R9
R8
R7
R6
R5
R36
R35
R34
R33
R32
R31
R30
R4
R29
OS2
OS1
C130
24V-2
24V-2
PG
PG
+12V
AG
AG
AG
AG
AG
TR2
IC9
4 3
C
E
B
OSSW
FTH
MOT A
MOT A
MOT B
MOT B
SM REF
MOTSEL
ISUH REM
SHPSW
DF SIZE4
DF SIZE3
DF SIZE2
DF SIZE1
DFTSW
DFOD
DFSSW
EL REM1
EL REM2
OS2
OS1
L11
L13
F4
F3
F2
F1
L39
L37
C127
L36
L33
L31
L66
L27
L67
L25
R247
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-46
2AA
Engine PCB
10
/12
CN16-1 CN18-1
CN18-2
CN18-3
CN18-4
CN18-5
CN18-6
CN18-7
CN18-8
CN18-9
CN18-10
CN18-11
CN18-18
CN18-19
CN18-20
CN18-21
CN18-22
CN18-23
CN18-24
CN18-25
CN18-26
CN18-27
CN18-28
CN18-29
CN18-30
CN18-12
CN18-13
CN18-14
CN18-15
CN18-16
CN18-17
CN16-2
CN16-3
CN16-4
CN16-5
CN16-6
CN16-7
CN16-8
CN16-9
CN16-10
CN16-11
CN16-12
CN16-13
CN16-14
CN17-1
CN17-2
CN17-3
CN17-4
CN17-5
CN17-6
CN17-7
CN17-8
CN17-9
CN17-11
CN17-12
CN17-10
S
S
S
S
S
S
O
O
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
3 1
2
S G
3 1
2
S G
3 1
2
S G
3 1
2
S G
3 1
2
S G
3 1
2
S
S
S G
S
S
S G
S G
20
IC44
1, 19, 10
C177
S
S G
S G
20
IC37
C137
S
S G
14
IC27
7
C116
S
S G
14
IC31
7
S
S G
14
IC47
7
C183
S
S G
14
IC16
7
C65
C110
S
S G
14
IC32
7
S
S G
14
IC9
7
C35
S
S G
14
IC26
7
C97
S
S G
20
IC30
C107
IC30
IC30
IC30
IC30
11
13
15
17
9
7
5
3
S G
*IC5
C96
R367
R363
R361
R355
R346
R340
F10
F9
F8
F7
F6
F5
3
5
7
14
16
18
17
15
13
6
4
2
IC44
IC44
IC44
IC44
IC44
IC44
5V
SG
RS1
SG
CCDCLK1
SG
RS1
CCDCLK1
CCDCLK2
SH
SP1
CL1
SG
SH
SG
SP1
SG
CP1
SG
24V-2
STPFCL1
STPFCL2
STPFCL3
STFCL1
STFCL2
STFCL3
SCAN1
SCAN2
SCAN3
SENS0
SENS1
SENS2
SENS3
SENS4
SENS5
STDM1 REM
STDM2 REM
STDM3 REM
24V-2
IC46
IC46
IC46
10 11
D2
D3
D4
D
D
D
15
_PFCL1F
_PFCL2F
_PFCL3F
_FDCL1F
_FDCL2F
_SCAN1
_SCAN1
_SCAN2
_SCAN3
_SENS0
_SENS1
_SENS2
_SENS3
_SENS4
_SENS5
_DMREM
_MSYNC
_PMOT
5V-2
_CPULDON
_LDOUT
_LDRDY
_ADJUST
_BD
_CPUADJUST
_PE1FSW
_PE2FSW
_PE3FSW
_VFD1FSW
_VFD2FSW
_VFD3FSW
14
7 6
FET2
FET3
FET4
R65
R66
R67
R68
R69
R70
IC9
IC9
IC9
G
G
G
6 5
8
10
9
11
S
S
S
1 2
3
1 2
3
1 2
3
*D5
*D8
*D7
*R16
*R17
*R18
NC
2 1
IC27
5V
SG
STPSW1
STPSW2
STPSW3
STFSW1
STFSW2
STFSW3
R19
R41
R42
R43
R44
R45
R46
R20
R21
R22
R23
R24
MTCLK
IC16
12 13
R414
R413
R411
C192
IC47
IC47 IC23
IC47
10 11
9
5 8 6
8
10
9
11
13
12
12 13
C193
IC47
R426
R427 R428
1 2
3 D34
PG
24V
5V-2
SG
SG
SG
IC23
CCDCLK2
MSYNC
PM
VIDEO
LDRDY
ADJUST
BD
MTCLK
*CN22-1 NC
S
*CN22-2 NC _YOBI1
*CN22-3 NC _YOBI2
*CN22-4 NC _YOBI3
*CN22-5 NC _YOBI4
*CN22-6 NC _YOBI5
*CN22-7 NC
S G
O
*IC5
*R57
*R55
*R53
*R54
*R56
*IC5
*IC5
*IC5
*IC5
1, 19, 10 1, 19, 10
* Not installed
L63
L62
L61
L58
L57
L53
L52
L64
L65
L59 L43 L23
C168 C136 C106
R213 R281 R341
2 1
S
S G
14
*IC5
7
*C17
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-47
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
Engine PCB
11
/12
CN19-1
R437 IC44
12 8
IC30
18 2
6 5
R412
SVCLK
SVD0
SVD1
SVD2
SVD3
SVD4
SVD5
SVD6
SVD7
_CPRDY
PRINT
IC44
9 11
R395 IC37
18 2
R385 IC37
16 4
R372 IC37
14 6
R362 IC37
12 8
R356 IC37
9 11
R351 IC37
7 13
R343
R325
R319
R337
R306
C165
C161
R336
R305
IC37
5 15
IC26
9 8
IC32
1 2
CN19-2
CN19-3
CN19-4
CN19-5
CN19-6
CN19-7
CN19-8
CN19-9
CN19-10
CN19-11
CN19-12
CN19-13
CN19-14 SG
SG
SG
SG
_PVSYNC
_PHSYNC
SCINHI
SG
_SBSY
_PRDY
EPRDY
CMD
_STS
CCLK
SG
PVCLK
SG
_PVD0
_LSUOUT
_RSTWR
SG
SG
SG
SG
SG
_SRDY
_SCAN
_SVSYNC
_SHSYNC
PTIM
SG
SG
SG
SVD0
SVD1
SVD2
SVD3
SVD4
SVD5
SVD6
SVD7
CPRDY
_PRINT
SVCLK
CN19-15
S G
C386
S
CN19-16
CN19-17
CN19-18
CN19-19
CN19-20
CN19-21
CN19-22
CN19-23
CN19-24
CN19-25
CN19-26
CN19-27
CN19-28
CN19-29
CN19-30
R300
IC27
3 17
IC37
8 9
3 4
5 6
10 11
IC27
IC32
IC32
S S
R280
R242
R364
R357
R352
R344
R338
R320
R307
R278
R279
*R243
C134
*R286 R269
R240
R417
R416
R405
R386
R406
R374
R396
R373
C186
IC27
12 8
IC30
S G
CN19-31
CN19-32
CN19-33
CN19-34
CN19-35
CN19-36
CN19-37
CN19-38
CN19-39
CN19-40
CN19-41
CN19-42
CN19-43
CN19-44
S G
IC27
12 13
9 8
IC30
16 4
2 1
IC31
4 3
IC31
6 5
IC31
8 9
6 14
IC31
IC30
10 11
IC31
R353 R345
IC32
R339
C159
R322
R270
13 12
IC32
10 11
IC32
_PVSYNC
_PHSYNC
SCINHI
_SRDY
SCAN
_PTIM
_SVSYNC
_SHSYNC
EPRDY
_CMD
_CCLK
_SBSY
_PRDY
PVCLK
_PVD0
_LSUOUT
_RSTWR
STS
C178
* Not installed
R285
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-48
2AA
Engine PCB
12
/12
S
S
S
S
S
IC15
10
18
21
13
17
19
26
27
22
23
24
1
11
15
25
NC
NC
NC
NC
CK0
CK1
CK2
GT0
GT1
GT2
RD
WR
A0
A1
CS
O0
O1
O2
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
Vcc
GND
28
14
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
12
16
20
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
DB0
DB1
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
DB7
DB
_TIMER
DALD
DACLK
DAO
*R96
C70
AD0
AD1
R62
AD
_RD
_WR
*R107
_TIMERCS
*IC21
*C53
16
5
12
6
7
9
10
8
VCC
GND
_ MO
CLK_OUT
OUT1
OUT2
OUT3
OUT4
CK1
CK2
CW_CCW
3 _ 4
_ R
E
EA
EB
13
14
1
4
15
11
2
3
*R133 *R130 *R129
*R132
*R125
*R126
*R128
*R127
R148
R149
R134
R131
MOX
M1X
M2X
M3X
_RES
*R150
M0
M1
M2
M3

* Not installed
S
S G
2
3
4
14
13
8
7
5
6
9
10
11
12
1
A01
A02
A03
A04
A05
A06
D0
LD
CLK
DI
VCC
VDD
VSS
GND
S G
REF5V

+
S G
2
3
1

+
S G
2
3
8
1
DBVR
SMVR
_LMPHT
TKVR
GRIDVR
TVR
S G
S
1 2
S G
S
1 2
S G
S
1 2
S G 1 2
3
3
3
3
4
S G
L12
C69
R108
*L10
*C52
*R81
IC29
IC28
D13
D10
D11
D12
C94
R109
ZD1
R156 R155
IC29
A
A A
A
A
A A
A
E
E E
E
E
E E
E
E A
E A
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2AA
3-7-49
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
NCU PCB (120 V area)
MCN1-3 L1
L2 MCN1-4
F1
F G
V1 V2
S
S
S G
D2
9
10
8
3
5
12
MCN2-3 EXTEL1
EXTEL2
TEL L1
TEL L2
MCN2-4
MCN3-3
MCN3-4
F2
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
K1
DB1
+ -
~
~
C1
2
6
4
5
S
IC1
C12
S G
5
4
6
OUT1
OUT2
OUTAC
ACOUT
ACIN
V
c
c
73
G
N
D
1
2
3
PC1
R1
R4
D1
T1
1
4
8
5
R7
D5
D4
S G
A G
R6
R5
R17
2
-
+
3 IC2a
1
R2 C2
PC2
1
3
6
4
D2
S R9
F5
F9
S G
A G
A G
A G
A G
2
5 S
INH
F7
IC5
CH1 COM
VDD
VEE
VSS
CH0
6 1
8
3
4
7
C10
C11
S
R11
-
+
IC3b
5
6
A G
R13
C15
C14
R12
7
F6
F3
F4
CN1-4 PLSDIL L
ONHOOK1 L
ONHOOK2 L
RXIN_N
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-12
CN1-13
CN1-14
CN1-15
CN1-16
CN1-17
CN1-18
A G A G
+12V
+12VDC
+12V
AG
AG
-12V
-12V
+
+
CN1-19
CN1-20
CN1-19
CN1-20
S G
+5V
+5V
SG
SG
+
C3
F G
FG3
F G
FG2
S
CN1-7 MODTXD
CN1-6
CN1-3
CN1-10
CN1-5 MODRXD
RXSEL L
TELSEL L
RNGDET L
TR2
1
C9 R18
R10
A G S G
C18
C4
C19 C20
F10 F11
B-10 B-10
C8 C7 C17
C16 AGDC C6 C5
8
4
IC2
S G
A G
C23
R3
3
2
4
1
PC3
3
2
4
1
PC4
D7 S G
F8
S
S
CN1-8
CN1-11
DCCUT L
OFFHOOK L
+
+ +
+12VDC
TR3
R15
C22
3
2 1
4
+Vout +Vin
-Vin -Vout
DC-DC CONVERTER
R14
C21
R19
IC4
AGDC
A
A A A
A
A
A A A
A
E
E E E
E
E
E E E
E
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PointSource Ai1515F/Vi155
(MCA/MCE) S/M
3-7-50
2AA
NCU PCB (230 V area)
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
S G
+
+
+
+
CN1-1
CN1-2
CN1-3
CN1-11
CN1-12
CN1-5
CN1-6
CN1-7
CN1-4
CN1-9
CN1-10
CN1-8
PLSDIL
KMUTE
RNCDET
EARTM
CN1-19
CN1-20
CN1-21
CN1-22
CN1-13
CN1-14
CN1-15
CN1-16
CN1-17
CN1-18
+5V
MODTXD
RXSEL
MODRXD
RXIN_H
OFFHOOK L
KCTCNT
+5V
SG
SG
-12V
-12V
-12V
-12V
AC
AC
-
+
IC2a
-
+
IC2b
+ -
~
~
+ -
~
~
S
2
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
IC1
C11
S G
5
4
6
OUT1
OUT2
OUT AC
AC OUT
AC IN
V
c
c
73
G
N
D
1
MCN1-3
MCN1-4
MCN1-2
MCN1-5
MCN2-3
MCN2-4
MCN1-6
MCN1-1
F3 F1
F4 F2
9
1
0835
1
2
1 4
A G
A G A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
A G
F G
FG3
F G
FG2
ONHOOK 1
ONHOOK 2
F G
C3
C4
C2
C8 C5
C7
C13
C14
R25
8
9
10
3
4
5
2
C28 R13
C16
R16 R15
R14
R10
6
5
6
7
5
2
1
3
0
4 R12
CH1
CH0
S
INH
YSS
YEE
YDD
COM
L4
IC3
ANALOG MPX
C22
C21
1 2
C19
R11
2
1
3
C15
C38
R9
L10
C1
C17
C31
L1
L5
R31 C13
TR1
R8
R30
C2
TR9
D7
D13
3
4
5
5
2 2 1
3 4
7
K2
TR10
D12 R29
R28
C0
C26
L8
R19
JP7
T2
T1
3 4
1 6
C27
D9
D8
D10
K3
3
2
1
6
5
4
N.C.
TR5
TR6 R24
R22
R27
R23
R20
R21
C28
PC3
C29
D11
1
3
2
4
R6
R26
TR4
TR7
JP5
JP4
R7
1
3
4
5
6
C32
R18 IC4
C23
RXIN
COM
TXOUT
RXOUT
TXIN
OUT 1
RXATT
V
c
c
V
s
s
G
N
D
C24 C25
L3
L9
L2
L6
TR3
R5
R4
PC1
1 4
2 3
3
D1 D2
D3 R2
SM1
R3
R1 C10
C9
K1
FC1
V2
V1
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
L1
L2
TTEL 1
TTEL 2
TEL L1
TEL L2
TEL GND
TEL GND
L7
PC2
1
2
4
3
DBI
167
JP8
DB2
2AA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-51
Operation unit PCB
2-1 D1 D1
FLM
M
CL1
CL2
NC
VDD(5V)
VSS
VEE
V0
FLM
M
CL1
C10
C11
4
CTRL RES
5
3
TH CVT
6
2
DCRG TRG
7
1
Vdd GND
8
CL2
F1
F3
F2
R24
R17 R20
R23
TR21 D6
D6
C4
C16
R1
R102
R101
R100
R99
R98
R97
R96
R95
R2
C3
C12
C1
C2
C9
C8
2
4
V
P
G
5
V
S
G
C
O
M
IC
1
3
4
3
2
1
3
1
1
6
1
3
1
2
5
1
0 1
2
1
IC
1
3
IC
1
3
IC
1
3
IC
1
3
IC
1
2
S
C
L
K
S
T
A
T
U
S
S
IG
1
S
IG
2
R19
ZD1
3
2
4
1
8
IC7
IC5
IC3 IC8
R18
R21
R
2
2
R25
VR1
R26
TH1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
PG
PG
2-8
3-1
3-2
3-3
2-9
2-10
1
-1
1
-3
1
-2
1
-4
1
-6
1
-5
1
-9
1
-7
1
-8
SW7
SW8
SW6 SW5 SW4 SW3 SW2 SW1
P00
B
E
C
SW15 SW16 SW14 SW13 SW12 SW11 SW10 SW9
P01
B
E
C
SW23 SW24 SW22 SW21 SW20 SW19 SW18 SW17
P02
B
E
C
SW31 SW32 SW30 SW29 SW28 SW27 SW26 SW25
P03
B
E
C
SW39 SW40 SW38 SW37 SW36 SW35 SW34 SW33
P04
B
E
C
SW47 SW46 SW45 SW44 SW43 SW42 SW41
P70 R49
R43
TR15
TR16
TR17
TR18
TR19
R65
R67
R66
R68
TR20
R44
R45
R46
R47
R48
R50
R51
R52
R53
R54
R55
R56
R57
R58
R59
R60
R61
R62
R63
R64
P05
C15
IC1 C5
B
E
C
P71
P72
P73
P74
P75
P22
P23
LED17 LED9 LED1
P00 R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
R9
R10
R13
R12
R11
B
C
E
LED18 LED10 LED2
P01 B
C
E
LED19 LED11 LED3
P02 B
C
E
LED20 LED12 LED4
P03 B
C
E
LED21 LED13 LED5
P04 B
C
E
LED22 LED14 LED6
P05 B
C
E
LED15 LED7
P06 B
C
E
LED16 LED8
P07 B
C
E
P35 B
C
E
P36 B
C
E
P37 B
TR9
TR10
TR11
TR14
TR13
TR12
TR8
TR7
TR6
TR5
TR4
TR3
TR2
TR1
C
E
+

+
+
+
+
PG
SG
C20 C21
R27
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5
R29
R30
R32
R31 R33 R34 R35 R37
C22
C6
R42
C18
C7
C17
C23 C24 C28 C30
R28
F04 F373 HC14
IC4 IC6
C19
X2
H
S
I
Vcc
GNDC
OUT
RD RD
R93 IC2 C13
C14
A19 2
A18 3
A17 4
A16 5
RESET 6
X2 7
X1 8
VSS 9
A15 10
A14 11
A13 12
A12 13
A11 14
A10 15
A9
P71
P72
P73
P74
P75
AVRBF
AVSS
VDD
EA
SO
SCK
TXD
RXD
SI
P26
P25 16
1
A
D
7
1
8
A
D
6
1
9
A
D
5
2
0
A
D
4
2
1
A
D
3
2
2
A
D
2
2
3
V
S
S
2
4
A
D
1
2
5
A
D
0
2
6
A
S
T
B
2
7
P
2
0
2
8
P
2
1
2
9
P
2
2
3
0
P
2
3
3
1
P
2
4
3
2
A
8
1
7
R
8
0
R
7
9
R
7
8
R
7
7
R
7
6
R
7
5
R
7
4
R
7
3
R
7
0
R
6
9
R
71
R
8
1
6
3
6
4
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
35 SW48
SW31
34
33
48
W
R
P
6
6
6
2
P
6
7
6
1
P
0
7
6
0
P
0
6
5
9
P
0
5
5
8
P
0
4
5
7
P
0
3
5
6
P
0
2
5
5
P
0
1
5
4
P
0
0
5
3
P
3
7
5
2
P
3
6
5
1
P
3
5
P
3
4
4
9
P
7
0
W
RH
S
1
H
S
0
3
2
X1 1
CST
+
NC
A16 2
A15 3
A12 4
A7 5
A6 6
A5 7
A4 8
A3 9
A2 10
A1 11
A0 12
D0 13
D1 14
D2 15
GND
VCC
A18
A
1
9
A
1
9
A17
A14
A13
A8
A9
A11
OE
A10
CE
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3 16
1 OE
Q0 2
D0 3
D1 4
Q1 5
Q2 6
D2 7
D3 8
Q3 9
VSS
VDD
Q7
D7
D6
Q6
Q5
D5
D4
Q4
LE 10
1
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
20
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
32
R
D
RESET
2
MDS
3
MD0
4
MD1
5
MD2
6
MD3
7
FS0
8
FS1
9
D0
10
D1
11
D2
12
D3
13
D4
14
D5
15
D6
16
D7
17
WR
18
RD
19
CE
20
C/D
21
d0
22
d1
23
d2
24
d3
25
d4
26
VDD
27
d5
28
d6
29
d7
30
r/w
31
ce
32
ad0
33
ad1
X0
X1
T1
T2
VSS
SDSEL
VDD
DSPON
CH2
CH1
FR
CDATA
LP
DUAL
HSCP
ED
HOD
ce1
ce0
ad15
ad14
ad13
ad12
ad11
ad10
ad9
ad8
ad7
ad6
ad5
ad4
ad3
ad2
34
67
66
1
2
3
CST
M
FLM
CL1
CL2
D1
63
62
61
57
56
55
54
53
52
54
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
HALT
1
A12
2
A7
3
A6
4
A5
5
A4
6
A3
7
A2
8
A1
9
A0
10
I/O0
11
I/O1
12
I/O2
13
GND
14
A14
WE
A13
A8
A9
A11
OE
A10
CE
I/O7
I/O6
I/O5
I/O4
I/O3
VCC
1
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
28
+
+
WR
RD
R92
R91
R90
R89
R88
R87
R86
R85
R84
R83
R82
2AA
A B C D E F G H I J
A B C D E F G H I J
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3-7-52
Connection diagram
(C
N
1
5
)
12345678
+
1
2
V
A
G
A
G
A
G
O
S
2
A
G
O
S
1
A
G
(C
N
1
6
)
1
0 1234567891
1
5
V
S
G
R
S
1
S
G
C
C
D
C
L
K
1
S
G
C
C
D
C
L
K
2
S
G
S
P
1
1
2
S
G
S
H
S
G
1
3
1
4
123456781
0 1234567891
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
S
G
C
P
1
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
YW
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
11
24VIN
24VIN
5V
SG
PG
PG
MOT A
MOT A
MOT B
MOT B
MOTSEL
SMREF
H
TH1
INLET
GN/YW
TH2
1
2
2
1
COM
2
NOISE
FILTER
H
E
A
T
E
R
C
IR
C
U
IT
PSPCB
COM
2 PG
3 H REM
1
(CN5)
(CN2)
RELAY
5V
OE
A
B
C
D
E
F
BE
PE
GY
BE
RD
RD
RD
RD
RD
BE
BE
PE
GY
YW
G
H
OE
OE
1
SG 2
+12V 3
-12V 4
PG 5
24VIN 6
24V 1
24VIN 2
24V-2 3
24V-3 4
PG 5
5V 6
5V-2 7
SG 8
+12V 9
-12V 10
D1 1
FLM 2
1
2
1
2
5V
SPK
5V
SG
3 +12V
4 -12V
5 PG
6
A
B
C
D
E
F
RD
BE
GY
PE
BE
OE
OE
PK
24VIN
1
2
N.C.
N.C.
3 EXTELL1
4 EXTELL2
5 N.C.
6 N.C.
T
E
L
M
O
D
1
2
N.C.
N.C.
3
1
1
2
6
1
36
TEL L1
4 TEL L2
5 N.C.
6 N.C.
*1 Option
*2 Optional for 120V specifications only.
MPCB
M 3
CL1 4
CL2
NC
5
6
VDD 7
VSS 8
VEE 9
V0 10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
123456789
9
2
4
V
5
V
P
G
S
G
S
C
L
K
C
O
M
S
T
A
T
U
S
S
IG
1
S
IG
2
O
E
B
E
B
E
Y
W
B
N
G
N
P
K
L
B
R
D
B
K
R
D
18542367
10
24VIN
NC
1
24VOUT
2
24V-2
3
24V-3
4
PG
5
5V
6
8 5V-2
7
SG 1
+12V 2
-12V 3
R REM 5
H REM 4
(C
N
6
)
(CN1)
RY24V
4 R REM
2
R
C
O
M
1
R
L
IV
E
LIVE
1 LIVE
7
5
FTOP
24VIN
10
8
1
5
4
2
RCOVO
24VF
24VIN
MSRY
3
2
24V-2
PFCL
1
6
5
4
7
10
9
8
24V-2
24V-2
TC
1
3
24VR
EJOP
BYPPFCL
24V-2
RCL
SG
5V
PSW
5V
13
12
5V
SG
11
16
15
14
17
18
RSW
24V-2
SG
BYPPSW
NC
CL REM
4
6 8
0 1
PRY
WE
WE
WE WE
BN
BN
RD
RD
BN
BN
RD
BN
RD
LB
BK
BK
YW
YW
YW
YW
BK BK
MSW
WE
BK
BE
YW
RD
BN
G
H
1
1
3
COM
NO
SSW3
(CN3)
(C
N
1
)
(C
N
2
1
)
(CN1)
321
(CN3)
(CN4)
(C
N
2
)
(C
N
1
)
(C
N
5
)
(J
1
)
(J
3
)
(C
N
4
)
N
E
T
W
O
R
K
P
C
B
(C
N
6
)
(C
N
1
0
)
B
U
B
A
T
(C
N
6
)
(C
N
7
)
(J
2
)
(J
4
)
(M
C
N
2
)
(M
C
N
1
)
C
O
R
E
(CN5) (CN11)
(C
N
2
)
(C
N
1
)
L
C
D
O
P
C
B
(C
N
4
)
(C
N
4
)
(C
N
2
3
)(C
N
3
)
(C
N
1
)
(CN2)
(C
N
1
2
)
(C
N
1
3
)
(C
N
1
1
)
(C
N
5
)
(C
N
9
)
(C
N
8
)
(5V)
3
2
DEV B
DEV A
1
6
5
4
7
10
9
8
SCAN4
TNS
SG
DEV C
24V-2
SHORT
TVR
24V-2
13
12
TCDES2
TCDES1
11
16
15
14
17
18
SCAN5
TCDES3
OFSW
5V
SG
TFM1
19 TFM2
20 5V
21 DTH
22 NC
23 24V-2
24 FIDER HEATER
3
2
BYPPSW2
BYPPSW1
1
6
5
4
7
10
9
8
SCAN4
PG
24V-2
BYPPSW3
DB REM
DB CHG
TC REM
MC REM
13
12
TC ALM
GRID CONT
11
16
15
14
17
18
DB CONT
24V-2
SG
MC ALM
PG
19 24V-2
20 CFM2 REM
21 PG
22 TC CHG
CFM1 REM
1
3
COM
NO
SSW2
2
1
PFCL
BN
BN
1
2
TC
YW
YW
2
1
BYPPFCL
YW
YW
RD
PE
2
1
1
2
CL
2
1
YW
YW
YW
OE
YW
BE
YW
YW
YW
6
5
4
1
2
3
3
2
1
YW
YW YW
DB LB
PK
LB
BE
BN
RD
YW
BE
BN
RD
YW
RD
GY
PE
PK
BK
BK
GY
BE
BN
YW
GY
PK
RD
BE
BN
YW
GY
PK
BN
YW
GN
PK
BE
RD
BN
BE
GY
GY
GY
YW
RD GRID
Transfer
roller
WE
MC
RD
RD
BK
BE
C
F
M
1
C
F
M
2
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
RCL
PSW
COM
NO
SSW1
YW
YW
YW
OE
PE
BE
2
3
1
3
2
1
BYPPSW
1
2
3
OFSW
OE
PK
BE
2
3
1
RSW
4
3
2
1
TNS
DEVF
1
2
1
2
DTH
TFM
1
2
3
4
4
3
2
1
BYPPSW
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
12
1
3
2
1
RD
BK
BE
3
2
1
H
V
T
P
C
B
SM
DFM
MOTPCB
2
RD
BN
PK
RD
LB
YW
1
3
5
6
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
R
D
B
N
P
K
R
D
L
B
Y
W 465312
234567
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
1
1
RD
BN
PK
RD
LB
YW
YW
YW
GY
LB
GN
FG
EPCB
FG
GN
COREC
COREA
COREB
COREG
COREF
COREE
C
O
R
E
D

BE
BE
OE
PE
PE
BN
OE
YW
YW
GY
LB
BE
BE
OE
PE
PE
BN
OE
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
8
11
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
2
9
10
1
7
6
8
2
3
4
5
19
20
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
SG
SG
DFSSW
5V
SG
DFOD
DFTSW
DF SIZE1
DF SIZE2
DF SIZE3
DF SIZE4
24VIN
5V
SHPSW
SG
24V-2
ISUH REM
SG
ODSW
5V
1
1
O
E
L
B
B
E
23
12
D
F
T
S
W
3
2
C
O
M
D
F
S
S
W
N
O
P
K
R
D
(C
N
1
)
D
F
S
D
P
C
B
(CN3)
(CN2)
1
2
GY
GY
2
1
1
2
5V
FTH
WE
FTH WE
1
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
2345
B
N
B
E
L
B
R
D
O
E
B
E
P
K
B
E
R
D
Y
W
B
E
P
K
54321
N
C
D
M
R
E
M
5
V
-2
S
G
2
4
V
-2
(CN2) (CN10)
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
321
12345
E
L
R
E
M
1
E
L
R
E
M
2
2
4
V
-2
2
4
V
-2
6
P
G
P
G
(CN14)
(CN1)
INPCB WE EL
WE
LSU
(C
N
2
) 1234561
2
3
4
1
0 1234567891
1
S
G
5
V
O
S
S
W
N
C
S
G
5
V
N
C
S
G
5
V
(CN17)
1
0 1234567891
1
M
S
Y
N
C
P
G
P
M
2
4
V
5
V
-2
S
G
V
ID
E
O
S
G
S
G
1
2
6
1234
1234578
B
D
L
D
R
D
Y
A
D
J
U
S
T
DM
O
S
S
W
YW
RD
LB
ISUH
BE
PK
OE
BE
OE
3
2 SHPSW
1
1
2 ODSW
3

3
2
2
4
1
6
8
1
(C
N
7
)
1 40
1 40
2M
MEMORY
(C
N
8
)
(C
N
1
)
(CN19)
(CN6) (CN7)
(C
N
3
)
(C
N
1
8
)
1 40
1
14
4
40
4M
MEMORY
14
41
S
C
A
N
0
P
K
P
K
P
S
S
W
1
P
S
S
W
1
N
C
S
C
A
N
0
P
S
S
W
2
N
C
S
C
A
N
0
P
S
S
W
3
2
21
3456781
2
4
V
-2
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
2
4
V
-2
S
T
P
F
C
L
1
S
T
P
F
C
L
2
S
T
P
F
C
L
3
S
T
F
C
L
1
S
T
F
C
L
2
S
T
F
C
L
3
23456789
S
C
A
N
1
S
C
A
N
2
S
C
A
N
3
S
E
N
S
0
S
E
N
S
1
S
E
N
S
2
S
E
N
S
3
S
E
N
S
4
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
S
E
N
S
5
S
T
D
M
1
R
E
M
S
T
D
M
2
R
E
M
S
T
D
M
3
R
E
M
5
V
S
G
S
T
P
S
S
W
1
S
T
P
S
S
W
2
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
S
T
P
S
S
W
3
S
T
F
S
W
1
S
T
F
S
W
2
S
T
F
S
W
3
M
T
C
L
K
N
C
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0 1
5
V
E
S
W
S
G
N
C
23
321
23
E
S
W
1
4 1
S
C
A
N
0
P
S
S
W
4
2
P
K
P
K
P
S
S
W
2
21
P
K
P
K
P
S
S
W
3
21
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
Y
W
O
E
B
N
B
E
Y
W
P
S
S
W
4
21
(CN1) (CN2)
CCDPCB
Special cassette 1
(option)
Special cassette 2
(option)
Special cassette 3
(option)
CORES Ato Gare for
230V specifications only.
*2
Wire color Mark
Black
Brown
Yellow
Green
Blue
White
Pink
Red
Orange
Light blue
Purple
Gray
Green/yellow
BK
BN
YW
GN
BE
WE
PK
RD
OE
LB
PE
GY
GN/YW
12
H
E
A
T
E
R
R
E
M
O
T
E
G
Y
P
K
12
5
V
S
G
3
+
1
2
V
4
-1
2
V
5
P
G
6
123456
AB JICDEF
ABCDEF
R
D
B
E
G
Y
P
E
B
E
O
E
R
D
B
E
G
Y
P
E
B
E
O
E
2
4
V
IN
F
H
P
C
B
5
V
S
G
+
1
2
V
-1
2
V
P
G
2
4
V
IN
(CN1)
(CN3)
*1
(CN2)
1
2
3 (C
N
1
)
LCD
VOLUME
PCB
2
4
1
6
8
1
CORE CORE
OE
GY
BE
I
FG
FG
YW
CORE
HEATER
CIRCUIT
*1
RESISTER
10, 40W
RESISTER
10, 40W
RESISTER (TH)
157C, 10, 40W
CORE
*1
12
SP
H
A
N
D
S
E
T
L
IN
E
M
O
D
N
C
U
P
C
B
PRINTER
PCB
1
8
1
8
11
1
8
1
8
11
3
0
2
9
2
8
2
7
2
6
2
5
2
4
2
3
2
2
2
1
2
0
1
9
1
8
1
7
1
6
1
5
1
4
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
0987654321
2
9
3
0
2
7
2
8
2
5
2
6
2
3
2
4
2
1
2
2
1
9
2
0
1
7
1
8
1
5
1
6
1
3
1
4
1
1
1
291
078563412
J
1998 MITA INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.
MITA and are registered trademarks of MITA INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.
MITA COPYSTAR AMERICA, INC.
Headquarters:
225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008
Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008
TEL : (973) 808-8444
FAX : (973) 882-6000
New York Show Room:
149 West 51st street,
New York, NY 10019
TEL : (212) 554-2679
FAX : (212) 554-2625
Northeastern Region:
225 Sand Road, P.O. Box 40008
Fairfield, New Jersey 07004-0008
TEL : (973) 808-8444
FAX : (973) 882-4401
Midwestern Region:
225 Spring Lake Drive,
Itasca, Illinois 60143
TEL : (630) 250-7447
FAX : (630) 250-8787
Western Region:
14101 Alton Parkway,
P.O.Box 57006, Irvine,
California 92618-7006
TEL : (714) 457-9000
FAX : (714) 457-9119
Southeastern Region:
1500 Oakbrook Drive,
Norcross, Georgia 30093
TEL : (770) 729-9786
FAX : (770) 729-9873
Southwestern Region:
2825 West Story Road,
Irving, Texas 75038-5299
TEL : (972) 550-8987
FAX : (972) 570-4704
Dallas Parts Distribution Center
& National Training Center:
2825 West Story Road,
Irving, Texas 75038-5299
TEL : (972) 659-0055
FAX : (972) 570-5816
MITA COPYSTAR CANADA, LTD.
6120 Kestrel Road,
Mississauga, Ontario L5T 1S8
TEL : (905) 670-4425
FAX : (905) 670-8116
MITA COPYSTAR MEXICO, S.A. DE C.V.
Av. 16 de Septiembre #407
Col. Santa Ins,
Delegacin Azcapotzalco
Mxico, D.F. C.P. 02130
TEL : 3-83-27-41
FAX : 3-83-78-04
MITA COPYSTAR SOUTH AMERICA S.A.
Av. Mitre 1345 Florida (1602)
Pcia, Buenos Aires, Argentina.
TEL : (54) 1-730-1070
FAX : (54) 1-760-2071
Printed in U.S.A.

Você também pode gostar